Family 9080+03 IBM Power System E980 (9080-M9S)

IBM Canada Sales Manual
Revised: October 26, 2021


Table of contents
Product life cycle datesProduct life cycle datesTechnical descriptionTechnical description
AbstractAbstractPublicationsPublications
HighlightsHighlightsFeaturesFeatures
DescriptionDescriptionAccessoriesAccessories
ModelsModelsSuppliesSupplies


Product life cycle dates

Top rule

Type Model Announced Available Marketing Withdrawn Service Discontinued
9080-M9S 2018-08-07 2018-09-21 - -


Back to topBack to top

Abstract

Top rule

The Power System E980 server maximise the throughput that your cloud, mobile, cognitive and advanced analytics applications demand. It also delivers scalability, performance, and availability for data centres with the most demanding UNIX, IBM i, and Linux applications. It gives you high throughput, performance, and scalability in a new modular high-end system with up to 192 POWER9 cores, up to 64 TB memory, and the fastest POWER9 processors in the IBM Power Systems portfolio. It can help improve infrastructure resilience with POWER9 high-end systems engineered to deliver the highest level of IBM Power Architecture reliability, availability, and serviceability.

The IBM Power System E980 server, is the ideal foundation for a private cloud infrastructure, able to power the large-scale, mission-critical applications enterprises need to transform data into a competitive advantage. Each Power E980 comes tailored to a client's unique requirements and ready to deploy--with enterprise-class security and efficient, built-in IBM PowerVM virtualization.

With built-in virtualization and an ecosystem of open cloud solutions, you can cloud-enable your applications without migration and build a cloud that handles the most data-intensive workloads on earth.

Enable large-scale consolidation of older, under-utilized servers onto an ultra-efficient POWER9 high-end system with high levels of utilization and resource sharing to concurrently support AIX, IBM i, and Linux applications.

Enable rapid service delivery with built-in virtualization and CoD for processors and memory to help provide seamless, nondisruptive growth and increased flexibility for multiple systems in an enterprise private cloud.

By default, its Power Management mode is set to Max Performance. This mode can dynamically optimize the processor frequency at any given time based on CPU utilization and operating environmental conditions. For a description of this feature and other power management options available for this server, see the IBM EnergyScale for POWER9 Processor-Based Systems website.

Each POWER9 processor single chip module (SCM) contains two memory controllers. Four 6-core typical 3.58 - 3.90 GHz (max) or four 8-core typical 3.9 - 4.0 GHz (max) or four 10-core typical 3.7 - 3.9 GHz (max) or four 11-core typical 3.58 - 3.9 GHz (max) or four 12-core typical 3.55 - 3.9 GHz (max) are used in each system node, providing 24 cores to a 96-core system (max)(#EFP0) or 32 cores to a 128-core system (max)(#EFP1) or 40 cores to a 160-core system (max)(#EFP2) or 44-core to a 176-core system (max)(#EFP4) or 48 cores to a 192-core system (max) (#EFP3). As few as eight cores in the system can be activated or up to 100% of the cores in the system can be activated. Incrementing one core at a time is available through built-in Capacity Upgrade on Demand (CUoD) functions to the full capacity of the system.

The System Control Unit provides redundant Flexible Service Processors (FSPs), the Operator Panel, and the System Vital Product (VPD). And optional external DVD can be attached with a USB cable.

IBM custom DIMMs (CDIMMs) are high-performance, high-reliability, high-function memory cards that contain L4 cache buffer, and 1600 MHz DRAM memory.

IBM Power System E980 CDIMMs are available as 128 GB (#EF20), 256 GB (#EF21), 512 GB (#EF22), 1024 GB (#EF23), and 2048 GB (#EF24) memory features. Each memory feature provides four CDIMMs. Each system node has 32 CDIMM slots that support a maximum of 8 memory features. Using 2048 GB CDIMM features yields a maximum of 16 TB per node. A two-node system has a maximum of 16 memory features and 32 TB. A four-node system has a maximum of 64 TB capacity. Minimum memory activations of 50% of the installed capacity are required.

The 19-inch PCIe 4U I/O Expansion Drawer (#EMX0) provides 12 slots to hold PCIe adapters that cannot be placed into a system node. Up to four PCIe I/O expansion drawers can be attached per system node. For example, a two-node system can have a maximum of eight PCIe I/O expansion drawers for a total of eighty-six PCIe slots in the I/O drawers with no PCIe slots in the system node.

Direct attached storage is supported with the EXP24SX SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#ESLS), an expansion drawer with twenty-four 2.5-inch form-factor SAS bays.

With Power Enterprise Pools, IBM continues to enhance the ability to freely move Mobile Processor and Mobile Memory activations from one system to another system in the same pool, without the need for IBM involvement. This capability enables the movement of resources not only between Power E980 systems, but also between IBM Power System E980 servers and previous generation E870, E870C, E880, and E880C systems, resulting in unsurpassed flexibility for workload balancing and system maintenance. Power Enterprise Pools delivers the support to meet clients' business goals in the following ways:

  • Providing organizations with a dynamic infrastructure with the potential for reduced cost of performance management, improved service levels, and controlled risk management
  • Improving the flexibility, load balancing, and disaster recovery planning and operations of your IBM Power Systems infrastructure
  • Enhanced reliability, availability, and serviceability (RAS) to handle the requirements to accommodate a global economy

Power to Cloud Services

To assist clients with their move to the cloud, IBM is bundling 10,000 points with every IBM Power Systems E980 server purchase that can be redeemed for on-site cloud deployment services. For additional details, see the IBM Power to Cloud Reward Program website. For those clients looking to create their own private cloud, expert services are available for cloud provisioning and automation with IBM Cloud PowerVC Manager with a heavy focus on creating and supporting a DevOps cloud implementation.

For those clients looking for a hybrid cloud solution, Design for Hybrid Cloud Workshop services are available to help you produce best-of-breed applications using API Connect and IBM Cloud with IBM Power Systems.

To learn more about all the new cloud capabilities that come with the IBM Power System E980 server, see the IBM Power Enterprise Cloud Index website.

Cloud Management Console (CMC) for Power Systems

CMC is a cloud-native platform that provides apps that give powerful insights into your Power Systems infrastructure across data centres and geographies. With no additional software or infrastructure setup, get single pane of glass views of your inventory, software levels, resource capacity utilization, as well as launch-in-context of your on-prem software such as PowerVC and PowerHA. Each new Power E980 server purchase includes 12 months of CMC service, which can be renewed. For more information, visit IBM Cloud Management Console website.

IBM Power System E980 server POWER9 hardware components

  • Six, eight, ten, eleven, or twelve core processors
  • Up to 192 POWER9 processor cores in one to four systems nodes; up to 64 TB of 1600 MHz, DDR4 DRAM memory, and eight PCIe G4 x16 I/O expansion slots per system node enclosure, with a maximum of 32 per system
  • Redundant Clocking in each system node
  • Four NVMe drive bays per system node for boot purposes
  • Integrated USB ports
  • System control unit, providing redundant system master Flexible Service Processor (FSP) and support for the Op Panel, the system VPD, and external attached DVD
  • 19-inch PCIe Gen3 4U I/O expansion drawer and PCIe FanOut modules, supporting a maximum of 48 PCIe slots (2 I/O expansion drawers per node in the September GA, which has maximum of 2 nodes)
  • 19-inch PCIe Gen3 4U I/O expansion drawer and PCIe FanOut modules, supporting a maximum of 192 PCIe slots (4 I/O expansion drawers per node in the November GA, which has a maximum of 4 nodes)
  • PCIe Gen1, Gen2, Gen3, and Gen4 adapter cards, supported in the system node and PCIe Gen1, Gen2, Gen3 and Gen4 adapter cards, supported in I/O expansion drawer
  • EXP24SX SFF Drawer with twenty-four 2.5-inch form-factor SAS bays
  • Dynamic LPAR support for adjusting workload placement of processor and memory resources
  • Respond more rapidly and seamlessly to changing business requirements and growth with Capacity on Demand (CoD) for processors and memory
  • Active Memory Expansion that is optimised onto the processor chip
  • Power Enterprise Pools that support unsurpassed enterprise flexibility for workload balancing and system maintenance

Model abstract 9080-M9S

The IBM 9080 Model M9S is a Power E980 with POWER9 system node that uses 6-core, 8-core, 10-core, 11-core or 12-core symmetric multiprocessing (SMP) processor chips with 512 KB of L2 and 10 MB of L3 cache per core, DDR3 or DDR4 CDIMM memory, dual memory controllers, and an industry-standard PCIe I/O bus that is designed to use 32 lanes organized in two sets of x16. The two primary system building blocks are one system control unit and one or more system nodes. Additional I/O support is provided with a 19-inch PCIe I/O expansion drawer and an EXP24S SFF expansion drawer. The processors, memory, and base I/O are packaged within the system nodes. The system nodes are rack based.



Back to topBack to top

Highlights

Top rule

The IBM Power Systems E980 server offers the next generation of IBM Power Systems servers with POWER9 technology-based processors. It is built with innovations that can help deliver security and reliability for the data-intensive workloads of today's enterprises. POWER9 technology is designed from the ground up for data-intensive workloads like databases and analytics. The Power System E980 server:

  • Includes high throughput, performance, and scalability
  • Helps enable large-scale consolidation of older, underutilized servers
  • Helps improve infrastructure resilience
  • Enables rapid service delivery

The IBM Power System E980 server provides the underlying POWER9 hardware components:

  • The most powerful and scalable server in the IBM Power Systems portfolio:
    • Up to 192 POWER9 technology-based processor cores
    • Up to 64 TB memory
    • Up to 32 PCIe Gen4 x16 slots in system nodes
    • Up to 192 PCIe Gen3 slots with expansion drawers
    • Up to over 4,000 directly attached SAS disks or solid-state drives (SSDs)
    • Up to 1,000 VMs (LPARs) per system
  • System control unit, providing redundant system master Flexible Service Processor (FSP)
  • Support for IBM AIX, IBM i, and Linux environments
  • Capacity on demand (CoD) processor and memory options
  • Model upgrades from IBM POWER8
  • Power Enterprise Pools, supporting unsurpassed enterprise flexibility for workload balancing and system maintenance


Back to topBack to top

Description

Top rule

The IBM Power System E980 server is a large-scale SMP system that delivers high performance, scalability, reliability, availability, and serviceability with great virtualization capability for larger cloud environments. The IBM Power System E980 server uses modular building blocks called system nodes . The E980 can have one or two system nodes.

The Power System E980 server will support three and four systems nodes by November 16, 2018.

Summary of features

The following features are available on the IBM Power System E980 server:

  • One or two 5U system nodes (in November, one to four)
  • One 2U system control unit
  • One to four processor features per system with four single-chip modules (SCMs) per feature:
    • Typical 3.9 - 4.0 GHz, 32-core POWER9 processor (#EFP1)
    • Typical 3.7 - 3.9 GHz, 40-core POWER9 processor (#EFP2)
    • Typical 3.58 - 3.9 GHz, 44-core POWER9 processor (#EFP4)
    • Typical 3.55 - 3.9 GHz, 48-core POWER9 processor (#EFP3)
    • Typical 3.58 - 3.90 GHz, 24-core POWER9 processor (#EFP0).
  • CoD processor core activation features available on a per-core basis
  • 32 CDIMM slots per system node
  • DDR4 1600 MHz CDIMM memory cards:
    • 128 GB (4 x 32 GB), (#EF20)
    • 256 GB (4 x 64 GB), (#EF21)
    • 512 GB (4 x 128 GB), (#EF22)
    • 1024 GB (4 x 256 GB), (#EF23)
    • 2048 GB (4 x 512 GB), (#EF24)
  • CoD memory activation features include:
    • 1 GB (static) Memory Activations (#EMAT)
    • 100 GB (static) Memory Activations (#EMAU)
    • 100 GB Mobile Memory Activations (#EMAV)
    • 100 GB Mobile Enabled Memory Activations (#EMAD)
    • 512 GB Memory Activations for Linux (#ELMD)
    • Plus activations for a few specific bundle scenarios
  • Active Memory Expansion, optimised onto the processor chip (#EM89)
  • Eight PCIe Gen4 x16 I/O low-profile expansion slots per system node (maximum 32 in a 4-node system)
  • One USB port to support external attached DVD
  • Redundant hot-swap AC power supplies in each system node drawer
  • Two HMC ports in the system control unit
  • Optional PCIe I/O Expansion Drawer with PCIe slots:
    • Zero to two drawers per system node drawer (#EMX0).
    • Each I/O drawer holds one or two 6-slot PCIe Fan-out Modules (#EMXG).
    • Each Fan-out Module attaches to the system node through a PCIe Optical Cable Adapter (#EJ07).

System nodes

Each 5 EIA or 5U system node of the system has four air-cooled SCMs optimised for performance and scalability. The E980 SCMs can have eight, ten, eleven, or twelve POWER9 cores running at up to 4.0 GHz and simultaneous multithreading executing up to eight threads per core. Each SCM has dual memory controllers to support up to 128 MB off-chip eDRAM L4 cache to deliver up to 230 GBps of peak memory bandwidth or 920 GBps per node. Using PCIe Gen4 I/O controllers, which are also integrated onto each SCM to further reduce latency, up to 545 GBps peak I/O bandwidth is available per node. Thus a Power E980 system bandwidth can help provide maximum processor performance , enabling applications to run faster and be more responsive.

Each system node has 32 CDIMM slots and can support up to 16 TB of DDR4 memory. Thus, a four-node server can have up to 64 TB of memory. The system node has four internal NVMe U.2 (2.5" 7mm form factor) SSDs. Each SSD is driven from a x4 PCIe connection. Each system node has eight PCIe slots, which are all x16, low profile. Thus, a four-node server can have up to 32 PCIe slots. PCIe expansion units can optionally expand the number of PCIe slots on the server.

A system node is ordered using a processor feature. Each processor feature will deliver a set of four identical SCMs in one system node. All processor features in the system must be identical. Cable features are required to connect system node drawers to the system control unit and to other system nodes.

Processor core activations

Each IM Power System E980 server requires a minimum of eight permanent processor core activations, using either static activations or Linux on Power activations. This minimum is per system, not per node. The rest of the cores can be permanently or temporary activated or remain inactive (dark) until needed. The activations are not specific to hardware cores or SCMs or nodes. They are known to the system as a total number of activations of different types and used or assigned by the Power hypervisor appropriately.

A variety of activations fit different usage and pricing options. Static activations are permanent and support any type of application environment on this server. Mobile activations are ordered against a specific server, but can be moved to any server within the Power Enterprise Pool and can support any type of application. Mobile-enabled activations are technically static, but can be converted to mobile at no charge when logistically or administratively eligible. Linux on Power activations can only run Linux workloads. Temporary activations are used for CoD - Elastic, Utility, and Trial options.

48-core (#EFP3)    44-core (#EFP4)   40-core (#EFP2)   32-core (#EFP1)
------------------ ----------------- ----------------- -----------------
1-core static      1-core static     1-core static     1-core static
activation (#EFPC) activation        activation        activation
                   (#EFP9)           (#EFPB)           (#EFPA)
1-core             1-core            1-core            1-core
mobile-enabled     mobile-enabled    mobile-enabled    mobile-enabled
activation (#EFPG) activation        activation        activation
                   (#EFPN)           (#EFPF)           (#EFPE)
1-core Power Linux 1-core Power      1-core Power      1-core Power
(#ELBM)            Linux (#ELBQ)     Linux (#ELBL)     Linux (#ELBK)
 
24-core (#EFP0)
----------------
1-core static
activation
(#EFPQ)
1-core
mobile-enabled
activation
(#EFPR)
1-core Power
Linux (#ELBS)

System control unit

The 2U system control unit provides redundant system master Flexible Service Processor (FSP). Additionally, it contains the Operator Panel, the System VPD, and external attached DVD. One system control unit is required for each server. A unique feature number is not used to order the system control unit. One is shipped with each E980 server. Two service processors (FSPs) in the system control unit are ordered using two EFFP features. All system nodes connect to the system control unit using the cable features EFCA, EFCB, EFCC, and EFCD.

The system control unit is powered from the system nodes. UPIC cables provide redundant power to the system control unit. In a single node system, two UPIC cables are attached to system node 1. In a 2-node, 3-node, or 4-node system, one UPIC cable attaches to system node 1 and one UPIC cable attaches to system node 2. They are ordered with features EFCA. Only one UPIC cable is enough to power the system control unit, and the others are in place for redundancy.

If the optional DVD feature EUA5 is ordered, it attaches to the native USB ports in the system (one in the front of the System Control Unit or the several in the rear of nodes 1 and 2).

Memory

IBM-custom DIMMs (CDIMMs) are extremely high-performance, high-reliability, high-function memory cards that contain L4 cache, intelligence, and 1600 MHz DRAM memory. Both DDR3 and DDR4 technology is employed and both provide the same 1600 MHz performance. CDIMMs are placed in CDIMM slots in the system node.

Each system node has 32 memory CDIMM slots, and at least half of the memory slots are always physically filled. Eight CDIMM slots are local to each of the four SCMs in the server, but SCMs and their cores have access to all the other memory in the server. At least half of the eight memory slots for each SCM must physically be filled. When filling the other four memory slots in the SCM, a quantity of four CDIMMs must be used. Thus, the CDIMM slots of the SCMs are either 50% or 100% filled. The system node (four SCMs) CDIMM slots can have 16, 20, 24, 28, or 32 CDIMMs physically installed (quad plugging rules).

To assist with the quad plugging rules above, four CDIMMs are ordered using one memory feature number. Select from 128 GB feature EF20 (4 x 32 DDR4), 256 GB feature EF21 (4 x 64 DDR4), 512 GB feature EF22 (4 x 128 DDR4), 1024 GB feature EF23 (4 x 256 DDR4), or 2048 GB feature EF24 (4 x 512 DDR4).

All CDIMMs must be identical on the same SCM so if using eight CDIMMs, both memory features on an SCM must be identical. A different SCM in the same system node can use a different memory feature. For example, one system node could technically use 128 GB, 256 GB, 512 GB, 1024 GB, and 2048 GB memory features. Note that DDR3 and DDR4 memory cannot be mixed on the same system node.

To provide more flexible pricing, memory activations are ordered separately from the physical memory and can be permanent or temporary. Activation features can be used on DDR4 memory features and used on any size memory feature. Activations are not specific to a CDIMM, but are known as a total quantity to the server. The Power hypervisor determines what physical memory to use.

Memory activation features are:

  • 1 GB Memory Activation (#EMAT) (static)
  • 100 GB Memory Activations (#EMAU) (static)
  • 100 GB Mobile Memory Activations (#EMAV)
  • 100 GB Mobile Enabled Memory Activations (#EMAD) (technically static, but no charge to convert to mobile)
  • 512 GB Memory Activations for Power Linux (#ELMD)
  • 8 TB activations (#EMBA) ordered with 8 TB memory using feature EM8Y CDIMMs
  • 4 TB activations (#EMB7) ordered with 4 TB memory using the feature EMB6 package

A minimum of 50% of the total physical memory capacity of a server must have permanent memory activations ordered for that server. For example, a server with a total of 8 TB of physical memory must have at least 4 TB of permanent memory activations ordered for that server. These activations can be static, mobile-enabled, mobile, or Linux on Power. At least 25% must be static activations or Linux on Power activations. For example, a server with a total of 8 TB physical memory must have at least 2 TB of static activations or Linux on Power activations. The 50% minimum cannot be fulfilled using mobile activations ordered on a different server.

The minimum activations ordered with MES orders of additional physical memory features will depend on the existing total installed physical memory capacity and the existing total installed memory activation features. If you already have installed more than 50% activations for your existing system, then you can order less than 50% activations for the MES ordered memory. The resulting configuration after the MES order of physical memory and any MES activations must meet the same 50% and 25% minimum rules above.

For the best possible performance, it is generally recommended that memory be installed evenly across all system node drawers and all SCMs in the system. Balancing memory across the installed system planar cards enables memory access in a consistent manner and typically results in better performance for your configuration.

Though maximum memory bandwidth is achieved by filling all the memory slots, plans for future memory additions should be taken into account when deciding which memory feature size to use at the time of initial system order.

IBM Active Memory Expansion (AME) is an option that can increase the effective memory capacity of the system. See the AME information later in this section.

System node PCIe slots

  • Each system node enclosure provides excellent configuration flexibility and expandability with eight half-length, low-profile (half-high) x16 PCIe Gen4 slots. The slots are labeled C1 through C8.
  • These PCIe slots can be used for either low-profile PCIe adapters or for attaching a PCIe I/O drawer.
  • A blind swap cassette (BSC) is used to house the low-profile adapters that go into these slots. The server is shipped with a full set of BSCs, even if the BSCs are empty. A feature number to order additional low-profile BSCs is not required or announced.
  • If additional PCIe slots beyond the system node slots are required, a system node x16 slot is used to attach a six-slot expansion module in the I/O drawer. An I/O drawer holds two expansion modules that are attached to any two x16 PCIe slots in the same system node or in different system nodes.
  • PCIe Gen1, Gen2, Gen3, and Gen4 adapter cards are supported in these Gen4 slots. The set of PCIe adapters that are supported is found in the Sales Manual, identified by feature number.
  • Concurrent repair and add/removal of PCIe adapter cards is done by HMC-guided menus or by operating system support utilities.
  • The system nodes sense which IBM PCIe adapters are installed in their PCIe slots; and if an adapter requires higher levels of cooling, they automatically speed up the fans to increase airflow across the PCIe adapters.
  • Each PCIe slot in the system node supports CAPI adapters.

PCIe I/O Expansion Drawer

The 19-inch PCIe 4U I/O Expansion Drawer (#EMX0) provides slots to hold PCIe adapters that cannot be placed into a system node. The PCIe I/O Expansion Drawer (#EMX0) and two PCIe FanOut Modules (#EMXG) provide 12 PCIe I/O full-length, full-height slots. One FanOut Module provides six PCIe slots labeled C1 through C6. The C1 and C4 are x16 slots, and C2, C3, C5, and C6 are x8 slots.

PCIe Gen1, Gen2, Gen3, and Gen4 and full-high adapter cards are supported. The set of full-high PCIe adapters that are supported is found in the Sales Manual, identified by feature number. See the PCI Adapter Placement manual for the 9080-M9S for details and rules associated with specific adapters supported and their supported placement in x8 or x16 slots.

Up to four PCIe I/O drawers per node can be attached to the IBM Power System E980 server. Using two 6-slot fan-out modules per drawer provides a maximum of 48 PCIe slots per system node. With 2 system nodes, up to 96 PCIe slots (8 I/O drawers) are supported. With a 4-node Power E980 server, up to 192 PCIe slots (16 I/O drawers) are supported.

Additional PCIe I/O drawer configuration flexibility is provided to the IBM Power System E980 servers. Zero, one, two, three, or four PCIe I/O drawers can be attached per system node. As an alternative, a "half" drawer that consists of just one PCIe fan-out module in the I/O drawer is also supported, enabling a lower-cost configuration if fewer PCIe slots are required. Thus, a system node supports the following half drawer options: one half drawer, two half drawers, three half drawers, or four half drawers. Because there is a maximum of four feature EMX0 drawers per node, a single system node cannot have more than four half drawers. A server with more system nodes can support more half drawers up to four per node. A system can also mix half drawers and full PCIe I/O drawers. The maximum of four PCIe drawers per system node applies whether a full or half PCIe drawer.

PCIe drawers can be concurrently added to the server at a later time. The drawer being added can have either one or two fan-out modules. Note that adding a second fan-out module to a half-full drawer does require schedule downtime.

PCIe I/O Drawer attachment and cabling

  • A PCIe X16 to Optical CXP converter adapter (#EJ07) and 2.0 M (#ECC6), 10.0 M (#ECC8), or 20 M (#ECC9) CXP 16X Active Optical cables (AOC) connect the system node to a PCIe FanOut module in the I/O expansion drawer. One ECC6, ECC8, or ECC9 feature ships two AOC cables from IBM.
  • The two AOC cables connect to two CXP ports on the fan-out module and to two CXP ports on the feature EJ07 adapter. The top port of the fan-out module must be cabled to the top port of the feature EJ07 port. Likewise, the bottom two ports must be cabled together.
  • It is recommended but not required that one I/O drawer be attached to two different system nodes in the same server (one drawer module attached to one system node and the other drawer module attached to a different system node). This can help provide cabling for higher availability configurations.
  • It is generally recommended that any attached PCIe I/O Expansion Drawer be located in the same rack as the POWER9 server for ease of service, but expansion drawers can be installed in separate racks if the application or other rack content requires it. If you are attaching a large number of cables, such as SAS cables or CAT5/CAT6 Ethernet cables, to a PCIe I/O drawer, then it is generally better to place that feature EMX0 drawer in a separate rack for better cable management.

    Limitation: When this cable is ordered with a system in a rack specifying IBM Plant integration, IBM Manufacturing will ship SAS cables longer than 3 meters in a separate box and not attempt to place the cable in the rack. This is because the longer SAS cable is probably used to attach to an EXP24S drawer in a different rack.

  • Concurrent repair and add/removal of PCIe adapter cards is done by HMC-guided menus or by operating system support utilities.
  • A blind swap cassette is used to house the full-high adapters that go into these slots. The BSC is the same BSC as used with 12X attached I/O drawers (#5802, #5803, #5877, #5873) of the previous generation server. The drawer is shipped with a full set of BSCs, even if the BSCs are empty. A feature to order additional full-high BSCs is not required or announced.
  • A maximum of 16 EXP24s Drawers is needed per PCIe Drawer (#EMX0) to enable SAS cables to be properly handled by the feature EMX0 cable management bracket.

A BSC is used to house the full-high adapters that go into the fan-out module slots. The BSC is the same BSC as used with the 12X attached I/O drawers (#5802, #5803, #5877, #5873) of the previous generation server and is often referred to as a cassette . The drawer is shipped with a full set of BSCs, even if the BSCs are empty. A feature number to order additional full-high BSC is not required or announced.

EXP24SX disk/SSD drawer

  • Direct attached storage is supported with the EXP24SX SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#ESLS), an expansion drawer with twenty-four 2.5-inch form-factor SAS bays.
  • The Power E980 server supports up to 4,032 drives with a maximum of 168 EXP24SX drawers. The maximum of 16 EXP24SX drawers per PCIe I/O drawer due to cabling considerations remains unchanged.
  • The EXP24SX SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#ESLS) is an expansion drawer with twenty-four 2.5-inch form-factor SAS bays. Slot filler panels are included for empty bays when initially shipped. The EXP24SX supports up to 24 hot-swap SFF-2 SAS HDDs or SSDs. It uses only 2 EIA of space in a 19-inch rack. The EXP24SX includes redundant AC power supplies and uses two power cords.
  • With AIX, Linux, and VIOS, you can order the EXP24SX with four sets of six bays, two sets of 12 bays, or one set of 24 bays (mode 4, 2, or 1). With IBM i, you can order the EXP24SX as one set of 24 bays (mode 1). Mode setting is done by IBM Manufacturing, and there is no option provided to change the mode after it is shipped from IBM.
  • Important: When changing modes, a skilled, technically qualified person should follow the special documented procedures. Improperly changing modes can potentially destroy existing RAID sets, prevent access to existing data, or allow other partitions to access another partition's existing data. Hire an expert to assist if you are not familiar with this type of reconfiguration work.
  • The EXP24SX SAS ports are attached to a SAS PCIe adapter or pair of adapters using SAS YO or X cables.
  • To maximise configuration flexibility and space utilization, the system node does not have integrated SAS bays or integrated SAS controllers. PCIe adapters and the EXP24SX can be used to provide direct access storage.
  • To further reduce possible single points of failure, EXP24SX configuration rules consistent with previous IBM Power Systems servers are used. IBM i configurations require the drives to be protected (RAID or mirroring). Protecting the drives is highly recommended, but not required for other operating systems. All Power operating system environments that are using SAS adapters with write cache require the cache to be protected by using pairs of adapters.
  • It is recommended for SAS cabling ease that the EXP24SX drawer be located in the same rack in which the PCIe adapter is located. Note, however, it is often a good availability practice to split a SAS adapter pair across two PCIe drawers/nodes for availability and that may make the SAS cabling ease recommendation difficult or impossible to implement.
  • HDDs and SSDs that were previously located in POWER8 system units or in feature 5802 or 5803 12X-attached I/O drawers (SFF-1 bays) can be "re-trayed" and placed in EXP24S drawers. See feature conversions previously announced on the POWER8 servers. Ordering a conversion ships an SFF-2 tray or carriage onto which the client can place their existing drive after removing it from the existing SFF-1 tray/carriage. The order also changes the feature number so that IBM configuration tools can better interpret what is required.
  • A maximum of 16 EXP24SX Drawers is needed per PCIe Drawer (#EMX0) to enable SAS cables to be properly handled by the feature EMX0 cable management bracket.

DVD and boot devices

A device capable of reading a DVD may be attached to the system and available to perform operating system installation, maintenance, problem determination, and service actions such as maintaining system firmware and I/O microcode at their latest levels. In addition, the system must be attached to a network with software such as AIX NIM server or Linux Install Manager configured to perform these functions:

  1. Disk or SSD located in an EXP24S drawer attached to a PCIe adapter
  2. A network through LAN adapters
  3. A SAN attached to Fibre Channel or Fibre Channel over Ethernet adapters and indicated to the server by the 0837 specify feature
  • Assuming option 1 above, the minimum system configuration requires at least one SAS disk drive in the system for AIX and Linux and two for IBM i. If you are using option 3 above, a disk or SSD drive is not required.
  • For IBM i, a DVD drive must be available on the server when required.
  • A DVD can optionally attach to the front of the system control unit, rear of nodes 1 or 2, or one or more DVDs can be located in an external enclosure such as a 7226-1U3 Multimedia drawer.

Racks

The IBM Power System E980 server is designed to fit a standard 19-inch rack. IBM Development has tested and certified the system in the IBM Enterprise rack (7965-S42, 7014-T42, 7014-T00, #0551, #0553 or #ECR0). Clients can choose to place the server in other racks if they are confident those racks have the strength, rigidity, depth, and hole pattern characteristics that are needed. Clients should work with IBM Service to determine the appropriateness of other racks.

It is highly recommended that the IBM Power System E980 server be ordered with an IBM 42U enterprise rack (7965-S42, 7014-T42, #0553, or #ECR0). An initial system order is placed in a 7965-S42 or 7014-T42 rack. A same serial-number model upgrade MES is placed in a feature 0553 or #ECR0 rack. This is done to ease and speed client installation, provide a more complete and higher quality environment for IBM Manufacturing system assembly and testing, and provide a more complete shipping package.

The 7965-S42, 7014-T42 or feature 0553 or #ECR0 is a 2-metre enterprise rack that provides 42U or 42 EIA of space. Clients who don't want this rack can remove it from the order, and IBM Manufacturing will then remove the server from the rack after testing and ship the server in separate packages without a rack. Use the factory-deracking feature ER21 on the order to do this.

Front door options supported with Power E980 system nodes for the 42U slim enterprise rack (7695-S42 and ECR0), front acoustic door #ECRA, high-end appearance front door #ECRF, cost-effective plain front door #ECRM.

Five rack front door options are supported with Power E980 system nodes for the 42U enterprise rack (7014-T42 or #0553), the thinner acoustic front door (#EC08), the ruggedized door (#ERGD), the attractive geometrically accented door (#ERG7), and the cost-effective plain front door (#6069). The front trim kit is also supported (#6272). The Power 880 logo rack door (#6250) is not supported.

The fans are located in the front of the Power E980, and an acoustic front door is supported to facilitate noise reduction. The standard rear door provides a robust EMI barrier. A rear acoustic door is not supported on the Power E980 because of EMI compliance regulations.

Features 6249 and EC07 are not supported with Power E980 system nodes for the 42U rack (7965-S42 and 7014-T42).

Recommendation: The 7965-S42 has optimised cable routing, therefore all 42U may be populated with equipment. If you choose to use the 7014 T42, the bottom 2U of the rack should be left open for cable management when below-floor cabling is used. Likewise, if overhead cabling is used, the top 2U should be left open for cable management. If clients are using both overhead and below-floor cabling, leaving 2U open on both the top and bottom of the rack is a good practice. Rack configurations that place equipment in these 2U locations can be more difficult to service if there are a lot of cables running by them in the rack.

The 7965-S42 rack does not need 2U on either the top or bottom for cable egress.

The system control unit is located below system node 1, with system node 1 on top of it, system node 2 on top of that, and so on.

With the 2-metre 7965-S42 or feature ECR0, a rear rack extension of 12.7 cm (5 (in.))(#ECRK) provides space to hold cables on the side of the rack and keep the centre area clear for cooling and service access.

With the 2-metre 7014-T42 or feature 0553, a rear rack extension of 20.3 cm (8 (in.))(#ERG0) provides space to hold cables on the side of the rack and keep the centre area clear for cooling and service access.

Recommendation: Include the above extensions when approximately more than 16 I/O cables per side are present or may be added in the future, when using the short-length thinner SAS cables or thinner I/O cables such as ethernet. If you use longer-length thicker SAS cables fewer cables will fit within the rack.

SAS cables are most commonly found with multiple EXP24SX/EXP12SX SAS drawers (#ESLL or ESLS) driven by multiple PCIe SAS adapters. For this reason, it is good practice to keep multiple EXP24SX/EXP12SX drawers in the same rack as the PCIe I/O drawer or in a separate rack close to the PCIe I/O drawer, using shorter, thinner SAS cables. The feature ERG0 and ECRK extension can be good to use even with smaller numbers of cables because it enhances the ease of cable management with the extra space it provides.

Multiple service personnel are required to manually remove or insert a system node drawer into a rack, given its dimensions and weight and content.

Recommendation: To avoid any delay in service, obtain an optional lift tool (#EB2Z). One feature EB2Z lift tool can be shared among many servers and I/O drawers. The EB2Z lift tool provides a hand crank to lift and position up to 159 kg (350 lb). The EB2Z lift tool is 1.12 meters x 0.62 meters (44 in. x 24.5 in.). Note that a single system node can weigh up to 86.2 kg (190 lb).

Lighter, lower cost lift tool is FC EB3Z (lift tool) and EB4Z (angled shelf kit for lift tool). The EB3Z lift tool provides a hand crank to lift and position a server up to 400lbs. Note that a single system node can weigh up to 86.2 kg (190 lb).

PCIe I/O Expansion Drawer and Racks

IBM Manufacturing can factory-integrate the PCIe I/O Expansion Drawer (#EMX0) with new server orders. Because expansion drawers complicate the access to vertical PDUs if located at the same height, IBM recommends accommodating PDUs horizontally on racks that have one or more PCIe I/O Expansion Drawers. Following this recommendation, IBM Manufacturing will always assemble the integrated rack configuration with horizontally mounted PDUs unless CRSP (#0469) is on the order. When specifying CSRP, clients must provide the locations where the PCIe I/O Expansion Drawers must be placed, avoiding locating those adjacent to vertical PDU locations EIA 6 through 16 and 21 through 31.

Additional PCIe I/O drawers (#EMX0) for an already installed server can be MES ordered with or without a rack. When clients want IBM Manufacturing to place these MES I/O drawers into a rack and ship them together (factory integration), then the racks should be ordered as features on the same order as the I/O drawers. Use feature 0553 (42U enterprise rack) for this order. Regardless of the rack-integrated system to which the PCIe I/O Expansion Drawer is attached to, if the expansion drawer is ordered as factory-integrated, the PDUs in the rack will be defaulted to be placed horizontally to enhance cable management. Vertical PDUs can be used only if CSRP (#0469) is on the order.

After the rack with expansion drawers is delivered to the client, the client may rearrange the PDUs from horizontal to vertical. However, the IBM configurator tools will continue to assume the PDUs are placed horizontally for the matter of calculating the free space still available in the rack for additional future orders.

Power distribution units (PDU)

  • The IBM Power System E980 server factory that is integrated into an IBM rack uses horizontal PDUs located in the EIA drawer space of the rack instead of the typical vertical PDUs found in the side pockets of a rack. This is done to aid cable routing. Each horizontal PDU occupies 1U. Vertically mounting the PDUs to save rack space can cause cable routing challenges and interfere with optimal service access.
  • When mounting the horizontal PDUs, it is a good practice to place them almost at the top or almost at the bottom of the rack, leaving 2U or more of space at the very top or very bottom open for cable management. Mounting a horizontal PDU in the middle of the rack is generally not optimal for cable management.
  • Two possible PDU ratings are supported: 60A/63A (orderable in most countries) and 30A/32A.
    • The 60A/63A PDU supports four system node power supplies and one I/O expansion drawer or eight I/O expansion drawers.
    • The 30A/32A PDU supports two system node power supplies and one I/O expansion drawer or four I/O expansion drawer
  • Rack-integrated system orders require at least two of either feature 7109, 7188, or 7196.
    • Intelligent PDU with Universal UTG0247 Connector (#7109) is for an intelligent AC power distribution unit (PDU+) that enables users to monitor the amount of power being used by the devices that are plugged in to this PDU+. This AC power distribution unit provides 12 C13 power outlets. It receives power through a UTG0247 connector. It can be used for many different countries and applications by varying the PDU to Wall Power Cord, which must be ordered separately. Each PDU requires one PDU to Wall Power Cord. Supported power cords include the following features: 6489, 6491, 6492, 6653, 6654, 6655, 6656, 6657, and 6658.
    • Power Distribution Unit (#7188) mounts in a 19-inch rack and provides twelve C13 power outlets. The PDU has six 16A circuit breakers, with two power outlets per circuit breaker. System units and expansion units must use a power cord with a C14 plug to connect to the feature 7188. One of the following line cords must be used to distribute power from a wall outlet to the feature 7188: feature 6489, 6491, 6492, 6653, 6654, 6655, 6656, 6657, or 6658.
    • The Three-phase Power Distribution Unit (#7196) provides six C19 power outlets and is rated up to 48A. It has a 4.3 m (14 ft) fixed power cord to attach to the power source (IEC309 60A plug (3P+G)). A separate "to-the-wall" power cord is not required or orderable. Use the Power Cord 2.8 m (9.2 ft), Drawer to Wall/IBM PDU, (250V/10A) (#6665) to connect devices to this PDU. These power cords are different than the ones used on the feature 7188 and 7109 PDUs. Supported countries for the feature 7196 PDU are Antigua and Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Brazil, Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Indonesia, Jamaica, Japan, Mexico, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Puerto Rico, Surinam, Taiwan, Trinidad and Tobago, United States, and Venezuela.

System node power

  • Four AC power supplies provide 2 + 2 redundant power for enhanced system availability. A system node is designed to continue functioning with just two working power supplies. A failed power supply can be hot swapped but must remain in the system until the replacement power supply is available for exchange.
  • Four AC power cords are used for each system node (one per power supply) and are ordered using the AC Power Chunnel feature (#EMXA). The chunnel carries power from the rear of the system node to the hot-swap power supplies located in the front of the system node where they are more accessible for service.

System control unit power

  • The system control unit is powered from the system nodes. UPIC cables provide redundant power to the system control unit. In a single node system two UPIC cables are attached to system node 1. In a 2-node, 3-node, or 4-node system, one UPIC cable attaches to system node 1 and one UPIC cable attaches to system node 2. They are ordered with features EFCA. Only one UPIC cable is enough to power the system control unit, and the other is in place for redundancy.

Concurrent maintenance or Hot-plug options

The following options are maintenance or hot-plug capable:

  • EXP24S SAS Storage enclosure drawer.
  • Drives in the EXP24S Storage enclosure drawer.
  • NVMe U.2 drives.
  • PCI extender cards, Optical PCIe Link IO Expansion Card.
  • PCIe I/O adapters.
  • PCIe I/O drawers.
  • PCIe to USB Conversion card.
  • SMP cables. (only after Nov GA and with Firmware 920.20)
  • System node AC power supplies: Two functional power supplies must remain installed at all times while the system is operating.
  • System node fans.
  • System control unit fans.
  • System control unit Op Panel.
  • Time of Day battery.
  • UPIC Interface card in SCU.
  • UPIC power cables from system node to system control unit.

If the system boot device or system console is attached using an I/O adapter feature, that adapter may not be hot-plugged if a nonredundant topology has been implemented.

You can access hot-plug procedures in the product documentation at IBM Knowledge Center.

Active Memory Expansion

Active Memory Expansion is an innovative technology supporting the AIX operating system that helps enable the effective maximum memory capacity to be larger than the true physical memory maximum. Compression/decompression of memory content can enable memory expansion up to 100% or more. This can enable a partition to do significantly more work or support more users with the same physical amount of memory. Similarly, it can enable a server to run more partitions and do more work for the same physical amount of memory.

Active Memory Expansion uses CPU resource to compress/decompress the memory contents. The trade-off of memory capacity for processor cycles can be an excellent choice, but the degree of expansion varies on how compressible the memory content is. It also depends on having adequate spare CPU capacity available for this compression/decompression.

The IBM Power System E980 server includes a hardware accelerator designed to boost Active Memory Expansion efficiency and uses less POWER core resource. You have a great deal of control over Active Memory Expansion usage. Each individual AIX partition can turn on or turn off Active Memory Expansion. Control parameters set the amount of expansion desired in each partition to help control the amount of CPU used by the Active Memory Expansion function. An IPL is required for the specific partition that is turning memory expansion. When turned on, monitoring capabilities are available in standard AIX performance tools such as lparstat, vmstat, topas, and svmon.

A planning tool is included with AIX, enabling you to sample actual workloads and estimate both how expandable the partition's memory is and how much CPU resource is needed. Any IBM Power Systems model can run the planning tool. In addition, a one-time, 60-day trial of Active Memory Expansion is available to enable more exact memory expansion and CPU measurements. You can request the trial using the Capacity on Demand web page.

Active Memory Expansion is enabled by chargeable hardware feature EM89, which can be ordered with the initial order of the system or as an MES order. A software key is provided when the enablement feature is ordered, which is applied to the system node. An IPL is not required to enable the system node. The key is specific to an individual system and is permanent. It cannot be moved to a different server.

The additional CPU resource used to expand memory is part of the CPU resource assigned to the AIX partition running Active Memory Expansion. Normal licensing requirements apply.

Active Memory Mirroring

The IBM Power System E980 server offers the Active Memory Mirroring for Hypervisor feature, which is designed to prevent a system outage in the event of an uncorrectable error in memory being used by the system hypervisor.

IBM i operating system

For clients loading the IBM i operating system, the four-digit numeric QPRCFEAT value is generally the same as the four-digit numeric feature number for the processors used in the system. The IBM Power System E980 3.9 GHz processor feature and the special ordering processor features used for the CBU for Power Enterprise Systems are exceptions to this rule. For the IBM Power System E980:

Feature   Description
--------- --------------------------------------------------------------
EFP0/EFBZ Processor (typical 3.58 - 3.9 GHz 24-core node) -QPRCFEAT
          value for the system is EPF0.
EFP1/EFB1 Processor (typical 3.9 - 4.0 GHz 32-core node) - QPRCFEAT
          value for the system is EFP1.
EFP2/EFB2 Processor (typical 3.7 - 3.9 GHz 40-core node) - QPRCFEAT
          value for the system is EFP2.
EFP4/EFB4 Processor (typical 3.58 - 3.9 GHz 44-core node) - QPRCFEAT
          value for the system is EFP4.
EFP3/EFB3 Processor (typical 3.55 - 3.9 GHz 48-core node) - QPRCFEAT
          value for the system is EFP3.
EHC6      Processor (typical 3.7 - 3.9 GHZ 40-core node) - QPRCFEAT     e
          value for the system is EFP2.

If the 5250 Enterprise Enablement function is to be used on the server, order one or more feature EF2R or order the full system 5250 enablement feature EF30. Feature EF2R provides one processor core's worth of 5250 capacity, which can be spread across multiple physical processor cores or multiple partitions.

Capacity Backup for IBM i

The Capacity Backup (CBU) designation can help meet your requirements for a second system to use for backup, high availability, and disaster recovery. It enables you to temporarily transfer IBM i processor license entitlements and 5250 Enterprise Enablement entitlements purchased for a primary machine to a secondary CBU-designated system. Temporarily transferring these resources instead of purchasing them for your secondary system may result in significant savings. Processor activations cannot be transferred as part of this CBU offering, but programs such as Power Enterprise Pools are available for the function.

The CBU specify feature number 4891 is available only as part of a new server purchase or during an MES upgrade from an existing system to a 9080-M9S. Certain system prerequisites must be met, and system registration and approval are required before the CBU specify feature can be applied on a new server. A used system that has an existing CBU feature cannot be registered. The only way to attain a CBU feature that can be registered is with a plant order.

Standard IBM i terms and conditions do not enable either IBM i processor license entitlements or 5250 Enterprise Enablement entitlements to be transferred permanently or temporarily. These entitlements remain with the machine they were ordered for. When you register the association between your primary and on-order CBU system, you must agree to certain terms and conditions regarding the temporary transfer.

After a CBU system designation is approved and the system is installed, you can temporarily move your optional IBM i processor license entitlement and 5250 Enterprise Enablement entitlements from the primary system to the CBU system when the primary system is down or while the primary system processor cores are inactive. The CBU system can then better support fail-over and role swapping for a full range of test, disaster recovery, and high availability scenarios. Temporary entitlement transfer means that the entitlement is a property transferred from the primary system to the CBU system and may remain in use on the CBU system as long as the registered primary and CBU system are in deployment for the high availability or disaster recovery operation. The primary system for an E980 server can be any of the following:

  • 9080-MHE
  • 9080-MME
  • 9119-MHE
  • 9119-MME

These systems have IBM i software licenses with an IBM i P30 software tier, or higher. The primary machine must be in the same enterprise as the CBU system.

Before you can temporarily transfer IBM i processor license entitlements from the registered primary system, you must have more than one IBM i processor license on the primary machine and at least one IBM i processor license on the CBU server. An activated processor must be available on the CBU server to use the transferred entitlement. You may then transfer any IBM i processor entitlements above the minimum one, assuming the total IBM i workload on the primary system does not require the IBM i entitlement you would like to transfer during the time of the transfer. During this temporary transfer, the CBU system's internal records of its total number of IBM i processor license entitlements are not updated, and you may see IBM i license noncompliance warning messages from the CBU system. Such messages that arise in this situation do not mean you are not in compliance.

Before you can temporarily transfer 5250 entitlements, you must have more than one 5250 Enterprise Enablement entitlement on the primary server and at least one 5250 Enterprise Enablement entitlement on the CBU system. You may then transfer the entitlements that are not required on the primary server during the time of transfer and that are above the minimum of one entitlement. Note that if you are using software replication (versus PowerHA), you may well need more than a minimum of one entitlement on the CBU to support the replication workload.

For example, if you have a 64-core Power E880 as your primary system with twenty IBM i processor license entitlements (nineteen above the minimum) and two 5250 Enterprise Enablement entitlements (one above the minimum), you can temporarily transfer up to nineteen IBM i entitlements and one 5250 Enterprise Enablement entitlement. During the temporary transfer, the CBU system's internal records of its total number of IBM i processor entitlements is not updated, and you may see IBM i license noncompliance warning messages from the CBU system.

If your primary or CBU machine is sold or discontinued from use, any temporary entitlement transfers must be returned to the machine on which they were originally acquired. For CBU registration and further information, see the Capacity Backup website.

Capacity Backup for IBM Power Enterprise Systems

With Capacity Backup for Power Enterprise Systems, clients can purchase a new Power Enterprise server that is specifically to be used for high-availability or disaster-recovery purposes. It includes a number of system nodes based on a defined Power E980,Power E870, Power E870C, Power E880 or Power E880C production system that the client owns. Systems with Capacity Backup processor features can only be ordered with a maximum of eight static processor activations. All other processor activations supported on these systems are through Elastic COD processor days or Mobile Processor activations from another system within the Enterprise Pool in which they exist.

The IBM Power System E980 Capacity Backup system can only be purchased by clients who already own or purchase a qualifying Power E980 (9080-M9S), Power E880C (9080-MHE), Power E870C (9080-MME), Power E880 (9119-MHE) or Power E870 (9119-MME) production Power system server that meets the following configuration requirements:

  • You must activate a minimum of 25% of the installed memory on your CBU Power E980 system.

When the requirements are completed, you are entitled to order a CBU for Power E980 system. The following configuration rules apply:

  • You must purchase exactly eight Static Processor activations on the Power E980 CBU system.
  • Activation of more than eight cores on the Power E980 CBU system is not supported.
  • You must order feature EFB0 (CBU server specify) on every Power E980 CBU system to add CBU processor feature EFBZ, EFB1, EFB2, EFB3, or EFB4 to a configuration.
  • The Power E980 CBU system may only order the total number of EFBZ, EFB1, EFB2, EFB3 or EFB4 processor features that are equivalent to the total number of processor features on the primary E8xxx or E980 production system the CBU is registered to support. For example, if Power E980 production system has two of feature EFP1, you are entitled to order two of feature EPB1.

For every Mobile Processor Activation feature on the Power E980 production system that a E980 CBU is registered to support, you may receive 11,680 Elastic CoD GB days to be used for high availability and disaster recovery purposes only. The Elastic CoD memory days must be turned on immediately with the installation of the Power E980 CBU system and must be left on until all the days are used. The Elastic CoD memory days are renewable for no charge a year after the Power E980 CBU has been installed with proof that the Power E980 requirements are meet. The Elastic CoD days continue to be renewable as long as the original client that purchased the Power E980 production system remains in production services.

The capacity backup for Power E980 system must go through a registration process, which includes a contract signed by the client. For CBU registration and further information, see the Capacity Backup website.

All Power E980 CBU systems, no matter whether they use the 24-core POWER9 processor, 32-core POWER9 processor, 40-core POWER9 processor, 44-core POWER9 processor or the 48-core POWER9 processor, will have feature EFB0 installed on the system. This feature designates that this is a Capacity Backup system. A stop-ship will automatically be put in place until manufacturing is notified that the CBU system meets configuration requirements based on the identified Power E980 production system.

If your primary or CBU machine is sold or discontinued from use, any temporary entitlement transfers must be returned to the machine on which they were originally acquired.

Reliability, Availability, and Serviceability

Reliability

The reliability of systems starts with components, devices, and subsystems that are designed to be highly reliable. During the design and development process, subsystems go through rigorous verification and integration testing processes. During system manufacturing, systems go through a thorough testing process ensure product quality.

Power E980 system RAS

The Power E980 server comes with dual line cord redundancy along with n+1 power supply redundancy and n+1 fan rotor redundancy. Power supplies and fans are concurrently maintainable.

The system service processor is redundant with a dynamic failover capability. Each system node has dual processor clock logic with a dynamic failover capability.

Concurrent maintenance of the real-time clock battery and the operator panel is also provided.

The voltage regulators supplying the DIMM risers and certain other miscellaneous functions are pluggable and supply both a redundant and spare output.

Memory subsystem RAS

The memory has error detection and correction circuity that can mark a memory module as faulty to allow for substitution of a spare memory module. Both x4 and x8 CDIMMS provide spare memory modules.

Mutual surveillance

The service processor monitors the operation of the firmware during the boot process and also monitors the hypervisor for termination. The hypervisor monitors the service processor and reports a service reference code when it detects surveillance loss. In the IBM PowerVM environment, it will perform a reset/reload if it detects the loss of the service processor.

Environmental monitoring functions

The IBM Power Systems family does ambient and over temperature monitoring and reporting.

POWER9 processor functions

As in POWER8, the POWER9 processor has the ability to do processor instruction retry for some transient errors and provide core-contained checkstops for certain solid faults.

Cache availability

The L2 and L3 caches in the POWER9 processor in the memory buffer chip are protected with double-bit detect, single-bit correct error detection code (ECC). In addition, a threshold of correctable errors detected on cache lines can result in the data in the cache lines being purged and the cache lines removed from further operation without requiring a reboot in the PowerVM environment.

Modified data would be handled through Special Uncorrectable Error handling. L1 data and instruction caches also have a retry capability for intermittent errors and a cache set delete mechanism for handling solid failures.

Special Uncorrectable Error handling

Special Uncorrectable Error (SUE) handling prevents an uncorrectable error in memory or modified cache data from immediately causing the system to terminate. Rather, the system tags the data and determines whether it will ever be used again. If the error is irrelevant, it will not force a check stop. When and if data is used, I/O adapters controlled by an I/O hub controller would freeze if data were transferred to an I/O device, otherwise, termination may be limited to the program/kernel or if the data is not owned by the hypervisor.

PCI extended error handling

PCI extended error handling (EEH)-enabled adapters respond to a special data packet generated from the affected PCI slot hardware by calling system firmware, which will examine the affected bus, allow the device driver to reset it, and continue without a system reboot. For Linux, EEH support extends to the majority of frequently used devices, although some third-party PCI devices may not provide native EEH support.

Uncorrectable error recovery

When the auto-restart option is enabled, the system can automatically restart following an unrecoverable software error, hardware failure, or environmentally induced (AC power) failure.

Serviceability

The purpose of serviceability is to efficiently repair the system while attempting to minimise or eliminate impact to system operation. Serviceability includes system installation, MES (system upgrades/downgrades), and system maintenance/repair. Depending upon the system and warranty contract, service may be performed by the client, an IBM representative, or an authorized warranty service provider.

The serviceability features delivered in this system help provide a highly efficient service environment by incorporating the following attributes:

  • Design for SSR Setup, Install, and Service
  • Error Detection and Fault Isolation (ED/FI)
  • First Failure Data Capture (FFDC)
  • Guiding Light service indicators
  • Service labels and service diagrams available on the system and delivered through IBM Knowledge Center
  • Step-by-step service procedures documented in IBM Knowledge Center or available through the HMC
  • Automatic reporting of serviceable events to IBM through the Electronic Service Agent Call Home application

Service environment

In the PowerVM environment, the HMC is a dedicated server that provides functions for configuring and managing servers for either partitioned or full-system partition using a GUI or command-line interface (CLI) or REST API. An HMC attached to the system enables support personnel (with client authorization) to remotely, or locally to the physical HMC that is in proximity of the server being serviced, log in to review error logs and perform remote maintenance if required.

The POWER9 processor-based platforms support several service environments:

  • Attachment to one or more HMCs or vHMCs is a supported option by the system with PowerVM. This is the default configuration for servers supporting logical partitions with dedicated or virtual I/O. In this case, all servers have at least one logical partition.

Service interface

Support personnel can use the service interface to communicate with the service support applications in a server using an operator console, a graphical user interface on the management console or service processor, or an operating system terminal. The service interface helps to deliver a clear, concise view of available service applications, helping the support team to manage system resources and service information in an efficient and effective way. Applications available through the service interface are carefully configured and placed to give service providers access to important service functions.

Different service interfaces are used, depending on the state of the system, hypervisor, and operating environment. The primary service interfaces are:

  • LEDs
  • Operator Panel
  • Service Processor menu
  • Operating system service menu
  • Service Focal Point on the HMC or vHMC with PowerVM

In the guiding light LED implementation, the system can clearly identify components for replacement by using specific component-level LEDs . The servicer can use the identify function to blink the FRU-level LED. When this function is activated, a roll-up to the blue enclosure locate and system locate LEDs will occur. These enclosure LEDs will turn on solid and can be used to follow the light path from the system to the enclosure and down to the specific FRU in the PowerVM environment.

First Failure Data Capture and error data analysis

First Failure Data Capture (FFDC) is a technique that helps ensure that when a fault is detected in a system, the root cause of the fault will be captured without the need to re-create the problem or run any sort of extending tracing or diagnostics program. For the vast majority of faults, a good FFDC design means that the root cause can also be detected automatically without servicer intervention.

FFDC information, error data analysis, and fault isolation are necessary to implement the advanced serviceability techniques that enable efficient service of the systems and to help determine the failing items.

In the rare absence of FFDC and Error Data Analysis, diagnostics are required to re-create the failure and determine the failing items.

Diagnostics

General diagnostic objectives are to detect and identify problems so they can be resolved quickly. Elements of IBM's diagnostics strategy include:

  • Provide a common error code format equivalent to a system reference code with PowerVM, system reference number, checkpoint, or firmware error code.
  • Provide fault detection and problem isolation procedures. Support remote connection ability to be used by the IBM Remote Support Center or IBM Designated Service.
  • Provide interactive intelligence within the diagnostics with detailed on-line failure information while connected to IBM's back-end system.

Automatic diagnostics

The processor and memory FFDC technology is designed to perform without the need for re-create diagnostics nor require user intervention. Solid and intermittent errors are designed to be correctly detected and isolated at the time the failure occurs. Runtime and boot-time diagnostics fall into this category.

Stand-alone diagnostics with PowerVM

As the name implies, stand-alone or user-initiated diagnostics requires user intervention. The user must perform manual steps, including:

  • Booting from the diagnostics CD, DVD, USB, or network
  • Interactively selecting steps from a list of choices

Concurrent maintenance

The determination of whether a firmware release can be updated concurrently is identified in the readme information file that is released with the firmware. An HMC is required for the concurrent firmware update with PowerVM. In addition, concurrent maintenance of PCIe adapters is supported with PowerVM. Concurrent maintenance of the Operator Panel is supported through ASMI. Additional concurrent maintenance includes:

  • EXP24S SAS Storage enclosure drawer.
  • Drives in the EXP24S Storage enclosure drawer.
  • NVMe U.2 drives.
  • PCI extender cards, Optical PCIe Link IO Expansion Card.
  • PCIe I/O adapters.
  • PCIe I/O drawers.
  • PCIe to USB Conversion card.
  • SMP cables. (only after Nov GA and with Firmware 920.20)
  • System node AC power supplies: Two functional power supplies must remain installed at all times while the system is operating.
  • System node fans.
  • System control unit fans.
  • System control unit Op Panel.
  • Time of Day battery.
  • UPIC Interface card in SCU.
  • UPIC power cables from system node to system control unit.

Service labels

Service providers use these labels to assist them in performing maintenance actions. Service labels are found in various formats and positions and are intended to transmit readily available information to the servicer during the repair process. Following are some of these service labels and their purpose:

  • Location diagrams: Location diagrams are located on the system hardware, relating information regarding the placement of hardware components. Location diagrams may include location codes, drawings of physical locations, concurrent maintenance status, or other data pertinent to a repair. Location diagrams are especially useful when multiple components such as DIMMs, CPUs, processor books, fans, adapter cards, LEDs, and power supplies are installed.
  • Remove/replace procedures: Service labels that contain remove/replace procedures are often found on a cover of the system or in other spots accessible to the servicer. These labels provide systematic procedures, including diagrams detailing how to remove or replace certain serviceable hardware components.
  • Arrows: Numbered arrows are used to indicate the order of operation and the serviceability direction of components. Some serviceable parts such as latches, levers, and touch points need to be pulled or pushed in a certain direction and in a certain order for the mechanical mechanisms to engage or disengage. Arrows generally improve the ease of serviceability.

QR labels

QR labels are placed on the system to provide access to key service functions through a mobile device. When the QR label is scanned, it will go to a landing page specific to that server which contains many of the service functions of interest while physically located at the server. These include things such as installation and repair instructions, service diagrams, reference code look up, and so on.

Packaging for service

The following service enhancements are included in the physical packaging of the systems to facilitate service:

  • Color coding (touch points): Blue-colored touch points delineate touchpoints on service components where the component can be safely handled for service actions such as removal or installation.
  • Tool-less design: Selected IBM systems support tool-less or simple tool designs. These designs require no tools or simple tools such as flathead screw drivers to service the hardware components.
  • Positive retention: Positive retention mechanisms help to assure proper connections between hardware components such as cables to connectors, and between two cards that attach to each other. Without positive retention, hardware components run the risk of becoming loose during shipping or installation, preventing a good electrical connection. Positive retention mechanisms like latches, levers, thumb-screws, pop Nylatches (U-clips), and cables are included to help prevent loose connections and aid in installing (seating) parts correctly. These positive retention items do not require tools.

Error handling and reporting

In the event of system hardware or environmentally induced failure, the system runtime error capture capability systematically analyzes the hardware error signature to determine the cause of failure. The analysis result will be stored in system NVRAM. When the system can be successfully restarted either manually or automatically, or if the system continues to operate, the error will be reported to the operating system. Hardware and software failures are recorded in the system log. When an HMC is attached in the PowerVM environment, an ELA routine analyzes the error, forwards the event to the Service Focal Point (SFP) application running on the HMC, and notifies the system administrator that it has isolated a likely cause of the system problem. The service processor event log also records unrecoverable checkstop conditions, forwards them to the SFP application, and notifies the system administrator.

The system has the ability to call home through the IBM i operating system to report platform-recoverable errors and errors associated with PCI adapters/devices.

In the HMC-managed environment, a call home service request will be initiated from the HMC and the pertinent failure data with service parts information and part locations will be sent to an IBM service organization. Client contact information and specific system-related data such as the machine type, model, and serial number, along with error log data related to the failure, are sent to IBM Service.

Live Partition Mobility

With PowerVM Live Partition Mobility (LPM), users can migrate an AIX, IBM i or Linux VM running on one POWER system to another POWER system without disrupting services. The migration transfers the entire system environment, including processor state, memory, attached virtual devices, and connected users. It provides continuous operating system and application availability during planned outages for repair of hardware and firmware faults. The IBM Power System E980 and other servers using POWER9-technology processors with firmware level FW920 or above supports secure LPM, whereby the VM image is encrypted and compressed prior to transfer. Secure LPM uses on-chip encryption and compression capabilities of the POWER9 processor for optimal performance.

Service processor

Diagnostic monitoring of recoverable error from the processor chipset is performed on the system processor itself, while the fatal diagnostic monitoring of the processor chipset is performed by the service processor. It runs on its own boundary and does not require resources from a system processor to be operational to perform its tasks.

Under PowerVM, the service processor supports surveillance of the connection to the HMC and to the system firmware (hypervisor). It also provides several remote power control options, environmental monitoring, reset, restart, remote maintenance, and diagnostic functions, including console mirroring. The service processors menus (ASMI) can be accessed concurrently with system operation, allowing nondisruptive abilities to change system default parameters.

Call home

Call home refers to an automatic or manual call from a client location to the IBM support structure with error log data, server status, or other service-related information. Call home invokes the service organization in order for the appropriate service action to begin. Call home can be done through HMC if the system i OS is running, it can also be configured to report OS detected errors. Call Home on the HMC will continue to report platform errors. While configuring call home is optional, clients are encouraged to implement this feature in order to obtain service enhancements such as reduced problem determination and faster and potentially more accurate transmittal of error information. In general, using the call home feature can result in increased system availability. The Electronic Service Agent application can be configured for automated call home. See the next section for specific details on this application.

IBM Electronic Services

Electronic Service Agent and the IBM Electronic Services web portal comprise the IBM Electronic Services solution, which is dedicated to providing fast, exceptional support to IBM clients. IBM Electronic Service Agent is a no-charge tool that proactively monitors and reports hardware events such as system errors, performance issues, and inventory. Electronic Service Agent can help focus on the client's company business initiatives, save time, and spend less effort managing day-to-day IT maintenance issues.

System configuration and inventory information collected by Electronic Service Agent also can be viewed on the secure Electronic Services web portal and used to improve problem determination and resolution between the client and the IBM support team. As part of an increased focus to provide even better service to IBM clients, Electronic Service Agent tool configuration and activation comes standard with the system. In support of this effort, a new HMC External Connectivity security whitepaper has been published, which describes data exchanges between the HMC and the IBM Service Delivery Center (SDC) and the methods and protocols for this exchange. To read the whitepaper and prepare for Electronic Service Agent installation, see the "Security" section at the IBM Electronic Service Agent website.

  1. Select your country.
  2. Click "IBM Electronic Service Agent Connectivity Guide."

Benefits: increased uptime

Electronic Service Agent is designed to enhance the warranty and maintenance service by potentially providing faster hardware error reporting and uploading system information to IBM Support. This can optimize the time monitoring the symptoms, diagnosing the error, and manually calling IBM Support to open a problem record. And 24x7 monitoring and reporting means no more dependency on human intervention or off-hours client personnel when errors are encountered in the middle of the night.

Security: The Electronic Service Agent tool is designed to help secure the monitoring, reporting, and storing of the data at IBM. The Electronic Service Agent tool is designed to help securely transmit either through the internet (HTTPS or VPN) or modem to provide clients a single point of exit from their site. Communication is one way. Activating Electronic Service Agent does not enable IBM to call into a client's system.

For additional information, see the IBM Electronic Service Agent website.

More accurate reporting

Because system information and error logs are automatically uploaded to the IBM Support Center in conjunction with the service request, clients are not required to find and send system information, decreasing the risk of misreported or misdiagnosed errors. Once inside IBM, problem error data is run through a data knowledge management system, and knowledge articles are appended to the problem record.

Customized support

By using the IBMid entered during activation, clients can view system and support information in the "My Systems" and "Premium Search" sections of the Electronic Services website.

The Electronic Services web portal is a single internet entry point that replaces the multiple entry points traditionally used to access IBM internet services and support. This web portal enables you to gain easier access to IBM resources for assistance in resolving technical problems. The newly improved My Systems and Premium Search functions make it even easier for Electronic Service Agent-enabled clients to track system inventory and find pertinent fixes.

My Systems provides valuable reports of installed hardware and software using information collected from the systems by IBM Electronic Service Agent. Reports are available for any system associated with the client's IBMid. Premium Search combines the function of search and the value of Electronic Service Agent information, providing advanced search of the technical support knowledgebase. Using Premium Search and the Service Agent information that has been collected from the system, clients are able to see search results that apply specifically to their systems.For more information on how to utilize the power of IBM Electronic Services, see the following website or contact an IBM Systems Services Representative.

IBM Proactive Support for Power Systems

Clients have found significant value in IBM's Proactive Support offerings on mission-critical systems, as this provides personalized support, proactive recommendations and accelerated response times vs. standard support. As a result, IBM is including the IBM Proactive Support in the default configuration for all Mid-Range and Enterprise IBM Power 9 Systems - for IBM AIX, IBM i, Linux an SAP HANA workloads. Other configurations are also available.

IBM i 7.1 Activation for E980

The IBM i 7.1 Activation is a hardware feature that enables IBM i 7.1 to install and run on the Power E980 server. The IBM i 7.1 Activation hardware feature does not change any IBM i software ordering behavior in e-config.

For both initial orders and MES orders, the IBM i 7.1 Activation feature is on the "Order Codes" display. The IBM i 7.1 Activation feature will generate a hardware activation code. Upon order fulfillment, retrieve the hardware activation code from Power Systems Capacity on Demand.

For new orders of the Power E980 server where the IBM i 7.1 Activation is desired, order the IBM i 7.1 Activation hardware feature. For the IBM i software order on those servers, order either a currently supported release of IBM i, which is 7.3, or later, or order IBM i 7.2 through the withdrawn order path. For IBM i entitlement transfers to a Power E980 server, if a client's IBM i entitlement on the donor machine is at IBM i 7.2, or earlier, the entitlement will be upgraded to IBM i 7.3 or IBM i 7.4 upon transfer to the Power E980.

For existing Power E980 server, order the IBM i 7.1 Activation hardware feature.

As for acquiring IBM i 7.1 software keys and software downloads on the Power E980 server, as long as the client has active IBM i SWMA, clients can get previous-release keys and previous-release software downloads of IBM i, as well as their entitled Licensed Program Products for IBM i and IBM i optional features, from Entitled System Support (ESS). This is the standard process for IBM i clients to acquire previous-release keys and software. If clients have active SWMA but do not see IBM i 7.1 keys for their entitled software on ESS, contact the Key Center at WWSWKEYS@dk.ibm.com.

Find the latest information on IBM i 7.1 Service Extension at IBM Support Roadmap.

Section 508 of the US Rehabilitation Act

IBM Power System E980 (9080-M9S) is capable as of September 21, 2018, when used in accordance with IBM's associated documentation, of satisfying the applicable requirements of Section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act, provided that any assistive technology used with the product properly interoperates with it. A US Section 508 Accessibility Conformance Statement can be requested on the Product accessibility information website.



Back to topBack to top

Models

Top rule

Model summary matrix

Model Processor Processor sockets Memory Hard drive Optical storage device
M9S POWER9 16 64 TB 64 EXP24SX Drawers, 136 SAS drives DVD-RAM

Customer setup (CSU)

No.

Devices supported

Not applicable.

Model conversions

Not available.

Feature conversions

The existing components being replaced during a model or feature conversion become the property of IBM and must be returned.

Feature conversions are always implemented on a "quantity of one for quantity of one" basis. Multiple existing features may not be converted to a single new feature. Single existing features may not be converted to multiple new features.

The following conversions are available to customers:

Feature conversions for 9080-M9S memory features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
ELMD - 512 GB Power Linux    EPPY - 512GB Base Memory     No
Memory Activations for M9S/  Activation Linux only -
80H                          Conversion

Feature conversions for 9080-M9S memory features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
EFA2 - 100 GB Memory         EMAV - 100 GB Mobile Memory  No
Activation (Upgrade from P8) activation for M9S/80H

Feature conversions for 9080-M9S global resource activation

features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
EB35 - Mobile Enablement     EP20 - Power Enterprise      No
                             Pools 2.0 Enablement
EH35 - Mobile Enablement     EP20 - Power Enterprise      No
                             Pools 2.0 Enablement

Feature conversions for 9080-M9S memory features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
EFA1 - 1 GB Memory           EPPQ - 1GB Base Memory       No
Activation (Upgrade from P8) activation (Pools 2.0) from
                             Static/Mobile-enabled
EMAT - 1 GB Memory           EPPQ - 1GB Base Memory       No
activation for M9S           activation (Pools 2.0) from
                             Static/Mobile-enabled
EFA2 - 100 GB Memory         EPPR - 100GB Base Memory     No
Activation (Upgrade from P8) activation (Pools 2.0) from
                             Static/Mobile-enabled
EMAD - 100 GB Mobile         EPPR - 100GB Base Memory     No
Enabled Memory Activations   activation (Pools 2.0) from
                             Static/Mobile-enabled
EMAU - 100 GB Memory         EPPR - 100GB Base Memory     No
activation for M9S           activation (Pools 2.0) from
                             Static/Mobile-enabled
ELMD - 512 GB Power Linux    EPPS - 512GB Base Memory     No
Memory Activations for M9S/  activation (Pools 2.0) from
80H                          Static/Mobile-enabled
EMB7 - Memory Activations    EPPS - 512GB Base Memory     No
for #EMB6 or #EMBA           activation (Pools 2.0) from
                             Static/Mobile-enabled
EMBF - 512 GB Memory         EPPS - 512GB Base Memory     No
Activations for M9S          activation (Pools 2.0) from
                             Static/Mobile-enabled
EMBG - 500 GB Mobile         EPPT - 500GB Base Memory     No
Enabled Memory Activations   activation (Pools 2.0) from
                             Static/Mobile-enabled
EMAV - 100 GB Mobile Memory  EPPV - 100GB Base Memory     No
activation for M9S/80H       activation (Pools 2.0) MES
                             only
EMAR - 100 GB Mobile Memory  EPPW - 100GB Base Memory     No
Activation (Upgrade from P8  Activation (Pools 2.0) from
                             Mobile
EMAY - 100 GB Mobile Memory  EPPW - 100GB Base Memory     No
activation for M9S/80H       Activation (Pools 2.0) from
(Upgrade from P7)            Mobile
EMBH - 500 GB Mobile Memory  EPPX - 500GB Base Memory     No
Activations                  Activation (Pools 2.0) from
                             Mobile

Feature conversions for 9080-M9S processor features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
EFPD - Mobile processor      EP90 - 1 core Base           No
activation for M9S           Processor Activation (Pools
                             2.0) for EFP1
EFPD - Mobile processor      EP91 - 1 core Base           No
activation for M9S           Processor Activation (Pools
                             2.0) for EFP2
EFPD - Mobile processor      EP92 - 1 core Base           No
activation for M9S           Processor Activation (Pools
                             2.0) for EFP3
EFPD - Mobile processor      EP93 - 1 core Base           No
activation for M9S           Processor Activation (Pools
                             2.0) for EFP4
EFPD - Mobile processor      EP9Z - 1 core Base           No
activation for M9S           Processor Activation (Pools
                             2.0) for EFP0 any OS
EFPQ - 1-core Processor      EPP0 - 1 core  Base  Proc Act  No
Activation for #EFP0         (Pools 2.0) for #EFP0 (from
                             Static/Mobile-enabled)
EFPR - 1-core                EPP0 - 1 core  Base  Proc Act  No
Mobile-enabled processor     (Pools 2.0) for #EFP0 (from
activation (CSE) for #EFP0   Static/Mobile-enabled)
EFPA - 1 core Processor      EPP1 - 1 core  Base  Proc Act  No
Activation for #EFP1         (Pools 2.0) for #EFP1 (from
                             Static/Mobile-enabled)
EFPE - 1 core                EPP1 - 1 core  Base  Proc Act  No
Mobile-enabled Processor     (Pools 2.0) for #EFP1 (from
Activation for #EFP1/#EFP5   Static/Mobile-enabled)
EFPB - 1 core Processor      EPP2 - 1 core  Base  Proc Act  No
Activation for #EFP2 and     (Pools 2.0) for #EFP2 (from
#EHC6                        Static/Mobile-enabled)
EFPF - 1 core                EPP2 - 1 core  Base  Proc Act  No
Mobile-enabled Processor     (Pools 2.0) for #EFP2 (from
Activation for #EFP2/#EFP6   Static/Mobile-enabled)
EFPC - 1 core Processor      EPP3 - 1 core  Base  Proc Act  No
Activation for #EFP3         (Pools 2.0) for #EFP3 (from
                             Static/Mobile-enabled)
EFPG - 1 core                EPP3 - 1 core  Base  Proc Act  No
Mobile-enabled Processor     (Pools 2.0) for #EFP3 (from
Activation for #EFP3/#EFP7   Static/Mobile-enabled)
EFP9 - 1 core Processor      EPP4 - 1 core  Base  Proc Act  No
Activation for #EFP4         (Pools 2.0) for #EFP4 (from
                             Static/Mobile-enabled)
EFPN - 1 core                EPP4 - 1 core  Base  Proc Act  No
Mobile-enabled Processor     (Pools 2.0) for #EFP4 (from
Activation for #EFP4/#EFP8   Static/Mobile-enabled)
ELBS - 1 core Linux          EPP5 - 1 core  Base  Proc Act  No
Processor Activation for     (Pools 2.0) for #EFP0 Linux
EFP0                         (from Static/Mobile-enabled)
ELBK - Power Linux           EPP6 - 1 core  Base  Proc Act  No
processor activation for     (Pools 2.0) for #EFP1 Linux
#EFP1/#EFP5                  (from Static/Mobile-enabled)
ELBL - Power Linux           EPP7 - 1 core  Base  Proc Act  No
processor activation for     (Pools 2.0) for #EFP2 Linux
#EFP2/#EFP6                  (from Static/Mobile-enabled)
ELBM - Power Linux           EPP8 - 1 core  Base  Proc Act  No
processor activation for     (Pools 2.0) for #EFP3 Linux
#EFP3/#EFP7                  (from Static/Mobile-enabled)
ELBQ - Power Linux           EPP9 - 1 core  Base  Proc Act  No
processor activation for     (Pools 2.0) for #EFP4 Linux
#EFP4/#EFP8                  (from Static/Mobile-enabled)
EFPH - Mobile processor      EPPK - 1 core  Base  Proc Act  No
activation for M9S (Upgrade  (Pools 2.0) for #EFP0 (from
from P7)                      Mobile - Prev)
EP2W - Mobile Processor      EPPK - 1 core  Base  Proc Act  No
activation M9S/80H (Upgrade  (Pools 2.0) for #EFP0 (from
from P8)                      Mobile - Prev)
EFPH - Mobile processor      EPPL - 1 core  Base  Proc Act  No
activation for M9S (Upgrade  (Pools 2.0) for #EFP1 (from
from P7)                      Mobile - Prev)
EP2W - Mobile Processor      EPPL - 1 core  Base  Proc Act  No
activation M9S/80H (Upgrade  (Pools 2.0) for #EFP1 (from
from P8)                      Mobile - Prev)
EFPH - Mobile processor      EPPM - 1 core  Base  Proc Act  No
activation for M9S (Upgrade  (Pools 2.0) for #EFP2 (from
from P7)                      Mobile - Prev)
EP2W - Mobile Processor      EPPM - 1 core  Base  Proc Act  No
activation M9S/80H (Upgrade  (Pools 2.0) for #EFP2 (from
from P8)                      Mobile - Prev)
EFPH - Mobile processor      EPPN - 1 core  Base  Proc Act  No
activation for M9S (Upgrade  (Pools 2.0) for #EFP3 (from
from P7)                      Mobile - Prev)
EP2W - Mobile Processor      EPPN - 1 core  Base  Proc Act  No
activation M9S/80H (Upgrade  (Pools 2.0) for #EFP3 (from
from P8)                      Mobile - Prev)
EFPH - Mobile processor      EPPP - 1 core  Base  Proc Act  No
activation for M9S (Upgrade  (Pools 2.0) for #EFP4 (from
from P7)                      Mobile - Prev)
EP2W - Mobile Processor      EPPP - 1 core  Base  Proc Act  No
activation M9S/80H (Upgrade  (Pools 2.0) for #EFP4 (from
from P8)                      Mobile - Prev)

Feature conversions for 9080-M9S processor features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
EFPQ - 1-core Processor      EFPD - Mobile processor      No
Activation for #EFP0         activation for M9S
EFPR - 1-core                EFPD - Mobile processor      No
Mobile-enabled processor     activation for M9S
activation (CSE) for #EFP0

Feature conversions for 9080-MHE to 9080-M9S processor features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------

EPBG - CBU for Power         EFBZ - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.35      Enterprise Systems Typical
GHz, 32-core POWER8          3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max),
processor                    24-core POWER9 processor
EPBH - CBU for Power         EFBZ - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.02 GHz  Enterprise Systems Typical
48-core POWER8 processor     3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max),
                             24-core POWER9 processor
EPBT - CBU for Power         EFBZ - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.19GHz,  Enterprise Systems Typical
40-core POWER8 processor     3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max),
                             24-core POWER9 processor
EPBZ - CBU for Power         EFBZ - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.02 GHz  Enterprise Systems Typical
40-core POWER8 processor     3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max),
                             24-core POWER9 processor
ELPC - SOL Edition FOR SAP   EFP0 - 24-core (4x6)         Yes
HANA 4.02GHz 48 core act     Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
(IFL), 2TB Mem Act (IFL)     (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer

EPB0 - 4.02 GHz 40-core      EFP0 - 24-core (4x6)         Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBB - 4.35 GHz, 32-core     EFP0 - 24-core (4x6)         Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBD - 4.02 GHz 48-core      EFP0 - 24-core (4x6)         Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBS - 4.19GHz, 40-core      EFP0 - 24-core (4x6)         Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
ESP2 - 48-core 4.02 GHz      EFP0 - 24-core (4x6)         Yes
POWER8 processor module for  Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
SAP HANA                     (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
ESP3 - 40-core 4.19 GHz      EFP0 - 24-core (4x6)         Yes
POWER8 processor module for  Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
SAP HANA                     (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
ESPZ - 40-core 4.02 GHz      EFP0 - 24-core (4x6)         Yes
POWER8 processor module for  Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
SAP HANA                     (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBK - 1 core Processor      EFPQ - 1-core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBB or      Activation for #EFP0
#EPBG
EPBM - 1 core Processor      EFPQ - 1-core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBD or      Activation for #EFP0
#EPBH
EPBU - 1 core Processor      EFPQ - 1-core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBS or      Activation for #EFP0
#EPBT
ESP4 - 1 core processor      EFPQ - 1-core Processor      No
activation for ESP2          Activation for #EFP0
ESP6 - 1 core processor      EFPQ - 1-core Processor      No
activation for ESP3          Activation for #EFP0
EPBP - 1 core                EFPR - 1-core                No
Mobile-enabled Processor     Mobile-enabled processor
Activation for #EPBB or      activation (CSE) for #EFP0
#EPBG
EPBR - 1 core                EFPR - 1-core                No
Mobile-enabled Processor     Mobile-enabled processor
Activation for #EPBD or      activation (CSE) for #EFP0
#EPBH
EPBV - 1 core Mobile         EFPR - 1-core                No
Enabled Processor            Mobile-enabled processor
Activation for #EPBS or      activation (CSE) for #EFP0
#EPBT

Feature conversions for 9080-MHE to 9080-M9S rack related

features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------

Feature conversions for 9080-MME to 9080-M9S processor features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------

EPBW - CBU for Power         EFBZ - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.02      Enterprise Systems Typical
GHz, 32-core POWER8          3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max),
processor                    24-core POWER9 processor
EPBA - 4.02 GHz, 32-core     EFP0 - 24-core (4x6)         Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBJ - 1 core Processor      EFPQ - 1-core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBA or      Activation for #EFP0
#EPBW
EPBN - 1 core Mobile         EFPR - 1-core                No
Enabled Processor            Mobile-enabled processor
Activation for #EPBA or      activation (CSE) for #EFP0
#EPBW

Feature conversions for 9119-MHE to 9080-M9S processor features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
EPBG - CBU for Power         EFBZ - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.35      Enterprise Systems Typical
GHz, 32-core POWER8          3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max),
processor                    24-core POWER9 processor
EPBH - CBU for Power         EFBZ - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.02 GHz  Enterprise Systems Typical
48-core POWER8 processor     3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max),
                             24-core POWER9 processor
EPBT - CBU for Power         EFBZ - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.19GHz,  Enterprise Systems Typical
40-core POWER8 processor     3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max),
                             24-core POWER9 processor
EPBZ - CBU for Power         EFBZ - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.02 GHz  Enterprise Systems Typical
40-core POWER8 processor     3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max),
                             24-core POWER9 processor
ELPA - SOL Edition FOR SAP   EFP0 - 24-core (4x6)         Yes
HANA 4.19GHz 40 core act     Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
(IFL), 2TB Mem Act (IFL)     (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPB0 - 4.02 GHz 40-core      EFP0 - 24-core (4x6)         Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBB - 4.35 GHz, 32-core     EFP0 - 24-core (4x6)         Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBD - 4.02 GHz 48-core      EFP0 - 24-core (4x6)         Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBS - 4.19GHz, 40-core      EFP0 - 24-core (4x6)         Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBK - 1 core Processor      EFPQ - 1-core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBB or      Activation for #EFP0
#EPBG
EPBM - 1 core Processor      EFPQ - 1-core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBD or      Activation for #EFP0
#EPBH
EPBU - 1 core Processor      EFPQ - 1-core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBS or      Activation for #EFP0
#EPBT
EPBP - 1 core                EFPR - 1-core                No
Mobile-enabled Processor     Mobile-enabled processor
Activation for #EPBB or      activation (CSE) for #EFP0
#EPBG
EPBR - 1 core                EFPR - 1-core                No
Mobile-enabled Processor     Mobile-enabled processor
Activation for #EPBD or      activation (CSE) for #EFP0
#EPBH
EPBV - 1 core Mobile         EFPR - 1-core                No
Enabled Processor            Mobile-enabled processor
Activation for #EPBS or      activation (CSE) for #EFP0
#EPBT

Feature conversions for 9119-MME to 9080-M9S processor features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
EPBW - CBU for Power         EFBZ - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.02      Enterprise Systems Typical
GHz, 32-core POWER8          3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max),
processor                    24-core POWER9 processor
EPBX - CBU for Power         EFBZ - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.19      Enterprise Systems Typical
GHz, 40-core POWER8          3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max),
processor                    24-core POWER9 processor
EPBA - 4.02 GHz, 32-core     EFP0 - 24-core (4x6)         Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBC - 4.19 GHz, 40-core     EFP0 - 24-core (4x6)         Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBE - Power IFL Package     EFP0 - 24-core (4x6)         Yes
for HANA Solution            Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBJ - 1 core Processor      EFPQ - 1-core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBA or      Activation for #EFP0
#EPBW
EPBL - 1 core Processor      EFPQ - 1-core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBC or      Activation for #EFP0
#EHC2 or #EPBX
EPBN - 1 core Mobile         EFPR - 1-core                No
Enabled Processor            Mobile-enabled processor
Activation for #EPBA or      activation (CSE) for #EFP0
#EPBW
EPBQ - 1 core Mobile         EFPR - 1-core                No
Enabled Processor            Mobile-enabled processor
Activation for #EPBC or      activation (CSE) for #EFP0
#EPBX

Type/Model Conversions

   From       To
Type Model Type Model
---- ----- ---- -----
9080  MHE  9080  M9S
9080  MME  9080  M9S
9119  MHE  9080  M9S
9119  MME  9080  M9S

The existing components being replaced during a model or feature conversion become the property of IBM and must be returned.

Feature conversions are always implemented on a "quantity of one for quantity of one" basis. Multiple existing features may not be converted to a single new feature. Single existing features may not be converted to multiple new features.

The following conversions are available to customers:

Feature conversions for 9080-M9S adapters features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
EJ07 - PCIe3 Optical Cable   EJ19 - PCIe x16 to CXP       No
Adapter for PCIe3 Expansion  Optical or CU converter
Drawer                       Adapter for PCIe3 Expansion
                             Drawer

Feature conversions for 9080-M9S cable features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
ECC6 - 2M Optical Cable      ECCR - 2M Active Optical     No
Pair for PCIe3 Expansion     Cable Pair for PCIe3
Drawer                       Expansion Drawer
ECC8 - 10M Optical Cable     ECCY - 10M Active Optical    No
Pair for PCIe3 Expansion     Cable Pair for PCIe3
Drawer                       Expansion Drawer
ECC9 - 20M Optical Cable     ECCZ - 20M Active Optical    No
Pair for PCIe3 Expansoin     Cable Pair for PCIe3
Drawer                       Expansion Drawer

Feature conversions for 9080-M9S memory features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
EMBG - 500 GB Mobile         EMBH - 500 GB Mobile Memory  No
Enabled Memory Activations   Activations

Feature conversions for 9080-M9S rack related features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
EMXF - PCIe3 6-Slot Fanout   EMXH - PCIe3 6-Slot Fanout   No
Module for PCIe3 Expansion   Module for PCIe3 Expansion
Drawer                       Drawer
EMXG - PCIe3 6-Slot Fanout   EMXH - PCIe3 6-Slot Fanout   No
Module for PCIe3 Expansion   Module for PCIe3 Expansion
Drawer                       Drawer

Feature conversions for 9080-MHE to 9080-M9S processor features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
ELPC - SOL Edition FOR SAP   EFP1 - 32-core (4x8)         Yes
HANA 4.02GHz 48 core act     Typical 3.9 to 4.0 GHz
(IFL), 2TB Mem Act (IFL)     (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer

ELPC - SOL Edition FOR SAP   EFP2 - 40-core (4x10)        Yes
HANA 4.02GHz 48 core act     Typical 3.7 to 3.9 GHz
(IFL), 2TB Mem Act (IFL)     (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
ELPC - SOL Edition FOR SAP   EFP3 - 48-core (4x12)        Yes
HANA 4.02GHz 48 core act     Typical 3.55 to 3.9 GHz
(IFL), 2TB Mem Act (IFL)     (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
ELPC - SOL Edition FOR SAP   EFP4 - 44-core (4x11)        Yes
HANA 4.02GHz 48 core act     Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
(IFL), 2TB Mem Act (IFL)     (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer

Feature conversions for 9119-MHE to 9080-M9S processor features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
ELPA - SOL Edition FOR SAP   EFP1 - 32-core (4x8)         Yes
HANA 4.19GHz 40 core act     Typical 3.9 to 4.0 GHz
(IFL), 2TB Mem Act (IFL)     (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
ELPA - SOL Edition FOR SAP   EFP2 - 40-core (4x10)        Yes
HANA 4.19GHz 40 core act     Typical 3.7 to 3.9 GHz
(IFL), 2TB Mem Act (IFL)     (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
ELPA - SOL Edition FOR SAP   EFP3 - 48-core (4x12)        Yes
HANA 4.19GHz 40 core act     Typical 3.55 to 3.9 GHz
(IFL), 2TB Mem Act (IFL)     (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
ELPA - SOL Edition FOR SAP   EFP4 - 44-core (4x11)        Yes
HANA 4.19GHz 40 core act     Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
(IFL), 2TB Mem Act (IFL)     (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer

Feature conversions for 9119-MME to 9080-M9S processor features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
EPBE - Power IFL Package     EFP1 - 32-core (4x8)         Yes
for HANA Solution            Typical 3.9 to 4.0 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBE - Power IFL Package     EFP2 - 40-core (4x10)        Yes
for HANA Solution            Typical 3.7 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBE - Power IFL Package     EFP3 - 48-core (4x12)        Yes
for HANA Solution            Typical 3.55 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBE - Power IFL Package     EFP4 - 44-core (4x11)        Yes
for HANA Solution            Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer

Feature conversions for 9080-M9S memory features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
EMAD - 100 GB Mobile         EMAV - 100 GB Mobile Memory  No
Enabled Memory Activations   activation for M9S/80H
EMAU - 100 GB Memory         EMAV - 100 GB Mobile Memory  No
activation for M9S           activation for M9S/80H

Feature conversions for 9080-M9S processor features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
EFP9 - 1 core Processor      EFPD - Mobile processor      No
Activation for #EFP4         activation for M9S
EFPA - 1 core Processor      EFPD - Mobile processor      No
Activation for #EFP1         activation for M9S
EFPB - 1 core Processor      EFPD - Mobile processor      No
Activation for #EFP2 and     activation for M9S
#EHC6
EFPC - 1 core Processor      EFPD - Mobile processor      No
Activation for #EFP3         activation for M9S
EFPE - 1 core                EFPD - Mobile processor      No
Mobile-enabled Processor     activation for M9S
Activation for #EFP1/#EFP5
EFPF - 1 core                EFPD - Mobile processor      No
Mobile-enabled Processor     activation for M9S
Activation for #EFP2/#EFP6
EFPG - 1 core                EFPD - Mobile processor      No
Mobile-enabled Processor     activation for M9S
Activation for #EFP3/#EFP7
EFPN - 1 core                EFPD - Mobile processor      No
Mobile-enabled Processor     activation for M9S
Activation for #EFP4/#EFP8

Feature conversions for 9080-M9S memory features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
EFA1 - 1 GB Memory           EMAT - 1 GB Memory           No
Activation (Upgrade from P8) activation for M9S
EFA2 - 100 GB Memory         EMAU - 100 GB Memory         No
Activation (Upgrade from P8) activation for M9S

Feature conversions for 9080-MHE to 9080-M9S memory features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
EM8J - 64GB (4X16GB)         EF20 - 128GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X32GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8K - 128GB (4X32GB)        EF20 - 128GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X32GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8U - 64 GB DDR4 Memory     EF20 - 128GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x16GB CDIMMs)              (4X32GB) CDIMMs
EM8V - 128 GB DDR4 Memory    EF20 - 128GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x32GB CDIMMs)              (4X32GB) CDIMMs
EM8J - 64GB (4X16GB)         EF21 - 256GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X64GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8K - 128GB (4X32GB)        EF21 - 256GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X64GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8L - 256GB (4X64GB)        EF21 - 256GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X64GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8U - 64 GB DDR4 Memory     EF21 - 256GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x16GB CDIMMs)              (4X64GB) CDIMMs
EM8V - 128 GB DDR4 Memory    EF21 - 256GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x32GB CDIMMs)              (4X64GB) CDIMMs
EM8W - 256 GB DDR4 Memory    EF21 - 256GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x64GB CDIMMs)              (4X64GB) CDIMMs
EM8J - 64GB (4X16GB)         EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X128GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8K - 128GB (4X32GB)        EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X128GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8L - 256GB (4X64GB)        EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X128GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8M - 512GB (4X128GB)       EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X128GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8U - 64 GB DDR4 Memory     EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x16GB CDIMMs)              (4X128GB) CDIMMs
EM8V - 128 GB DDR4 Memory    EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x32GB CDIMMs)              (4X128GB) CDIMMs
EM8W - 256 GB DDR4 Memory    EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x64GB CDIMMs)              (4X128GB) CDIMMs
EM8X - 512 GB DDR4 Memory    EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x128GB CDIMMs)             (4X128GB) CDIMMs
ESPB - 512 GB (4X128 GB)     EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMM, 1600MHz, DDR4 DRAM    (4X128GB) CDIMMs
Tall for SAP HANA
EM8J - 64GB (4X16GB)         EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X256GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8K - 128GB (4X32GB)        EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X256GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8L - 256GB (4X64GB)        EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X256GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8M - 512GB (4X128GB)       EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X256GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8U - 64 GB DDR4 Memory     EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
(4x16GB CDIMMs)              (4X256GB) CDIMMs
EM8V - 128 GB DDR4 Memory    EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
(4x32GB CDIMMs)              (4X256GB) CDIMMs
EM8W - 256 GB DDR4 Memory    EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
(4x64GB CDIMMs)              (4X256GB) CDIMMs
EM8X - 512 GB DDR4 Memory    EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
(4x128GB CDIMMs)             (4X256GB) CDIMMs
EM8Y - 1024GB (4x256GB)      EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT,     (4X256GB) CDIMMs
DDR4 DRAM
ESP9 - 1024 GB (4X256 GB)    EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMM, 1600MHz, DDR4 DRAM    (4X256GB) CDIMMs
Tall for SAP HANA
ESPB - 512 GB (4X128 GB)     EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMM, 1600MHz, DDR4 DRAM    (4X256GB) CDIMMs
Tall for SAP HANA
EM8J - 64GB (4X16GB)         EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X512GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8K - 128GB (4X32GB)        EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X512GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8L - 256GB (4X64GB)        EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X512GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8M - 512GB (4X128GB)       EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X512GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8U - 64 GB DDR4 Memory     EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
(4x16GB CDIMMs)              (4X512GB) CDIMMs
EM8V - 128 GB DDR4 Memory    EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
(4x32GB CDIMMs)              (4X512GB) CDIMMs
EM8W - 256 GB DDR4 Memory    EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
(4x64GB CDIMMs)              (4X512GB) CDIMMs
EM8X - 512 GB DDR4 Memory    EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
(4x128GB CDIMMs)             (4X512GB) CDIMMs
EM8Y - 1024GB (4x256GB)      EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT,     (4X512GB) CDIMMs
DDR4 DRAM
ESP9 - 1024 GB (4X256 GB)    EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMM, 1600MHz, DDR4 DRAM    (4X512GB) CDIMMs
Tall for SAP HANA
ESPB - 512 GB (4X128 GB)     EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMM, 1600MHz, DDR4 DRAM    (4X512GB) CDIMMs
Tall for SAP HANA
EMA6 - Quantity of 100 1GB   EFA2 - 100 GB Memory         No
Memory Activations (#EMA5)   Activation (Upgrade from P8)
ESPC - Quantity of 100 1GB   EFA2 - 100 GB Memory         No
Memory activation for SAP    Activation (Upgrade from P8)
HANA
EMB8 - Five Hundred and      ELMD - 512 GB Power Linux    No
Twelve Memory Activations    Memory Activations for M9S/
for IFL                      80H
EM82 - ACTIVE MEMORY         EM89 - Active Memory         No
EXPANSION ENABLEMENT         expansion enablement for M9S
EMA9 - 100 GB Mobile         EMAD - 100 GB Mobile         No
Enabled Memory Activations   Enabled Memory Activations
EMA7 - 100 GB Mobile Memory  EMAR - 100 GB Mobile Memory  No
Activations                  Activation (Upgrade from P8

EMAL - BASE MEMORY           EMAS - Base Memory           No
ACTIVATION (512GB) FOR       activation (512) for #EHC6
#EHC2 or #EHC5
EMAF - 100 GB Mobile Memory  EMAY - 100 GB Mobile Memory  No
Activation (Upgrade from P7) activation for M9S/80H
                             (Upgrade from P7)

Feature conversions for 9080-MHE to 9080-M9S miscellaneous

features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
EB3J - CBU for Power         EFB0 - CBU server specify    Yes
Enterprise Systems specify

Feature conversions for 9080-MHE to 9080-M9S processor features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
EB2R - Single 5250           EF2R - Single 5250           Yes
Enterprise Enablement        Enterprise Enablement
EB30 - Full 5250 Enterprise  EF30 - Full 5250 Enterprise  Yes
Enablement                   Enablement
EPBG - CBU for Power         EFB1 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.35      Enterprise Systems Typical
GHz, 32-core POWER8          3.9 to 4.0 GHz (max),
processor                    32-core POWER9 processor
EPBH - CBU for Power         EFB1 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.02 GHz  Enterprise Systems Typical
48-core POWER8 processor     3.9 to 4.0 GHz (max),
                             32-core POWER9 processor
EPBT - CBU for Power         EFB1 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.19GHz,  Enterprise Systems Typical
40-core POWER8 processor     3.9 to 4.0 GHz (max),
                             32-core POWER9 processor
EPBG - CBU for Power         EFB2 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.35      Enterprise Systems Typical
GHz, 32-core POWER8          3.7 to 3.9 GHz (max),
processor                    40-core POWER9 processor
EPBH - CBU for Power         EFB2 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.02 GHz  Enterprise Systems Typical
48-core POWER8 processor     3.7 to 3.9 GHz (max),
                             40-core POWER9 processor
EPBT - CBU for Power         EFB2 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.19GHz,  Enterprise Systems Typical
40-core POWER8 processor     3.7 to 3.9 GHz (max),
                             40-core POWER9 processor
EPBG - CBU for Power         EFB3 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.35      Enterprise Systems Typical
GHz, 32-core POWER8          3.55 to 3.9 GHz (max),
processor                    48-core POWER9 processor
EPBH - CBU for Power         EFB3 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.02 GHz  Enterprise Systems Typical
48-core POWER8 processor     3.55 to 3.9 GHz (max),
                             48-core POWER9 processor
EPBT - CBU for Power         EFB3 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.19GHz,  Enterprise Systems Typical
40-core POWER8 processor     3.55 to 3.9 GHz (max),
                             48-core POWER9 processor
EPBG - CBU for Power         EFB4 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.35      Enterprise Systems Typical
GHz, 32-core POWER8          3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max),
processor                    44-core POWER9 processor
EPBH - CBU for Power         EFB4 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.02 GHz  Enterprise Systems Typical
48-core POWER8 processor     3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max),
                             44-core POWER9 processor
EPBT - CBU for Power         EFB4 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.19GHz,  Enterprise Systems Typical
40-core POWER8 processor     3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max),
                             44-core POWER9 processor
EPBB - 4.35 GHz, 32-core     EFP1 - 32-core (4x8)         Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.9 to 4.0 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBD - 4.02 GHz 48-core      EFP1 - 32-core (4x8)         Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.9 to 4.0 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBS - 4.19GHz, 40-core      EFP1 - 32-core (4x8)         Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.9 to 4.0 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
ESP2 - 48-core 4.02 GHz      EFP1 - 32-core (4x8)         Yes
POWER8 processor module for  Typical 3.9 to 4.0 GHz
SAP HANA                     (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
ESP3 - 40-core 4.19 GHz      EFP1 - 32-core (4x8)         Yes
POWER8 processor module for  Typical 3.9 to 4.0 GHz
SAP HANA                     (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBB - 4.35 GHz, 32-core     EFP2 - 40-core (4x10)        Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.7 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBD - 4.02 GHz 48-core      EFP2 - 40-core (4x10)        Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.7 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBS - 4.19GHz, 40-core      EFP2 - 40-core (4x10)        Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.7 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
ESP2 - 48-core 4.02 GHz      EFP2 - 40-core (4x10)        Yes
POWER8 processor module for  Typical 3.7 to 3.9 GHz
SAP HANA                     (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
ESP3 - 40-core 4.19 GHz      EFP2 - 40-core (4x10)        Yes
POWER8 processor module for  Typical 3.7 to 3.9 GHz
SAP HANA                     (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBB - 4.35 GHz, 32-core     EFP3 - 48-core (4x12)        Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.55 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBD - 4.02 GHz 48-core      EFP3 - 48-core (4x12)        Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.55 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBS - 4.19GHz, 40-core      EFP3 - 48-core (4x12)        Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.55 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
ESP2 - 48-core 4.02 GHz      EFP3 - 48-core (4x12)        Yes
POWER8 processor module for  Typical 3.55 to 3.9 GHz
SAP HANA                     (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
ESP3 - 40-core 4.19 GHz      EFP3 - 48-core (4x12)        Yes
POWER8 processor module for  Typical 3.55 to 3.9 GHz
SAP HANA                     (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBB - 4.35 GHz, 32-core     EFP4 - 44-core (4x11)        Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBD - 4.02 GHz 48-core      EFP4 - 44-core (4x11)        Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBS - 4.19GHz, 40-core      EFP4 - 44-core (4x11)        Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
ESP2 - 48-core 4.02 GHz      EFP4 - 44-core (4x11)        Yes
POWER8 processor module for  Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
SAP HANA                     (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
ESP3 - 40-core 4.19 GHz      EFP4 - 44-core (4x11)        Yes
POWER8 processor module for  Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
SAP HANA                     (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer

EPBK - 1 core Processor      EFP9 - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBB or      Activation for #EFP4
#EPBG
EPBM - 1 core Processor      EFP9 - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBD or      Activation for #EFP4
#EPBH
EPBU - 1 core Processor      EFP9 - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBS or      Activation for #EFP4
#EPBT
ESP4 - 1 core processor      EFP9 - 1 core Processor      No
activation for ESP2          Activation for #EFP4
ESP6 - 1 core processor      EFP9 - 1 core Processor      No
activation for ESP3          Activation for #EFP4
EPBK - 1 core Processor      EFPA - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBB or      Activation for #EFP1
#EPBG
EPBM - 1 core Processor      EFPA - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBD or      Activation for #EFP1
#EPBH
EPBU - 1 core Processor      EFPA - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBS or      Activation for #EFP1
#EPBT
ESP4 - 1 core processor      EFPA - 1 core Processor      No
activation for ESP2          Activation for #EFP1
ESP6 - 1 core processor      EFPA - 1 core Processor      No
activation for ESP3          Activation for #EFP1
EPBK - 1 core Processor      EFPB - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBB or      Activation for #EFP2 and
#EPBG                        #EHC6
EPBM - 1 core Processor      EFPB - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBD or      Activation for #EFP2 and
#EPBH                        #EHC6
EPBU - 1 core Processor      EFPB - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBS or      Activation for #EFP2 and
#EPBT                        #EHC6
ESP4 - 1 core processor      EFPB - 1 core Processor      No
activation for ESP2          Activation for #EFP2 and
                             #EHC6
ESP6 - 1 core processor      EFPB - 1 core Processor      No
activation for ESP3          Activation for #EFP2 and
                             #EHC6
EPBK - 1 core Processor      EFPC - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBB or      Activation for #EFP3
#EPBG
EPBM - 1 core Processor      EFPC - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBD or      Activation for #EFP3
#EPBH
EPBU - 1 core Processor      EFPC - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBS or      Activation for #EFP3
#EPBT
ESP4 - 1 core processor      EFPC - 1 core Processor      No
activation for ESP2          Activation for #EFP3
ESP6 - 1 core processor      EFPC - 1 core Processor      No
activation for ESP3          Activation for #EFP3
EPBP - 1 core                EFPE - 1 core                No
Mobile-enabled Processor     Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBB or      Activation for #EFP1/#EFP5
#EPBG
EPBR - 1 core                EFPE - 1 core                No
Mobile-enabled Processor     Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBD or      Activation for #EFP1/#EFP5
#EPBH
EPBV - 1 core Mobile         EFPE - 1 core                No
Enabled Processor            Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBS or      Activation for #EFP1/#EFP5
#EPBT
EPBP - 1 core                EFPF - 1 core                No
Mobile-enabled Processor     Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBB or      Activation for #EFP2/#EFP6
#EPBG
EPBR - 1 core                EFPF - 1 core                No
Mobile-enabled Processor     Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBD or      Activation for #EFP2/#EFP6
#EPBH
EPBV - 1 core Mobile         EFPF - 1 core                No
Enabled Processor            Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBS or      Activation for #EFP2/#EFP6
#EPBT
EPBP - 1 core                EFPG - 1 core                No
Mobile-enabled Processor     Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBB or      Activation for #EFP3/#EFP7
#EPBG
EPBR - 1 core                EFPG - 1 core                No
Mobile-enabled Processor     Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBD or      Activation for #EFP3/#EFP7
#EPBH
EPBV - 1 core Mobile         EFPG - 1 core                No
Enabled Processor            Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBS or      Activation for #EFP3/#EFP7
#EPBT
EP2V - 1-Core Mobile         EFPH - Mobile processor      No
Activation from Power 7      activation for M9S (Upgrade
                             from P7)
EPBP - 1 core                EFPN - 1 core                No
Mobile-enabled Processor     Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBB or      Activation for #EFP4/#EFP8
#EPBG
EPBR - 1 core                EFPN - 1 core                No
Mobile-enabled Processor     Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBD or      Activation for #EFP4/#EFP8
#EPBH
EPBV - 1 core Mobile         EFPN - 1 core                No
Enabled Processor            Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBS or      Activation for #EFP4/#EFP8
#EPBT
EHC5 - Solution Edition for  EHC6 - Solution Edition for  No
Healthcare 4.19GHZ, 40-core  Healthcare typical 3.7 to
Processor                    3.9 GHZ, 40-core Processor
                             with 5U system node drawer
ELAT - BASE PROCESSOR        ELAU - Base processor        No
ACTIVATION (20) FOR #EHC5    activation (20) for #EHC6
EP2T - 1-Core Mobile         EP2W - Mobile Processor      No
Activation                   activation M9S/80H (Upgrade
                             from P8)

Feature conversions for 9080-MHE to 9080-M9S rack related

features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------

Feature conversions for 9080-MME to 9080-M9S memory features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
EM8J - 64GB (4X16GB)         EF20 - 128GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X32GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8K - 128GB (4X32GB)        EF20 - 128GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X32GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8U - 64 GB DDR4 Memory     EF20 - 128GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x16GB CDIMMs)              (4X32GB) CDIMMs
EM8V - 128 GB DDR4 Memory    EF20 - 128GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x32GB CDIMMs)              (4X32GB) CDIMMs
EM8J - 64GB (4X16GB)         EF21 - 256GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X64GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8K - 128GB (4X32GB)        EF21 - 256GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X64GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8L - 256GB (4X64GB)        EF21 - 256GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X64GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8U - 64 GB DDR4 Memory     EF21 - 256GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x16GB CDIMMs)              (4X64GB) CDIMMs
EM8V - 128 GB DDR4 Memory    EF21 - 256GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x32GB CDIMMs)              (4X64GB) CDIMMs
EM8W - 256 GB DDR4 Memory    EF21 - 256GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x64GB CDIMMs)              (4X64GB) CDIMMs
EM8J - 64GB (4X16GB)         EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X128GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8K - 128GB (4X32GB)        EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X128GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8L - 256GB (4X64GB)        EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X128GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8M - 512GB (4X128GB)       EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X128GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8U - 64 GB DDR4 Memory     EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x16GB CDIMMs)              (4X128GB) CDIMMs
EM8V - 128 GB DDR4 Memory    EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x32GB CDIMMs)              (4X128GB) CDIMMs
EM8W - 256 GB DDR4 Memory    EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x64GB CDIMMs)              (4X128GB) CDIMMs
EM8X - 512 GB DDR4 Memory    EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x128GB CDIMMs)             (4X128GB) CDIMMs
EM8J - 64GB (4X16GB)         EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X256GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8K - 128GB (4X32GB)        EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X256GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8L - 256GB (4X64GB)        EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X256GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8M - 512GB (4X128GB)       EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X256GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8U - 64 GB DDR4 Memory     EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
(4x16GB CDIMMs)              (4X256GB) CDIMMs
EM8V - 128 GB DDR4 Memory    EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
(4x32GB CDIMMs)              (4X256GB) CDIMMs
EM8W - 256 GB DDR4 Memory    EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
(4x64GB CDIMMs)              (4X256GB) CDIMMs
EM8X - 512 GB DDR4 Memory    EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
(4x128GB CDIMMs)             (4X256GB) CDIMMs
EM8Y - 1024GB (4x256GB)      EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT,     (4X256GB) CDIMMs
DDR4 DRAM
EM8J - 64GB (4X16GB)         EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X512GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8K - 128GB (4X32GB)        EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X512GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8L - 256GB (4X64GB)        EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X512GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8M - 512GB (4X128GB)       EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X512GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8U - 64 GB DDR4 Memory     EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
(4x16GB CDIMMs)              (4X512GB) CDIMMs
EM8V - 128 GB DDR4 Memory    EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
(4x32GB CDIMMs)              (4X512GB) CDIMMs
EM8W - 256 GB DDR4 Memory    EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
(4x64GB CDIMMs)              (4X512GB) CDIMMs
EM8X - 512 GB DDR4 Memory    EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
(4x128GB CDIMMs)             (4X512GB) CDIMMs
EM8Y - 1024GB (4x256GB)      EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT,     (4X512GB) CDIMMs
DDR4 DRAM
EMA5 - 1GB Memory Activation EFA1 - 1 GB Memory           No
                             Activation (Upgrade from P8)
EMA6 - Quantity of 100 1GB   EFA2 - 100 GB Memory         No
Memory Activations (#EMA5)   Activation (Upgrade from P8)
EMB8 - Five Hundred and      ELMD - 512 GB Power Linux    No
Twelve Memory Activations    Memory Activations for M9S/
for IFL                      80H
EM82 - ACTIVE MEMORY         EM89 - Active Memory         No
EXPANSION ENABLEMENT         expansion enablement for M9S
EMA9 - 100 GB Mobile         EMAD - 100 GB Mobile         No
Enabled Memory Activations   Enabled Memory Activations
EMA7 - 100 GB Mobile Memory  EMAR - 100 GB Mobile Memory  No
Activations                  Activation (Upgrade from P8
EMAF - 100 GB Mobile Memory  EMAY - 100 GB Mobile Memory  No
Activation (Upgrade from P7) activation for M9S/80H
                             (Upgrade from P7)

Feature conversions for 9080-MME to 9080-M9S miscellaneous

features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
EB3K - CBU for PowerHA       EFB0 - CBU server specify    Yes
Specify

Feature conversions for 9080-MME to 9080-M9S processor features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
EB2R - Single 5250           EF2R - Single 5250           Yes
Enterprise Enablement        Enterprise Enablement
EB30 - Full 5250 Enterprise  EF30 - Full 5250 Enterprise  Yes
Enablement                   Enablement
EPBW - CBU for Power         EFB1 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.02      Enterprise Systems Typical
GHz, 32-core POWER8          3.9 to 4.0 GHz (max),
processor                    32-core POWER9 processor
EPBW - CBU for Power         EFB2 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.02      Enterprise Systems Typical
GHz, 32-core POWER8          3.7 to 3.9 GHz (max),
processor                    40-core POWER9 processor
EPBW - CBU for Power         EFB3 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.02      Enterprise Systems Typical
GHz, 32-core POWER8          3.55 to 3.9 GHz (max),
processor                    48-core POWER9 processor
EPBW - CBU for Power         EFB4 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.02      Enterprise Systems Typical
GHz, 32-core POWER8          3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max),
processor                    44-core POWER9 processor
EPBA - 4.02 GHz, 32-core     EFP1 - 32-core (4x8)         Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.9 to 4.0 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBA - 4.02 GHz, 32-core     EFP2 - 40-core (4x10)        Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.7 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBA - 4.02 GHz, 32-core     EFP3 - 48-core (4x12)        Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.55 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBA - 4.02 GHz, 32-core     EFP4 - 44-core (4x11)        Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer

EPBJ - 1 core Processor      EFP9 - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBA or      Activation for #EFP4
#EPBW
EPBJ - 1 core Processor      EFPA - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBA or      Activation for #EFP1
#EPBW
EPBJ - 1 core Processor      EFPB - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBA or      Activation for #EFP2 and
#EPBW                        #EHC6
EPBJ - 1 core Processor      EFPC - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBA or      Activation for #EFP3
#EPBW
EPBN - 1 core Mobile         EFPE - 1 core                No
Enabled Processor            Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBA or      Activation for #EFP1/#EFP5
#EPBW
EPBN - 1 core Mobile         EFPF - 1 core                No
Enabled Processor            Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBA or      Activation for #EFP2/#EFP6
#EPBW
EPBN - 1 core Mobile         EFPG - 1 core                No
Enabled Processor            Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBA or      Activation for #EFP3/#EFP7
#EPBW
EP2U - 1-Core Mobile         EFPH - Mobile processor      No
Activation from Power 7      activation for M9S (Upgrade
                             from P7)
EP2S - 1-Core Mobile         EP2W - Mobile Processor      No
Activation                   activation M9S/80H (Upgrade
                             from P8)

Feature conversions for 9080-MME to 9080-M9S rack related

features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------

Feature conversions for 9119-MHE to 9080-M9S memory features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
EM8J - 64GB (4X16GB)         EF20 - 128GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X32GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8K - 128GB (4X32GB)        EF20 - 128GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X32GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8U - 64 GB DDR4 Memory     EF20 - 128GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x16GB CDIMMs)              (4X32GB) CDIMMs
EM8V - 128 GB DDR4 Memory    EF20 - 128GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x32GB CDIMMs)              (4X32GB) CDIMMs
EM8J - 64GB (4X16GB)         EF21 - 256GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X64GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8K - 128GB (4X32GB)        EF21 - 256GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X64GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8L - 256GB (4X64GB)        EF21 - 256GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X64GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8U - 64 GB DDR4 Memory     EF21 - 256GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x16GB CDIMMs)              (4X64GB) CDIMMs
EM8V - 128 GB DDR4 Memory    EF21 - 256GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x32GB CDIMMs)              (4X64GB) CDIMMs
EM8W - 256 GB DDR4 Memory    EF21 - 256GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x64GB CDIMMs)              (4X64GB) CDIMMs
EM8J - 64GB (4X16GB)         EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X128GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8K - 128GB (4X32GB)        EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X128GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8L - 256GB (4X64GB)        EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X128GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8M - 512GB (4X128GB)       EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X128GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8U - 64 GB DDR4 Memory     EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x16GB CDIMMs)              (4X128GB) CDIMMs
EM8V - 128 GB DDR4 Memory    EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x32GB CDIMMs)              (4X128GB) CDIMMs
EM8W - 256 GB DDR4 Memory    EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x64GB CDIMMs)              (4X128GB) CDIMMs
EM8X - 512 GB DDR4 Memory    EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x128GB CDIMMs)             (4X128GB) CDIMMs
EM8J - 64GB (4X16GB)         EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X256GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8K - 128GB (4X32GB)        EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X256GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8L - 256GB (4X64GB)        EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X256GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8M - 512GB (4X128GB)       EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X256GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8U - 64 GB DDR4 Memory     EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
(4x16GB CDIMMs)              (4X256GB) CDIMMs
EM8V - 128 GB DDR4 Memory    EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
(4x32GB CDIMMs)              (4X256GB) CDIMMs
EM8W - 256 GB DDR4 Memory    EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
(4x64GB CDIMMs)              (4X256GB) CDIMMs
EM8X - 512 GB DDR4 Memory    EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
(4x128GB CDIMMs)             (4X256GB) CDIMMs
EM8Y - 1024GB (4x256GB)      EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT,     (4X256GB) CDIMMs
DDR4 DRAM
EM8J - 64GB (4X16GB)         EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X512GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8K - 128GB (4X32GB)        EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X512GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8L - 256GB (4X64GB)        EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X512GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8M - 512GB (4X128GB)       EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X512GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8U - 64 GB DDR4 Memory     EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
(4x16GB CDIMMs)              (4X512GB) CDIMMs
EM8V - 128 GB DDR4 Memory    EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
(4x32GB CDIMMs)              (4X512GB) CDIMMs
EM8W - 256 GB DDR4 Memory    EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
(4x64GB CDIMMs)              (4X512GB) CDIMMs
EM8X - 512 GB DDR4 Memory    EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
(4x128GB CDIMMs)             (4X512GB) CDIMMs
EM8Y - 1024GB (4x256GB)      EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT,     (4X512GB) CDIMMs
DDR4 DRAM
EMA6 - Quantity of 100 1GB   EFA2 - 100 GB Memory         No
Memory Activations (#EMA5)   Activation (Upgrade from P8)
EMB8 - Five Hundred and      ELMD - 512 GB Power Linux    No
Twelve Memory Activations    Memory Activations for M9S/
for IFL                      80H
EM82 - ACTIVE MEMORY         EM89 - Active Memory         No
EXPANSION ENABLEMENT         expansion enablement for M9S
EMA9 - 100 GB Mobile         EMAD - 100 GB Mobile         No
Enabled Memory Activations   Enabled Memory Activations
EMA7 - 100 GB Mobile Memory  EMAR - 100 GB Mobile Memory  No
Activations                  Activation (Upgrade from P8
EMAF - 100 GB Mobile Memory  EMAY - 100 GB Mobile Memory  No
Activation (Upgrade from P7) activation for M9S/80H
                             (Upgrade from P7)

Feature conversions for 9119-MHE to 9080-M9S miscellaneous

features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
EB3J - CBU for Power         EFB0 - CBU server specify    Yes
Enterprise Systems specify

Feature conversions for 9119-MHE to 9080-M9S processor features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
EB2R - Single 5250           EF2R - Single 5250           Yes
Enterprise Enablement        Enterprise Enablement
EB30 - Full 5250 Enterprise  EF30 - Full 5250 Enterprise  Yes
Enablement                   Enablement
EPBG - CBU for Power         EFB1 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.35      Enterprise Systems Typical
GHz, 32-core POWER8          3.9 to 4.0 GHz (max),
processor                    32-core POWER9 processor
EPBH - CBU for Power         EFB1 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.02 GHz  Enterprise Systems Typical
48-core POWER8 processor     3.9 to 4.0 GHz (max),
                             32-core POWER9 processor
EPBT - CBU for Power         EFB1 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.19GHz,  Enterprise Systems Typical
40-core POWER8 processor     3.9 to 4.0 GHz (max),
                             32-core POWER9 processor
EPBG - CBU for Power         EFB2 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.35      Enterprise Systems Typical
GHz, 32-core POWER8          3.7 to 3.9 GHz (max),
processor                    40-core POWER9 processor
EPBH - CBU for Power         EFB2 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.02 GHz  Enterprise Systems Typical
48-core POWER8 processor     3.7 to 3.9 GHz (max),
                             40-core POWER9 processor
EPBT - CBU for Power         EFB2 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.19GHz,  Enterprise Systems Typical
40-core POWER8 processor     3.7 to 3.9 GHz (max),
                             40-core POWER9 processor
EPBG - CBU for Power         EFB3 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.35      Enterprise Systems Typical
GHz, 32-core POWER8          3.55 to 3.9 GHz (max),
processor                    48-core POWER9 processor
EPBH - CBU for Power         EFB3 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.02 GHz  Enterprise Systems Typical
48-core POWER8 processor     3.55 to 3.9 GHz (max),
                             48-core POWER9 processor
EPBT - CBU for Power         EFB3 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.19GHz,  Enterprise Systems Typical
40-core POWER8 processor     3.55 to 3.9 GHz (max),
                             48-core POWER9 processor
EPBG - CBU for Power         EFB4 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.35      Enterprise Systems Typical
GHz, 32-core POWER8          3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max),
processor                    44-core POWER9 processor
EPBH - CBU for Power         EFB4 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.02 GHz  Enterprise Systems Typical
48-core POWER8 processor     3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max),
                             44-core POWER9 processor
EPBT - CBU for Power         EFB4 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.19GHz,  Enterprise Systems Typical
40-core POWER8 processor     3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max),
                             44-core POWER9 processor
EPBB - 4.35 GHz, 32-core     EFP1 - 32-core (4x8)         Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.9 to 4.0 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBD - 4.02 GHz 48-core      EFP1 - 32-core (4x8)         Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.9 to 4.0 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBS - 4.19GHz, 40-core      EFP1 - 32-core (4x8)         Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.9 to 4.0 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBB - 4.35 GHz, 32-core     EFP2 - 40-core (4x10)        Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.7 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBD - 4.02 GHz 48-core      EFP2 - 40-core (4x10)        Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.7 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBS - 4.19GHz, 40-core      EFP2 - 40-core (4x10)        Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.7 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBB - 4.35 GHz, 32-core     EFP3 - 48-core (4x12)        Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.55 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBD - 4.02 GHz 48-core      EFP3 - 48-core (4x12)        Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.55 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBS - 4.19GHz, 40-core      EFP3 - 48-core (4x12)        Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.55 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBB - 4.35 GHz, 32-core     EFP4 - 44-core (4x11)        Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBD - 4.02 GHz 48-core      EFP4 - 44-core (4x11)        Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBS - 4.19GHz, 40-core      EFP4 - 44-core (4x11)        Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBK - 1 core Processor      EFP9 - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBB or      Activation for #EFP4
#EPBG
EPBM - 1 core Processor      EFP9 - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBD or      Activation for #EFP4
#EPBH
EPBU - 1 core Processor      EFP9 - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBS or      Activation for #EFP4
#EPBT
EPBK - 1 core Processor      EFPA - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBB or      Activation for #EFP1
#EPBG
EPBM - 1 core Processor      EFPA - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBD or      Activation for #EFP1
#EPBH
EPBU - 1 core Processor      EFPA - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBS or      Activation for #EFP1
#EPBT
EPBK - 1 core Processor      EFPB - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBB or      Activation for #EFP2 and
#EPBG                        #EHC6
EPBM - 1 core Processor      EFPB - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBD or      Activation for #EFP2 and
#EPBH                        #EHC6
EPBU - 1 core Processor      EFPB - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBS or      Activation for #EFP2 and
#EPBT                        #EHC6
EPBK - 1 core Processor      EFPC - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBB or      Activation for #EFP3
#EPBG
EPBM - 1 core Processor      EFPC - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBD or      Activation for #EFP3
#EPBH
EPBU - 1 core Processor      EFPC - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBS or      Activation for #EFP3
#EPBT
EPBP - 1 core                EFPE - 1 core                No
Mobile-enabled Processor     Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBB or      Activation for #EFP1/#EFP5
#EPBG
EPBR - 1 core                EFPE - 1 core                No
Mobile-enabled Processor     Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBD or      Activation for #EFP1/#EFP5
#EPBH
EPBV - 1 core Mobile         EFPE - 1 core                No
Enabled Processor            Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBS or      Activation for #EFP1/#EFP5
#EPBT
EPBP - 1 core                EFPF - 1 core                No
Mobile-enabled Processor     Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBB or      Activation for #EFP2/#EFP6
#EPBG
EPBR - 1 core                EFPF - 1 core                No
Mobile-enabled Processor     Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBD or      Activation for #EFP2/#EFP6
#EPBH
EPBV - 1 core Mobile         EFPF - 1 core                No
Enabled Processor            Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBS or      Activation for #EFP2/#EFP6
#EPBT
EPBP - 1 core                EFPG - 1 core                No
Mobile-enabled Processor     Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBB or      Activation for #EFP3/#EFP7
#EPBG
EPBR - 1 core                EFPG - 1 core                No
Mobile-enabled Processor     Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBD or      Activation for #EFP3/#EFP7
#EPBH
EPBV - 1 core Mobile         EFPG - 1 core                No
Enabled Processor            Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBS or      Activation for #EFP3/#EFP7
#EPBT
EP2V - 1-Core Mobile         EFPH - Mobile processor      No
Activation from Power 7      activation for M9S (Upgrade
                             from P7)
EPBP - 1 core                EFPN - 1 core                No
Mobile-enabled Processor     Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBB or      Activation for #EFP4/#EFP8
#EPBG
EPBR - 1 core                EFPN - 1 core                No
Mobile-enabled Processor     Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBD or      Activation for #EFP4/#EFP8
#EPBH
EPBV - 1 core Mobile         EFPN - 1 core                No
Enabled Processor            Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBS or      Activation for #EFP4/#EFP8
#EPBT
EP2T - 1-Core Mobile         EP2W - Mobile Processor      No
Activation                   activation M9S/80H (Upgrade
                             from P8)

Feature conversions for 9119-MME to 9080-M9S memory features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
EM8J - 64GB (4X16GB)         EF20 - 128GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X32GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8K - 128GB (4X32GB)        EF20 - 128GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X32GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8U - 64 GB DDR4 Memory     EF20 - 128GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x16GB CDIMMs)              (4X32GB) CDIMMs
EM8V - 128 GB DDR4 Memory    EF20 - 128GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x32GB CDIMMs)              (4X32GB) CDIMMs
EM8J - 64GB (4X16GB)         EF21 - 256GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X64GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8K - 128GB (4X32GB)        EF21 - 256GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X64GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8L - 256GB (4X64GB)        EF21 - 256GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X64GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8U - 64 GB DDR4 Memory     EF21 - 256GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x16GB CDIMMs)              (4X64GB) CDIMMs
EM8V - 128 GB DDR4 Memory    EF21 - 256GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x32GB CDIMMs)              (4X64GB) CDIMMs
EM8W - 256 GB DDR4 Memory    EF21 - 256GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x64GB CDIMMs)              (4X64GB) CDIMMs
EM8J - 64GB (4X16GB)         EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X128GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8K - 128GB (4X32GB)        EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X128GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8L - 256GB (4X64GB)        EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X128GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8M - 512GB (4X128GB)       EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X128GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8U - 64 GB DDR4 Memory     EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x16GB CDIMMs)              (4X128GB) CDIMMs
EM8V - 128 GB DDR4 Memory    EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x32GB CDIMMs)              (4X128GB) CDIMMs
EM8W - 256 GB DDR4 Memory    EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x64GB CDIMMs)              (4X128GB) CDIMMs
EM8X - 512 GB DDR4 Memory    EF22 - 512GB DDR4 Memory     Yes
(4x128GB CDIMMs)             (4X128GB) CDIMMs
EM8J - 64GB (4X16GB)         EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X256GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8K - 128GB (4X32GB)        EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X256GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8L - 256GB (4X64GB)        EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X256GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8M - 512GB (4X128GB)       EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X256GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8U - 64 GB DDR4 Memory     EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
(4x16GB CDIMMs)              (4X256GB) CDIMMs
EM8V - 128 GB DDR4 Memory    EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
(4x32GB CDIMMs)              (4X256GB) CDIMMs
EM8W - 256 GB DDR4 Memory    EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
(4x64GB CDIMMs)              (4X256GB) CDIMMs
EM8X - 512 GB DDR4 Memory    EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
(4x128GB CDIMMs)             (4X256GB) CDIMMs
EM8Y - 1024GB (4x256GB)      EF23 - 1024GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT,     (4X256GB) CDIMMs
DDR4 DRAM
EM8J - 64GB (4X16GB)         EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X512GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8K - 128GB (4X32GB)        EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X512GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8L - 256GB (4X64GB)        EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X512GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8M - 512GB (4X128GB)       EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT      (4X512GB) CDIMMs
DDR3 DRAM
EM8U - 64 GB DDR4 Memory     EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
(4x16GB CDIMMs)              (4X512GB) CDIMMs
EM8V - 128 GB DDR4 Memory    EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
(4x32GB CDIMMs)              (4X512GB) CDIMMs
EM8W - 256 GB DDR4 Memory    EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
(4x64GB CDIMMs)              (4X512GB) CDIMMs
EM8X - 512 GB DDR4 Memory    EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
(4x128GB CDIMMs)             (4X512GB) CDIMMs
EM8Y - 1024GB (4x256GB)      EF24 - 2048GB DDR4 Memory    Yes
CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT,     (4X512GB) CDIMMs
DDR4 DRAM
EMA5 - 1GB Memory Activation EFA1 - 1 GB Memory           No
                             Activation (Upgrade from P8)
EMA6 - Quantity of 100 1GB   EFA2 - 100 GB Memory         No
Memory Activations (#EMA5)   Activation (Upgrade from P8)
EMB8 - Five Hundred and      ELMD - 512 GB Power Linux    No
Twelve Memory Activations    Memory Activations for M9S/
for IFL                      80H
EM82 - ACTIVE MEMORY         EM89 - Active Memory         No
EXPANSION ENABLEMENT         expansion enablement for M9S
EMA9 - 100 GB Mobile         EMAD - 100 GB Mobile         No
Enabled Memory Activations   Enabled Memory Activations
EMA7 - 100 GB Mobile Memory  EMAR - 100 GB Mobile Memory  No
Activations                  Activation (Upgrade from P8
 

EMAL - BASE MEMORY           EMAS - Base Memory           No
ACTIVATION (512GB) FOR       activation (512) for #EHC6
#EHC2 or #EHC5
EMAF - 100 GB Mobile Memory  EMAY - 100 GB Mobile Memory  No
Activation (Upgrade from P7) activation for M9S/80H
                             (Upgrade from P7)

Feature conversions for 9119-MME to 9080-M9S miscellaneous

features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
EB3K - CBU for PowerHA       EFB0 - CBU server specify    Yes
Specify

Feature conversions for 9119-MME to 9080-M9S processor features:

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                       PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
EB2R - Single 5250           EF2R - Single 5250           Yes
Enterprise Enablement        Enterprise Enablement
EB30 - Full 5250 Enterprise  EF30 - Full 5250 Enterprise  Yes
Enablement                   Enablement
EPBW - CBU for Power         EFB1 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.02      Enterprise Systems Typical
GHz, 32-core POWER8          3.9 to 4.0 GHz (max),
processor                    32-core POWER9 processor
EPBX - CBU for Power         EFB1 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.19      Enterprise Systems Typical
GHz, 40-core POWER8          3.9 to 4.0 GHz (max),
processor                    32-core POWER9 processor
EPBW - CBU for Power         EFB2 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.02      Enterprise Systems Typical
GHz, 32-core POWER8          3.7 to 3.9 GHz (max),
processor                    40-core POWER9 processor
EPBX - CBU for Power         EFB2 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.19      Enterprise Systems Typical
GHz, 40-core POWER8          3.7 to 3.9 GHz (max),
processor                    40-core POWER9 processor
EPBW - CBU for Power         EFB3 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.02      Enterprise Systems Typical
GHz, 32-core POWER8          3.55 to 3.9 GHz (max),
processor                    48-core POWER9 processor
EPBX - CBU for Power         EFB3 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.19      Enterprise Systems Typical
GHz, 40-core POWER8          3.55 to 3.9 GHz (max),
processor                    48-core POWER9 processor
EPBW - CBU for Power         EFB4 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.02      Enterprise Systems Typical
GHz, 32-core POWER8          3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max),
processor                    44-core POWER9 processor
EPBX - CBU for Power         EFB4 - CBU for Power         Yes
Enterprise Systems 4.19      Enterprise Systems Typical
GHz, 40-core POWER8          3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max),
processor                    44-core POWER9 processor
EPBA - 4.02 GHz, 32-core     EFP1 - 32-core (4x8)         Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.9 to 4.0 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBC - 4.19 GHz, 40-core     EFP1 - 32-core (4x8)         Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.9 to 4.0 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBA - 4.02 GHz, 32-core     EFP2 - 40-core (4x10)        Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.7 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBC - 4.19 GHz, 40-core     EFP2 - 40-core (4x10)        Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.7 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBA - 4.02 GHz, 32-core     EFP3 - 48-core (4x12)        Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.55 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBC - 4.19 GHz, 40-core     EFP3 - 48-core (4x12)        Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.55 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBA - 4.02 GHz, 32-core     EFP4 - 44-core (4x11)        Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBC - 4.19 GHz, 40-core     EFP4 - 44-core (4x11)        Yes
POWER8 processor             Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
                             (max) POWER9 Processor with
                             5U system node drawer
EPBJ - 1 core Processor      EFP9 - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBA or      Activation for #EFP4
#EPBW
EPBL - 1 core Processor      EFP9 - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBC or      Activation for #EFP4
#EHC2 or #EPBX
EPBJ - 1 core Processor      EFPA - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBA or      Activation for #EFP1
#EPBW
EPBL - 1 core Processor      EFPA - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBC or      Activation for #EFP1
#EHC2 or #EPBX
EPBJ - 1 core Processor      EFPB - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBA or      Activation for #EFP2 and
#EPBW                        #EHC6
EPBL - 1 core Processor      EFPB - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBC or      Activation for #EFP2 and
#EHC2 or #EPBX               #EHC6
EPBJ - 1 core Processor      EFPC - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBA or      Activation for #EFP3
#EPBW
EPBL - 1 core Processor      EFPC - 1 core Processor      No
Activation for #EPBC or      Activation for #EFP3
#EHC2 or #EPBX
EPBN - 1 core Mobile         EFPE - 1 core                No
Enabled Processor            Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBA or      Activation for #EFP1/#EFP5
#EPBW
EPBQ - 1 core Mobile         EFPE - 1 core                No
Enabled Processor            Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBC or      Activation for #EFP1/#EFP5
#EPBX
EPBN - 1 core Mobile         EFPF - 1 core                No
Enabled Processor            Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBA or      Activation for #EFP2/#EFP6
#EPBW
EPBQ - 1 core Mobile         EFPF - 1 core                No
Enabled Processor            Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBC or      Activation for #EFP2/#EFP6
#EPBX
EPBN - 1 core Mobile         EFPG - 1 core                No
Enabled Processor            Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBA or      Activation for #EFP3/#EFP7
#EPBW
EPBQ - 1 core Mobile         EFPG - 1 core                No
Enabled Processor            Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBC or      Activation for #EFP3/#EFP7
#EPBX
EP2U - 1-Core Mobile         EFPH - Mobile processor      No
Activation from Power 7      activation for M9S (Upgrade
                             from P7)
EPBN - 1 core Mobile         EFPN - 1 core                No
Enabled Processor            Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBA or      Activation for #EFP4/#EFP8
#EPBW
EPBQ - 1 core Mobile         EFPN - 1 core                No
Enabled Processor            Mobile-enabled Processor
Activation for #EPBC or      Activation for #EFP4/#EFP8
#EPBX

EHC2 - Solution Edition for  EHC6 - Solution Edition for  No
Healthcare 4.19GHZ, 40-core  Healthcare typical 3.7 to
Processor                    3.9 GHZ, 40-core Processor
                             with 5U system node drawer
ELAL - BASE PROCESSOR        ELAU - Base processor        No
ACTIVATION (20) FOR #EHC2    activation (20) for #EHC6
EP2S - 1-Core Mobile         EP2W - Mobile Processor      No
Activation                   activation M9S/80H (Upgrade
                             from P8)


Back to topBack to top

Technical description

Top rule

Physical specifications Physical specifications Hardware requirements Hardware requirements
Operating environment Operating environment Software requirements Software requirements
Limitations Limitations


Physical specifications

IBM Power System E980 model M9S

  • System node
    • Width: 445.5 mm (17.54 in.)
    • Depth: 867 mm (34.13 in.)
    • Height: 218 mm (8.58 in.) 5 EIA units
    • Weight: 86.2 kg (190 lb)
  • System control unit
    • Width: 445.6 mm (17.54 in.)
    • Depth: 779.7 mm (30.7 in.)
    • Height: 86 mm (3.39 in.) 2 EIA units
    • Weight: 22.7 kg (50 lb)
  • PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer
    • Width: 447.3 mm (17.61 in.)
    • Depth: 737 mm (29.0 in)
    • Height: 173 mm (6.8 in.) 4 EIA units
    • Weight: 54.4 kg (120 lb)

To help assure installability and serviceability in non-IBM, industry-standard racks, review the vendor's installation planning information for any product-specific installation requirements.

Standards

This product was designed, tested, manufactured, and certified for safe operation. It complies with IEC 60950-1 and/or IEC 62368-1 and where required, to relevant national differences/deviations (NDs) to these IEC base standards. This includes, but is not limited to: EN (European Norms including all Amendments under the Low Voltage Directive), UL/CSA (North America bi-national harmonized and marked per accredited NRTL agency listings), and other such derivative certifications according to corporate determinations and latest regional publication compliance standardized requirements.

Regulatory Model ID (RMID) may match the marketed number type. Relevant Machine Type - Models (MT-Ms) may also be used to supplement identification (ID) for worldwide (WW) co-compliance filings or registrations with regulatory bodies.

Operating environment

  • Temperature:
    • 5°C - 45°C (45°F - 113°F) nonoperating
    • 18°C - 27°C (64°F - 80°F) recommended operating
    • 5°C - 40°C (41°F - 104° F) allowable operating
    • Derate maximum allowable dry-bulb temperature 1°C (1.8°F) per 175 m (574 ft) above 950 m (3,117 ft) up to a maximum allowable elevation of 3050 m (10000 ft).
  • Relative humidity (noncondensing):
    • 8% - 80% nonoperating
    • 20% - 80% operating
  • Maximum dew point:
    • 28°C (82°F) nonoperating
    • 29°C (84°F) operating
  • Operating voltage: 200 - 208 / 220 - 240 V
    • Operating frequency: 50 - 60 Hz +/-3 Hz
    • Power consumption: 4,130 watts maximum (per system drawer)
    • Power source loading: 4.2 kVA maximum (per system drawer)
    • Thermal output: 14,095 Btu/hr maximum (per system drawer)
    • Maximum altitude: 3,050 m (10,000 ft)
      Note: To calculate the amperage, multiply the kVA by 1000 and divide that number by the operating voltage.
  • Noise level: (Acoustics A-weighted Upper-Limit Sound Power Levels)
    • One maximally configured:
      • 8.5 bels LwAm (operating/idle, 25 C, 500 m)
      • 9.0 bels LwAm (heavy workload, 27 C, 500 m)

Note that this is LwAm (mean) vs LwAu (upper statistical). Nothing is changing with respect to how loud things can be, but due to changes in ISO standards, IBM is changing how it is reported.

The IBM Power System E980 must be installed in a rack with a rear door and side panels for EMC compliance. The native HMC Ethernet ports must use shielded Ethernet cables.
Note: Government regulations, such as those prescribed by OSHA or European Community Directives, may govern noise level exposure in the workplace and may apply to you and your server installation. This IBM system is available with an optional acoustical door feature that can help reduce the noise emitted from this system. The actual sound pressure levels in your installation depend upon a variety of factors, including the number of racks in the installation; the size, materials, and configuration of the room where you designate the racks to be installed; the noise levels from other equipment; the room ambient temperature, and employees' location in relation to the equipment. Further, compliance with such government regulations also depends upon a variety of additional factors, including the duration of employees' exposure and whether employees wear hearing protection. IBM recommends that you consult with qualified experts in this field to determine whether you are in compliance with the applicable regulations.

EMC conformance classification

This equipment is subject to Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) regulations and shall comply with the appropriate country EMC regulations before final delivery to the buyer or centres of distribution.

  • US: FCC CFR, Title 47, Part 15, EMI Class A
  • EEA, Turkey: EU Council Directive 2014/30/EU, EMI Class A
  • Japan: VCCI Council, EMI Class A
  • Korea: RRA, EMI Class A
  • China (PRC): CPCS, EMI Class A
  • Taiwan R.O.C.: BSMI CNS 13438, EMI Class A
  • Australia\New Zealand: ACMA, EMI Class A
  • Canada: ICES-003, EMI Class A
  • Eurasian Economic Area (EAEU), EMI Class A
  • Saudi Arabia: MoCI, EMI Class A
  • Vietnam: MIC, EMI Class A
  • Morocco: EMC Order, EMC Class A

    The IBM Power System E980 server must be installed in a rack with a rear door and side panels for EMC compliance. The native HMC Ethernet ports must use shielded Ethernet cables.

Homologation -- Telecom Type Approval

Homologation approval for specific countries has been initiated with the IBM Homologation and Type Approval (HT&A) organization in Nice, France.

The IBM Power System E980 server nodes or system control unit or PCIe Gen3 Expansion units are not certified for connection to interfaces of public telecommunications networks. Certification may be required by law prior to making any such connection. Contact an IBM representative or reseller for any questions and for information on PCIe adapters that can be used in the system and which are certified.

Product safety/Country testing/Certification

  • UL 60950-1:2007 Underwriters Laboratory
  • CAN/CSA22.2 No. 60950-1-07
  • EN60950-1:2006 European Norm
  • IEC 60950-1 2nd Edition + all National Differences

Limitations

  • The PCIe I/O Expansion Drawer (#EMX0) will be limited to a maximum of two for August 7, 2018, announcement.
  • IBM Power System 9040-MR9 Rack do not support earthquake-prone regions.

Hardware requirements

If the system is ordered with 950 Firmware level or higher and is capable to be HMC managed, then, the managing HMC must be installed with 9.2.95 0 or higher.

This level only supports hardware appliance types 7063, or virtual appliances (vHMC) on x86 or PowerVM. The 7042 hardware appliance is not supported.

Software requirements

If installing the AIX operating system LPAR with any I/O configuration (one of these):

  • AIX 7.2 with the 7200-04 Technology Level, or later
  • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-03 Technology Level or later
  • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-05 Technology Level and Service Pack 7100-05-03-1838 or later
  • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 6100-09-12-1838 or later (AIX 6.1 service extension required)
  • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 7200-01-05-1845 or later
  • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 7200-02-03-1845 or later
  • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 7100-04-07-1845 or later

If installing the AIX operating system Virtual I/O only LPAR (one of these):

  • AIX 7.2 with the 7200-04 Technology Level, or later
  • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-03 Technology Level, or later
  • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 7200-02-01-1732, or later
  • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-05 Technology Level and Service Pack 7100-05-01-1731, or later
  • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 7200-01-01-1642, or later
  • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 7200-00-02-1614, or later
  • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 7100-04-02-1614, or later
  • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 7100-09-07-1614, or later (AIX 6.1 service extension required)

If installing the IBM i operating system (one of these):

  • IBM i 7.2 TR9, or later
  • IBM i 7.3 TR5, or later
  • IBM i 7.4 or later
  • IBM i 7.1 TR11 or later with latest PTFs. IBM i 7.1 requires VIOS, the IBM i 7.1 partitions must be set to restricted I/O mode, and requires HW feature #EB3V - IBM i 7.1 Activation for E980

See the IBM Prerequisite website for compatibility information for hardware features and the corresponding AIX and IBM i Technology Levels.

If installing the Linux operating system (one of these):

  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.5 for Power LE (p8compat), or later
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for SAP with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE version 7.5, or later
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.0 for Power LE, or later
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for SAP with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8 for Power LE, or later
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 4 , or later
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 3, or later
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 3, or later
  • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15, or later

Note: The above list applies to the installation of the Linux operating system LPAR in nonproduction SAP HANA implementations. See the Statement of Direction for IBM Power System E980 (9080-M9S) for SAP HANA Production Use.

If installing VIOS:

  • VIOS 2.2.5.50 or later
  • VIOS 2.2.6.31 or later
  • VIOS 3.1.0.10 or later

Java is supported on POWER9 servers. For the best use of the performance capabilities and the most recent improvements of POWER9 technology, IBM recommends upgrading Java-based applications to Java 7, Java 8, or later, whenever possible. For those clients who want to run Java in AIX environments, see the AIX Download and service information website.

For Linux (including Linux on Power), see the Linux Download information website.

For those clients who want to run Java in IBM i environments, read the following planning statements:

  • Java 6 is not a supported environment for IBM i 7.3 and is no longer
  • For those clients who want to run Java on IBM i, see the Java on IBM website


Back to topBack to top

Publications

Top rule

IBM Power Systems hardware documentation provides you with the following topical information:

  • Licenses, notices, safety, and warranty information
  • Planning for the system
  • Installing and configuring the system
  • Troubleshooting, service, and support
  • Installing, configuring, and managing consoles, terminals, and interfaces
  • Installing operating systems
  • Creating a virtual computing environment
  • Enclosures and expansion units
  • Glossary

You can access the POWER9 systems information at IBM Knowledge Center.

Product documentation is also available on DVD (SK5T-7087).

The following information is shipped with the 9080-M9S:

  • Power Hardware Information DVD (SK5T-7087)
  • Important Notices
  • Warranty Information
  • License Agreement for Machine Code.

Hardware documentation such as installation instructions, user's information, and service information is available to download or view at the IBM Support Portal website.

The IBM Systems Information Center provides you with a single information centre where you can access product documentation for IBM systems hardware, operating systems, and server software. Through a consistent framework, you can efficiently find information and personalize your access. Go to the IBM Systems Information Center, at IBM Knowledge Center.

To access the IBM Publications Center Portal, go to the IBM Publications Center website.

The Publications Center is a worldwide central repository for IBM product publications and marketing material with a catalogue of 70,000 items. Extensive search facilities are provided. A large number of publications are available on-line in various file formats, which can currently be downloaded.

National language support

Not Applicable



Back to topBack to top

Features

Top rule

Features - No charge Features - No charge Feature descriptions Feature descriptions
Features - Chargeable Features - Chargeable Feature exchanges Feature exchanges
Feature availability matrix Feature availability matrix


Features - No charge

  • NONE

Features - Chargeable

Special Features - Initial Orders
  • Administrative
    • (#ECP0) -Cloud Private Solution
  • Global Resource Activation
    • (#EP20) -Power Enterprise Pools 2.0 Enablement
  • Languages
    • (#9300) -Language Group Specify - US English
    • (#9700) -Language Group Specify - Dutch
    • (#9703) -Language Group Specify - French
    • (#9704) -Language Group Specify - German
    • (#9705) -Language Group Specify - Polish
    • (#9706) -Language Group Specify - Norwegian
    • (#9707) -Language Group Specify - Portuguese
    • (#9708) -Language Group Specify - Spanish
    • (#9711) -Language Group Specify - Italian
    • (#9712) -Language Group Specify - Canadian French
    • (#9714) -Language Group Specify - Japanese
    • (#9715) -Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)
    • (#9716) -Language Group Specify - Korean
    • (#9718) -Language Group Specify - Turkish
    • (#9719) -Language Group Specify - Hungarian
    • (#9720) -Language Group Specify - Slovakian
    • (#9721) -Language Group Specify - Russian
    • (#9722) -Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)
    • (#9724) -Language Group Specify - Czech
    • (#9725) -Language Group Specify - Romanian
    • (#9726) -Language Group Specify - Croatian
    • (#9727) -Language Group Specify - Slovenian
    • (#9728) -Language Group Specify - Brazilian Portuguese
    • (#9729) -Language Group Specify - Thai
  • Linecords
    • (#EQ77) -Qty 150 of #6577
  • Miscellaneous
    • (#1120) -Decline Electronic Service Agent Install Indicator
    • (#5000) -Software Preload Required
    • (#9461) -Month Indicator
    • (#9462) -Day Indicator
    • (#9463) -Hour Indicator
    • (#9464) -Minute Indicator
    • (#9465) -Qty Indicator
    • (#9466) -Countable Member Indicator
    • (#ECSS) -Integrated Solution Packing
    • (#EFW0) -Initial FW 920.10 indicator
    • (#EHKV) -SAP HANA TRACKING FEATURE
    • (#EHLU) -IBM Power Systems for SAS Viya (Linux)
    • (#EHLV) -IBM Power Systems for SAS 9.4 Grid (AIX)
  • Rack Related
    • (#ER1A) -Specify Reserve 4 EIA Rack Space for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
  • Services
    • (#ERF1) -RFID Tags for Servers, Compute Nodes, Chassis, Racks, and HMCs
  • Specify Codes
    • (#0205) -RISC-to-RISC Data Migration
    • (#4650) -Rack Indicator-Not Factory Integrated

      One and only one rack indicator feature is required onall orders (#4650 to #4666).

    • (#4651) -Rack Indicator, Rack #1
    • (#4652) -Rack Indicator, Rack #2
    • (#4653) -Rack Indicator, Rack #3
    • (#4654) -Rack Indicator, Rack #4
    • (#4655) -Rack Indicator, Rack #5
    • (#4656) -Rack Indicator, Rack #6
    • (#4657) -Rack Indicator, Rack #7
    • (#4658) -Rack Indicator, Rack #8
    • (#4659) -Rack Indicator, Rack #9
    • (#4660) -Rack Indicator, Rack #10
    • (#4661) -Rack Indicator, Rack #11
    • (#4662) -Rack Indicator, Rack #12
    • (#4663) -Rack Indicator, Rack #13
    • (#4664) -Rack Indicator, Rack #14
    • (#4665) -Rack Indicator, Rack #15
    • (#4666) -Rack Indicator, Rack #16
    • (#8453) -Base Customer Spec Plcmnt
    • (#9169) -Order Routing Indicator-System Plant
    • (#9440) -New AIX License Core Counter
    • (#9441) -New IBM i License Core Counter
    • (#9442) -New Red Hat License Core Counter
    • (#9443) -New SUSE License Core Counter
    • (#9444) -Other AIX License Core Counter
    • (#9445) -Other Linux License Core Counter
    • (#9446) -3rd Party Linux License Core Counter
    • (#9447) -VIOS Core Counter
    • (#9449) -Other License Core Counter
    • (#9450) -Ubuntu Linux License Core Counter
Special Features - Plant and/or Field Installable
  • Adapters
    • (#2893) -PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem
    • (#5260) -PCIe2 LP 4-port 1GbE Adapter
    • (#5269) -PCIe LP POWER GXT145 Graphics Accelerator
    • (#5273) -PCIe LP 8Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#5277) -PCIe LP 4-Port Async EIA-232 Adapter
    • (#5729) -PCIe2 8Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#5735) -8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#5785) -4 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
    • (#5899) -PCIe2 4-port 1GbE Adapter
    • (#EC2M) -PCIe3 LP 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SR Adapter
    • (#EC2N) -PCIe3 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SR Adapter
    • (#EC2R) -PCIe3 LP 2-Port 10Gb NIC&ROCE SR/Cu Adapter
    • (#EC2S) -PCIe3 2-Port 10Gb NIC&ROCE SR/Cu Adapter
    • (#EC2T) -PCIe3 LP 2-Port 25/10Gb NIC&ROCE SR/Cu Adapter
    • (#EC2U) -PCIe3 2-Port 25/10Gb NIC&ROCE SR/Cu Adapter
    • (#EC37) -PCIe3 LP 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SFP+ Copper Adapter
    • (#EC38) -PCIe3 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SFP+ Copper Adapter
    • (#EC3A) -PCIe3 LP 2-Port 40GbE NIC RoCE QSFP+ Adapter
    • (#EC3B) -PCIe3 2-Port 40GbE NIC RoCE QSFP+ Adapter
    • (#EC3E) -PCIe3 LP 2-port 100Gb EDR IB Adapter x16
    • (#EC3L) -PCIe3 LP 2-port 100GbE (NIC& RoCE) QSFP28 Adapter x16
    • (#EC3T) -PCIe3 LP 1-port 100Gb EDR IB Adapter x16
    • (#EC45) -PCIe2 LP 4-Port USB 3.0 Adapter
    • (#EC46) -PCIe2 4-Port USB 3.0 Adapter
    • (#EC5C) -PCIe3 LP 3.2 TB SSD NVMe adapter
    • (#EC5E) -PCIe3 LP 6.4 TB SSD NVMe adapter
    • (#EC5G) -PCIe3 LP 1.6 TB SSD NVMe Adapter
    • (#EC62) -PCIe4 LP 1-port 100Gb EDR IB CAPI adapter
    • (#EC64) -PCIe4 LP 2-port 100Gb EDR IB CAPI adapter
    • (#EC67) -PCIe4 LP 2-port 100Gb ROCE EN LP adapter
    • (#EC6J) -PCIe2 LP 2-Port USB 3.0 Adapter
    • (#EC6K) -PCIe2 2-Port USB 3.0 Adapter
    • (#EC6U) -PCIe3 x8 NVMe 1.6 TB SSD NVMe Flash Adapter for IBM i
    • (#EC6W) -PCIe3 x8 NVMe 3.2 TB SSD NVMe Flash Adapter for IBM i
    • (#EC6Y) -PCIe3 x8 NVMe 6.4 TB SSD NVMe Flash Adapter for IBM i
    • (#EC77) -PCIe4 LP 2-port 100Gb Crypto Connectx-6 DX QFSP56
    • (#EC7A) -PCIe4 LP 1.6TB NVMe Flash Adapter x8 for AIX/Linux
    • (#EC7C) -PCIe4 LP 3.2TB NVMe Flash Adapter x8 for AIX/Linux
    • (#EC7E) -PCIe4 LP 6.4TB NVMe Flash Adapter x8 for AIX/Linux
    • (#EC7J) -PCIe4 LP 1.6TB NVMe Flash Adapter x8 for IBM i
    • (#EC7L) -PCIe4 LP 3.2TB NVMe Flash Adapter x8 for IBM i
    • (#EC7N) -PCIe4 LP 6.4TB NVMe Flash Adapter x8 for IBM i
    • (#EFFP) -Flexible service processor
    • (#EJ07) -PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
    • (#EJ0J) -PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
    • (#EJ0L) -PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
    • (#EJ0M) -PCIe3 LP RAID SAS Adapter Quad-Port 6Gb x8
    • (#EJ10) -PCIe3 SAS Tape/DVD Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
    • (#EJ11) -PCIe3 LP SAS Tape/DVD Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
    • (#EJ14) -PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID PLUS SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
    • (#EJ19) -PCIe x16 to CXP Optical or CU converter Adapter for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
    • (#EJ1N) -PCIe1 LP SAS Tape/DVD Dual-port 3Gb x8 Adapter
    • (#EJ1P) -PCIe1 SAS Tape/DVD Dual-port 3Gb x8 Adapter
    • (#EJ33) -PCIe3 Crypto Coprocessor BSC-Gen3 4767
    • (#EJ37) -PCIe3 Crypto Coprocessor BSC-Gen3 4769
    • (#EN0A) -PCIe3 16Gb 2-port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#EN0B) -PCIe3 LP 16Gb 2-port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#EN0F) -PCIe2 LP 8Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#EN0G) -PCIe2 8Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#EN0H) -PCIe3 4-port (10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SR&RJ45
    • (#EN0J) -PCIe3 LP 4-port (10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SR&RJ45
    • (#EN0K) -PCIe3 4-port (10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SFP+Copper&RJ45
    • (#EN0L) -PCIe3 LP 4-port(10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SFP+Copper&RJ45
    • (#EN0M) -PCIe3 4-port(10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) LR&RJ45 Adapter
    • (#EN0N) -PCIe3 LP 4-port(10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) LR&RJ45 Adapter
    • (#EN0S) -PCIe2 4-Port (10Gb+1GbE) SR+RJ45 Adapter
    • (#EN0T) -PCIe2 LP 4-Port (10Gb+1GbE) SR+RJ45 Adapter
    • (#EN0U) -PCIe2 4-port (10Gb+1GbE) Copper SFP+RJ45 Adapter
    • (#EN0V) -PCIe2 LP 4-port (10Gb+1GbE) Copper SFP+RJ45 Adapter
    • (#EN0W) -PCIe2 2-port 10/1GbE BaseT RJ45 Adapter
    • (#EN0X) -PCIe2 LP 2-port 10/1GbE BaseT RJ45 Adapter
    • (#EN0Y) -PCIe2 LP 8Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#EN12) -PCIe2 8Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#EN13) -PCIe 1-port Bisync Adapter
    • (#EN17) -PCIe3 4-port 10GbE SFP+ Copper Adapter
    • (#EN18) -PCIe3 LPX 4-port 10GbE SFP+ Copper Adapter

      Not withdrawn in Japan until 2018-08-07

    • (#EN1A) -PCIe3 32Gb 2-port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#EN1B) -PCIe3 LP 32Gb 2-port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#EN1C) -PCIe3 16Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#EN1D) -PCIe3 LP 16Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#EN1E) -PCIe3 16Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#EN1F) -PCIe3 LP 16Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#EN1G) -PCIe3 2-Port 16Gb Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#EN1H) -PCIe3 LP 2-Port 16Gb Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#EN1J) -PCIe4 32Gb 2-port Optical Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#EN1K) -PCIe4 LP 32Gb 2-port Optical Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#EN2A) -PCIe3 16Gb 2-port Fibre Channel Adapter
    • (#EN2B) -PCIe3 LP 16Gb 2-port Fibre Channel Adapter
  • Administrative
    • (#EHS2) -SSD Placement Indicator - #ESLS/#ELLS
    • (#EME0) - 100GB Static to Mobile Memory Auto Conversion
    • (#EME5) -500GB Static to Mobile Memory Auto Conversion
    • (#EPE0) -Static to Mobile Processor Auto Conversion
    • (#ESC0) -S&H - No Charge
    • (#ESC9) -S&H
    • (#SVPC) -5000 Power to Cloud Reward points
  • Cable
    • (#0348) -V.24/EIA232 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
    • (#0353) -V.35 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
    • (#0359) -X.21 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
    • (#1025) -Modem Cable - US/Canada and General Use
    • (#2456) -2M LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
    • (#2459) -2M LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
    • (#2934) -3M Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232
    • (#2936) -Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24 3M
    • (#3124) -Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer-3.7M
    • (#3125) -Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack-8M
    • (#3287) -1m, (3.3-ft) IB 40G Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP
    • (#3288) -3m, (9.8-ft.) IB 40G Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP
    • (#3289) -5m QDR IB/E'Net Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP
    • (#3290) -10 metre Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/ QSFP
    • (#3684) -SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/ single path 3M
    • (#3685) -SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/ single path 6M
    • (#3293) -30 metre Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/ QSFP
    • (#3925) -0.3M Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin
    • (#3927) -Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M
    • (#3928) -Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M
    • (#3930) -System Serial Port Converter Cable
    • (#4242) -1.8 M (6-ft) Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell to 15-pin D-shell)
    • (#4256) -Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 1.8M
    • (#4276) -VGA to DVI Connection Converter
    • (#7802) -Ethernet Cable, 15m, Hardware Management Console to System Unit
    • (#EB27) -QSFP+ 40GbE Base-SR Transceiver
    • (#EB2B) -1m (3.3-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable (DAC)
    • (#EB2H) -3m (9.8-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable (DAC)
    • (#EB2J) - 10m (30.3-ft) - IBM MTP 12 strand cable for 40/100G transceivers
    • (#EB2K) - 30m (90.3-ft) - IBM MTP 12 strand cable for 40/100G transceivers
    • (#EB46) -10GbE Optical Transc SFP+ SR
    • (#EB47) -25GbE Opt Transceiver SFP28
    • (#EB48) -1GbE Base-T Transceiver RJ45
    • (#EB49) -QSFP28 to SFP28 Connector
    • (#EB4J) -0.5m SFP28/25GbE copper Cable
    • (#EB4K) -1.0m SFP28/25GbE copper Cable
    • (#EB4L) -1.5m SFP28/25GbE copper Cable
    • (#EB4M) -2.0m SFP28/25GbE copper Cable
    • (#EB4P) -2.0m QSFP28/100GbE copper split Cable to SFP28 4x25GbE
    • (#EB50) -0.5m EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28
    • (#EB52) -2.0M EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28
    • (#EB54) -1.5M EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28
    • (#EB57) -QSFP+ 40GbE Base-SR4 Transceiver
    • (#EB59) -100GbE Optical Transceiver QSFP28
    • (#EB5A) -3M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
    • (#EB5B) -5M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
    • (#EB5C) -10M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
    • (#EB5D) -15M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
    • (#EB5E) -20M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
    • (#EB5F) -30M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
    • (#EB5G) -50M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
    • (#EB5H) -100M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
    • (#EB5J) -0.5M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28
    • (#EB5K) -1.0M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28
    • (#EB5L) -1.5M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28
    • (#EB5M) -2.0M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28
    • (#EB5R) -3M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
    • (#EB5S) -5M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
    • (#EB5T) -10M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
    • (#EB5U) -15M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
    • (#EB5V) -20M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
    • (#EB5W) -30M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
    • (#EB5X) -50M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
    • (#EB5Y) -100M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
    • (#EBK4) -1.6M USB Cable
    • (#ECBJ) -SAS X Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure
    • (#ECBK) -SAS X Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure
    • (#ECBL) -SAS X Cable 10m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure
    • (#ECBM) -SAS X Cable 15m - HD Narrow 3Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure
    • (#ECBT) -SAS YO Cable 1.5m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#ECBU) -SAS YO Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#ECBV) -SAS YO Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#ECBW) -SAS YO Cable 10m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#ECBX) -SAS YO Cable 15m - HD Narrow 3Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#ECBY) -SAS AE1 Cable 4m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#ECBZ) -SAS YE1 Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
    • (#ECC0) -SAS AA Cable 0.6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
    • (#ECC2) -SAS AA Cable 1.5m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
    • (#ECC3) -SAS AA Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
    • (#ECC4) -SAS AA Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
    • (#ECCR) -2M Active Optical Cable Pair for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
    • (#ECCY) -10M Active Optical Cable Pair for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
    • (#ECCZ) -20M Active Optical Cable Pair for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
    • (#ECDJ) -3.0M SAS X12 Cable (Two Adapter to Enclosure)
    • (#ECDK) -4.5M SAS X12 Active Optical Cable (Two Adapter to Enclosure)
    • (#ECDL) -10M SAS X12 Active Optical Cable (Two Adapter to Enclosure)
    • (#ECDT) -1.5M SAS YO12 Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)
    • (#ECDU) -3.0M SAS YO12 Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)
    • (#ECDV) -4.5M SAS YO12 Active Optical Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)
    • (#ECDW) -10M SAS YO12 Active Optical Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)
    • (#ECE0) -0.6M SAS AA12 Cable (Adapter to Adapter)
    • (#ECE3) -3.0M SAS AA12 Cable
    • (#ECE4) -4.5M SAS AA12 Active Optical Cable (Adapter to Adapter)
    • (#ECW0) -Optical Wrap Plug
    • (#EFCA) -System Node to System Control Unit Cable Set for Drawer 1
    • (#EFCB) -System Node to System Control Unit Cable Set for Drawer 2
    • (#EFCC) -System Node to System Control Unit Cable Set for Drawer 3
    • (#EFCD) -System Node to System Control Unit Cable Set for Drawer 4
    • (#EN01) -1m (3.3-ft), 10Gb E'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper
    • (#EN02) -3m (9.8-ft), 10Gb E'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper
    • (#EN03) -5m (16.4-ft), 10Gb E'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper
  • Disk
    • (#1817) -Quantity 150 of #1962
    • (#1818) -Quantity 150 of #1964
    • (#1927) -Quantity 150 of #1948
    • (#1929) -Quantity 150 of #1953
    • (#1948) -283GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#1953) -300GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#1962) -571GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#1964) -600GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#EQ64) -Quantity 150 of #ES64 7.72-8.0 TB 7200 rpm 4k LFF-1 Disk
    • (#EQD2) -Quantity 150 of #ESD2 (1.1TB 10k SFF-2)
    • (#EQD3) -Quantity 150 of #ESD3 (1.2TB 10k SFF-2)
    • (#EQDN) -Quantity 150 of #ESDN (571GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 for IBM i)
    • (#EQDP) -Quantity 150 of #ESDP (600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 for AIX/ LINUX)
    • (#EQEU) -Quantity 150 of #ESEU (571GB 10k SFF-2)
    • (#EQEV) -Quantity 150 of #ESEV (600GB 10k SFF-2)
    • (#EQEY) -Quantity 150 of #ESEY (283 GB SFF-2)
    • (#EQEZ) -Quantity 150 of #ESEZ (300GB SFF-2)
    • (#EQF2) -Quantity 150 of #ESF2 (1.1TB 10k SFF-2)
    • (#EQF3) -Quantity 150 of #ESF3 (1.2TB 10k SFF-2)
    • (#EQFN) -Quantity 150 of #ESFN (571GB SFF-2)
    • (#EQFP) -Quantity 150 of #ESFP (600GB SFF-2)
    • (#EQFS) -Quantity 150 of #ESFS (1.7TB 10k SFF-2)
    • (#EQFT) -Quantity 150 of #ESFT (1.8TB 10k SFF-2)
    • (#ES62) -3.86-4.0 TB 7200 RPM 4K SAS LFF-1 Nearline Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#ES64) -7.72-8.0 TB 7200 RPM 4K SAS LFF-1 Nearline Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#ESD2) -1.1TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBMi)
    • (#ESD3) -1.2TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
    • (#ESDN) -571GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive - 528 Block (IBM i)
    • (#ESDP) -600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive - 5xx Block (AIX/ Linux)
    • (#ESEU) -571GB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4224
    • (#ESEV) -600GB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4096
    • (#ESEY) -283GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K Block - 4224 Disk Drive
    • (#ESEZ) -300GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K Block - 4096 Disk Drive
    • (#ESF2) -1.1TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4224
    • (#ESF3) -1.2TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4096
    • (#ESFN) -571GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K Block - 4224 Disk Drive
    • (#ESFP) -600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K Block - 4096 Disk Drive
    • (#ESFS) -1.7TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4224
    • (#ESFT) -1.8TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4096
    • (#ESNL) -283GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4k Block Cached Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#ESNM) -300GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4k Block Cached Disk Drive (AIX/ Linux)
    • (#ESNQ) -571GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4k Block Cached Disk Drive (IBM i)
    • (#ESNR) -600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4k Block Cached Disk Drive (AIX/ Linux)
    • (#ESPL) -Quantity 150 of #ESNL (283GB 15k SFF-2)
    • (#ESPM) -Quantity 150 of #ESNM (300GB 15k SFF-2)
    • (#ESPQ) -Quantity 150 of #ESNQ (571GB 15k SFF-2)
    • (#ESPR) -Quantity 150 of #ESNR (600GB 15k SFF-2)
  • Display
    • (#3632) -Widescreen LCD Monitor
  • Drive
    • (#1107) -USB 500 GB Removable Disk Drive
    • (#EU01) -1TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge
    • (#EU04) -RDX USB External Docking Station for Removable Disk Cartridge
    • (#EU08) -RDX 320 GB Removable Disk Drive
    • (#EU15) -1.5TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge
    • (#EU2T) -2TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge (RDX)
    • (#EUA4) -RDX USB External Docking Station
  • Global Resource Activation
    • (#EB35) -Mobile Enablement
    • (#EH35) -Mobile Enablement
    • (#EP2X) -Lab Services Private Cloud Capacity Assessment
  • Linecords
    • (#6458) -Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer to IBM PDU (250V/10A)
    • (#6460) -Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)
    • (#6469) -Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/ 15A) U. S.
    • (#6470) -Power Cord 1.8m (6-ft), Drawer to Wall (125V/15A)
    • (#6471) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/ 10A)
    • (#6472) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/ 16A)
    • (#6473) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/ 10A)
    • (#6474) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/ 13A)
    • (#6475) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/ 16A)
    • (#6476) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/ 10A)
    • (#6477) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/ 16A)
    • (#6478) -Power Cord 2.7 M(9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
    • (#6488) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (125V/ 15A or 250V/10A )
    • (#6489) -4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/32A 380-415V Power Cord
    • (#6491) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/63A 200-240V Power Cord
    • (#6492) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/48A 200-240V Power Cord
    • (#6493) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/ 10A)
    • (#6494) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/ 10A)
    • (#6496) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
    • (#6577) -Power Cable - Drawer to IBM PDU, 200-240V/10A
    • (#6651) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)
    • (#6653) -4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/16A 380-415V Power Cord
    • (#6654) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24A Power Cord
    • (#6655) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24A WR Power Cord
    • (#6656) -4.3m (14-Ft)1PH/32A Power Cord
    • (#6657) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/32A Power Cord
    • (#6658) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24A Power Cord-Korea
    • (#6659) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
    • (#6660) -Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (125V/ 15A)
    • (#6665) -Power Cord 2.8m (9.2-ft), Drawer to IBM PDU, (250V/10A)
    • (#6667) -4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/32A 380-415V Power Cord-Australia
    • (#6669) -Power Cord 4.3M (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
    • (#6671) -Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
    • (#6672) -Power Cord 2M (6.5-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
    • (#6680) -Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/ 10A)
    • (#ECJ5) - 4.3m (14-Ft) PDU to Wall 3PH/24A 200-240V Delta-wired Power Cord
    • (#ECJ6) -4.3m (14-Ft) PDU to Wall 3PH/40A 200-240V Power Cord
    • (#ECJ7) - 4.3m (14-Ft) PDU to Wall 3PH/48A 200-240V Delta-wired Power Cord
    • (#ELC0) -PDU Access Cord 0.38m
    • (#ELC1) -4.3m (14-Ft) PDU to Wall 24A 200-240V Power Cord North America
    • (#ELC2) -4.3m (14-Ft) PDU to Wall 3PH/24A 415V Power Cord North America
    • (#ELC5) -Power Cable - Drawer to IBM PDU (250V/10A)
  • Manufacturing Instruction
    • (#0373) -UPS Factory Integration Specify
    • (#0374) -HMC Factory Integration Specify
    • (#0375) -Display Factory Integration Specify
    • (#0376) -Reserve Rack Space for UPS
    • (#0377) -Reserve Rack Space for HMC
    • (#0378) -Reserve Rack Space for Display
    • (#EFCR) -Captive Rack identifier
    • (#EJR1) -Specify Mode-1 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/ EL1S)
    • (#EJR2) -Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/ EL1S)
    • (#EJR3) -Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (2) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJR4) -Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/ EL1S)
    • (#EJR5) -Specify Mode-4 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/ EL1S)
    • (#EJR6) -Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (2) YO for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJR7) -Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (2) YO for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJRA) -Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (1) YO for EXP24S (#5887/El1S)
    • (#EJRB) -Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (1) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJRC) -Specify Mode-4 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/ EL1S)
    • (#EJRD) -Specify Mode-4 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/ EL1S)
    • (#EJRE) -Specify Mode-4 & (3)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5888/ EL1S)
    • (#EJRF) -Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ14 for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJRG) -Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ14 & (2) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJRH) -Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ14 & (1) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJRJ) -Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ14 for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJRL) -Non-paired Indicator EJ14 PCIe SAS RAID+ Adapter
    • (#EJRP) -Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0L for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJRR) -Specify mode-2 & (4) EJ0L for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
    • (#EJRS) -Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0L & (2) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJRT) -Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0L & (1) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
    • (#EJRU) -Non-paired Indicator EJ0L PCIe SAS RAID Adapter
    • (#EJV1) -Specify Mode-1 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
    • (#EJV2) -Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
    • (#EJV3) -Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
    • (#EJV4) -Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
    • (#EJV5) -Specify Mode-4 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
    • (#EJV6) -Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
    • (#EJV7) -Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
    • (#EJVA) -Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
    • (#EJVB) -Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
    • (#EJVC) -Specify Mode-4 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
    • (#EJVD) -Specify Mode-4 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
    • (#EJVE) -Specify Mode-4 & (3)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
    • (#EJVF) -Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ14 & (2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ ELLL
    • (#EJW1) -Specify Mode-1 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJW2) -Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJW3) -Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJW4) -Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJW5) -Specify Mode-4 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJW6) -Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJW7) -Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJWA) -Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJWB) -Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJWC) -Specify Mode-4 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJWD) -Specify Mode-4 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJWE) -Specify Mode-4 & (3)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJWF) -Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ14 & (2)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ ELLS
    • (#EJWG) -Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ14 & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJWH) -Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ14 & (1)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJWJ) -Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ14 & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJVP) -Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0L & (2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ ELLL
    • (#EJWP) -Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0L & (2)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ ELLS
    • (#EJWR) -Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ0L & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJWS) -Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0L & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EJWT) -Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0L& (1)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
    • (#EUB0) -No USB installed
  • Media Devices
    • (#EUA5) -Stand-alone USB DVD drive w/cable
  • Memory
    • (#EF20) -128GB DDR4 Memory (4X32GB) CDIMMs
    • (#EF21) -256GB DDR4 Memory (4X64GB) CDIMMs
    • (#EF22) -512GB DDR4 Memory (4X128GB) CDIMMs
    • (#EF23) -1024GB DDR4 Memory (4X256GB) CDIMMs
    • (#EF24) -2048GB DDR4 Memory (4X512GB) CDIMMs
    • (#EFA1) -1 GB Memory Activation (Upgrade from P8)
    • (#EFA2) -100 GB Memory Activation (Upgrade from P8)
    • (#ELMD) -512 GB Power Linux Memory Activations for M9S/80H
    • (#EM21) -128GB (4X32GB) CDIMMs, 1600MHZ
    • (#EM22) -256GB (4X64GB) CDIMMs, 1600MHZ
    • (#EM23) -512GB (4X64GB) CDIMMs, 1600MHZ
    • (#EM89) -Active Memory expansion enablement for M9S
    • (#EM8J) -64GB (4X16GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DDR3 DRAM
    • (#EM8K) -128GB (4X32GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DDR3 DRAM
    • (#EM8L) -256GB (4X64GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DDR3 DRAM
    • (#EM8M) -512GB (4X128GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DDR3 DRAM
    • (#EM8U) -64 GB DDR4 Memory (4x16GB CDIMMs)
    • (#EM8V) -128 GB DDR4 Memory (4x32GB CDIMMs)
    • (#EM8W) -256 GB DDR4 Memory (4x64GB CDIMMs)
    • (#EM8X) -512 GB DDR4 Memory (4x128GB CDIMMs)
    • (#EM8Y) -1024GB (4x256GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT, DDR4 DRAM
    • (#EM9V) -90 Days Temporary Elastic memory Enablement for M9S
    • (#EMAD) -100 GB Mobile Enabled Memory Activations
    • (#EMAR) -100 GB Mobile Memory Activation (Upgrade from P8
    • (#EMAS) -Base Memory activation (512) for #EHC6
    • (#EMAT) -1 GB Memory activation for M9S
    • (#EMAU) -100 GB Memory activation for M9S
    • (#EMAV) -100 GB Mobile Memory activation for M9S/80H
    • (#EMAY) -100 GB Mobile Memory activation for M9S/80H (Upgrade from P7)
    • (#EMBA) -Bundle of eight #EM8Y, 1024GB 1600 MHz DDR4 Memory
    • (#EMBF) -512 GB Memory Activations for M9S
    • (#EMBG) -500 GB Mobile Enabled Memory Activations
    • (#EMBH) -500 GB Mobile Memory Activations
    • (#EMJ4) -8 GB-Day billing for Elastic CoD memory
    • (#EMJ5) -800 GB-Day billing for Elastic CoD memory
    • (#EP9S) -256 GB Base Memory Activation (Pools 2.0)
    • (#EP9U) -512 GB Base Memory Activation (Pools 2.0)
    • (#EP9W) -256GB Base Memory Activation Linux only
    • (#EP9X) -512GB Base Memory Activation Linux only
    • (#EPPQ) -1GB Base Memory activation (Pools 2.0) from Static/ Mobile-enabled
    • (#EPPR) -100GB Base Memory activation (Pools 2.0) from Static/ Mobile-enabled
    • (#EPPS) -512GB Base Memory activation (Pools 2.0) from Static/ Mobile-enabled
    • (#EPPT) -500GB Base Memory activation (Pools 2.0) from Static/ Mobile-enabled
    • (#EPPU) -1GB Base Memory activation (Pools 2.0) MES only
    • (#EPPV) -100GB Base Memory activation (Pools 2.0) MES only
    • (#EPPW) -100GB Base Memory Activation (Pools 2.0) from Mobile
    • (#EPPX) -500GB Base Memory Activation (Pools 2.0) from Mobile
    • (#EPPY) -512GB Base Memory Activation Linux only - Conversion
    • (#ESP9) -1024 GB (4X256 GB) CDIMM, 1600MHz, DDR4 DRAM Tall for SAP HANA
    • (#ESPB) -512 GB (4X128 GB) CDIMM, 1600MHz, DDR4 DRAM Tall for SAP HANA
  • Miscellaneous
    • (#1140) -Custom Service Specify, Rochester Minn, USA
    • (#2145) -Primary OS - IBM i
    • (#2146) -Primary OS - AIX
    • (#2147) -Primary OS - Linux
    • (#4891) -CBU SPECIFY
    • (#ECSF) -Custom Service Specify, Montpellier, France
    • (#ECSJ) -NeuCloud Indicator/Specify

      For China only

    • (#ECSM) -Custom Service Specify, Mexico
    • (#ECSP) -Custom Service Specify, Poughkeepsie, USA
    • (#EFB0) -CBU server specify
    • (#ELBN) -PowerVM for Linux indicator for M9S
    • (#EPCS) -Power Enterprise IaaS offer indicator
  • Pointing Device
    • (#8845) -USB Mouse
  • Power
    • (#7109) -Intelligent PDU+, 1 EIA Unit, Universal UTG0247 Connector
    • (#7188) -Power Distribution Unit
    • (#7196) -Power Distribution Unit (US) - 1 EIA Unit, Universal, Fixed Power Cord
    • (#ECJJ) - High Function 9xC19 Single-Phase or Three-Phase Wye PDU plus
    • (#ECJL) - High Function 9xC19 PDU plus 3-Phase Delta
    • (#ECJN) - High Function 12xC13 Single-Phase or Three-Phase Wye PDU plus
    • (#ECJQ) - High Function 12xC13 PDU plus 3-Phase Delta
    • (#EMXA) -AC Power Supply Conduit for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
    • (#EPTJ) -High Function 9xC19 PDU: Switched, Monitoring
    • (#EPTL) -High Function 9xC19 PDU 3-Phase: Switched, Monitoring
    • (#EPTN) -High Function 12xC13 PDU: Switched, Monitoring
    • (#EPTQ) -High Function 12xC13 PDU 3-Phase: Switched, Monitoring
    • (#ESLA) -Specify AC Power Supply for EXP12SX/EXP24SX Storage Enclosure
  • Processor
    • (#EF2R) -Single 5250 Enterprise Enablement
    • (#EF30) -Full 5250 Enterprise Enablement
    • (#EFB1) -CBU for Power Enterprise Systems Typical 3.9 to 4.0 GHz (max), 32-core POWER9 processor
    • (#EFB2) -CBU for Power Enterprise Systems Typical 3.7 to 3.9 GHz (max), 40-core POWER9 processor
    • (#EFB3) -CBU for Power Enterprise Systems Typical 3.55 to 3.9 GHz (max), 48-core POWER9 processor
    • (#EFB4) -CBU for Power Enterprise Systems Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max), 44-core POWER9 processor
    • (#EFBZ) -CBU for Power Enterprise Systems Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max), 24-core POWER9 processor
    • (#EFP0) -24-core (4x6) Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max) POWER9 Processor with 5U system node drawer
    • (#EFP1) -32-core (4x8) Typical 3.9 to 4.0 GHz (max) POWER9 Processor with 5U system node drawer
    • (#EFP2) -40-core (4x10) Typical 3.7 to 3.9 GHz (max) POWER9 Processor with 5U system node drawer
    • (#EFP3) -48-core (4x12) Typical 3.55 to 3.9 GHz (max) POWER9 Processor with 5U system node drawer
    • (#EFP4) -44-core (4x11) Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max) POWER9 Processor with 5U system node drawer
    • (#EFP9) -1 core Processor Activation for #EFP4
    • (#EFPA) -1 core Processor Activation for #EFP1
    • (#EFPB) -1 core Processor Activation for #EFP2 and #EHC6
    • (#EFPC) -1 core Processor Activation for #EFP3
    • (#EFPD) -Mobile processor activation for M9S
    • (#EFPE) -1 core Mobile-enabled Processor Activation for #EFP1/ #EFP5
    • (#EFPF) -1 core Mobile-enabled Processor Activation for #EFP2/ #EFP6
    • (#EFPG) -1 core Mobile-enabled Processor Activation for #EFP3/ #EFP7
    • (#EFPH) -Mobile processor activation for M9S (Upgrade from P7)
    • (#EFPN) -1 core Mobile-enabled Processor Activation for #EFP4/ #EFP8
    • (#EFPQ) -1-core Processor Activation for #EFP0
    • (#EFPR) -1-core Mobile-enabled processor activation (CSE) for #EFP0
    • (#EHC6) -Solution Edition for Healthcare typical 3.7 to 3.9 GHZ, 40-core Processor with 5U system node drawer
    • (#ELAU) -Base processor activation (20) for #EHC6
    • (#ELBK) -Power Linux processor activation for #EFP1/#EFP5
    • (#ELBL) -Power Linux processor activation for #EFP2/#EFP6
    • (#ELBM) -Power Linux processor activation for #EFP3/#EFP7
    • (#ELBQ) -Power Linux processor activation for #EFP4/#EFP8
    • (#ELBS) -1 core Linux Processor Activation for EFP0
    • (#EP2W) -Mobile Processor activation M9S/80H (Upgrade from P8)
    • (#EP90) -1 core Base Processor Activation (Pools 2.0) for EFP1
    • (#EP91) -1 core Base Processor Activation (Pools 2.0) for EFP2
    • (#EP92) -1 core Base Processor Activation (Pools 2.0) for EFP3
    • (#EP93) -1 core Base Processor Activation (Pools 2.0) for EFP4
    • (#EP94) -1 core Base Processor Activation (Pools 2.0) for EFP0 Linux only
    • (#EP96) -1 core Base Linux Processor Activation (Pools 2.0) for EFP1
    • (#EP97) -1 core Base Linux Processor Activation (Pools 2.0) for EFP2
    • (#EP98) -1 core Base Linux Processor Activation (Pools 2.0) for EFP3
    • (#EP99) -1 core Base Linux Processor Activation (Pools 2.0) for EFP4
    • (#EP9T) -90 Days Elastic CoD Processor Core Enablement
    • (#EP9Z) -1 core Base Processor Activation (Pools 2.0) for EFP0 any OS
    • (#EPJC) -1 Proc-Day Elastic CoD Billing for #EPBB/#EP8C and #EFP1/#EFP5, AIX/Linux
    • (#EPJD) -1 Proc-Day Elastic CoD Billing for #EPBB/#EP8C and #EFP1/#EFP5, IBM i
    • (#EPJE) -100 Elastic CoD Proc-Days of Billing for Processor #EPBB/#EP8C and #EFP1/#EFP5. AIX/Linux
    • (#EPJF) -100 Elastic CoD Proc-Days of Billing for Processor #EPBB/#EP8C and #EFP1/#EFP5. IBM i
    • (#EPJG) -Proc CoD Utility Billing, 100 Proc-mins. for #EPBB/ #EP8C and #EFP1/#EFP5, AIX/Linux
    • (#EPJH) -Proc CoD Utility Billing, 100 Proc-mins. for #EPBB/ #EP8C and #EFP1/#EFP5, IBM i
    • (#EPJQ) -1 Proc-Day Elastic CoD Billing for #EPBD/#EP8G and #EFP3/#EFP7, AIX/Linux
    • (#EPJR) -1 Proc-Day Elastic CoD Billing for #EPBD/#EP8G and #EFP3/#EFP7, IBM i
    • (#EPJS) -100 Elastic CoD Proc-Days of Billing for Processor #EPBD/#EP8G and #EFP3/#EFP7. AIX/Linux
    • (#EPJT) -100 Elastic CoD Proc-Days of Billing for Processor #EPBD/#EP8G and #EFP3/#EFP7. IBM i
    • (#EPJU) -Proc CoD Utility Billing, 100 Proc-mins. for #EPBD/ #EP8G and #EFP3/#EFP7, AIX/Linux
    • (#EPJV) -Proc CoD Utility Billing, 100 Proc-mins. for #EPBD/ #EP8G and #EFP3/#EFP7, IBM i
    • (#EPKL) -1 Proc-Day Elastic CoD Billing for #EPBS/#EP8E and #EFP2/#EFP6, AIX/Linux
    • (#EPKM) -1 Proc-Day Elastic CoD Billing for #EPBS/#EP8E and #EFP2/#EFP6, IBM i
    • (#EPKN) -100 Elastic CoD Proc-Days of Billing for Processor #EPBS/#EP8E and #EFP2/#EFP6, AIX/Linux. AIX/Linux
    • (#EPKP) -100 Elastic CoD Proc-Days of Billing for Processor #EPBS/#EP8E and #EFP2/#EFP6, AIX/Linux. IBM i
    • (#EPKQ) -Proc CoD Utility Billing, 100 Proc-mins. for #EPBS/ #EP8E and #EFP2/#EFP6, AIX/Linux, AIX/Linux
    • (#EPKR) -Proc CoD Utility Billing, 100 Proc-mins. for #EPBS/ #EP8E and #EFP2/#EFP6, AIX/Linux, IBM i
    • (#EPKU) -1 Proc-Day Elastic CoD Billing for #EFP4/EFP8. for AIX/ Linux
    • (#EPKV) -1 Proc-Day Elastic CoD Billing for #EFP4/#EFP8, IBM i
    • (#EPKW) -100 Elastic CoD Proc-Days of Billing for Processor #EFP4/EFP8, AIX/Linux
    • (#EPKX) -100 Elastic CoD Proc-Days of Billing for Processor #EFP4/#EFP8, for IBM i
    • (#EPKY) -Proc CoD Utility Billing, 100 Proc-mins. for #EFP4/ EFP8, AIX/Linux
    • (#EPKZ) -Proc CoD Utility Billing, 100 Proc-mins. for #EFP4/ #EFP8, for IBM i
    • (#EPNP) -1 Proc-day Elastic billing for #EFP0
    • (#EPNQ) -1 Proc-day Elastic billing for #EFP0 for IBM i
    • (#EPNR) -100 Proc-day Elastic COD billing #EFP0 for AIX/Linux
    • (#EPNS) -100 Proc-day Elastic COD billing #EFP0 for IBM i
    • (#EPNT) -100 Proc-mins Utility COD billing #EFP0 for AIX/Linux
    • (#EPNU) -100 Proc-mins Utility COD billing #EFP0 for IBM i
    • (#EPP0) -1 core Base Proc Act (Pools 2.0) for #EFP0 (from Static/ Mobile-enabled)
    • (#EPP1) -1 core Base Proc Act (Pools 2.0) for #EFP1 (from Static/ Mobile-enabled)
    • (#EPP2) -1 core Base Proc Act (Pools 2.0) for #EFP2 (from Static/ Mobile-enabled)
    • (#EPP3) -1 core Base Proc Act (Pools 2.0) for #EFP3 (from Static/ Mobile-enabled)
    • (#EPP4) -1 core Base Proc Act (Pools 2.0) for #EFP4 (from Static/ Mobile-enabled)
    • (#EPP5) -1 core Base Proc Act (Pools 2.0) for #EFP0 Linux (from Static/Mobile-enabled)
    • (#EPP6) -1 core Base Proc Act (Pools 2.0) for #EFP1 Linux (from Static/Mobile-enabled)
    • (#EPP7) -1 core Base Proc Act (Pools 2.0) for #EFP2 Linux (from Static/Mobile-enabled)
    • (#EPP8) -1 core Base Proc Act (Pools 2.0) for #EFP3 Linux (from Static/Mobile-enabled)
    • (#EPP9) -1 core Base Proc Act (Pools 2.0) for #EFP4 Linux (from Static/Mobile-enabled)
    • (#EPPK) -1 core Base Proc Act (Pools 2.0) for #EFP0 (from Prev)
    • (#EPPL) -1 core Base Proc Act (Pools 2.0) for #EFP1 (from Prev)
    • (#EPPM) -1 core Base Proc Act (Pools 2.0) for #EFP2 (from Prev)
    • (#EPPN) -1 core Base Proc Act (Pools 2.0) for #EFP3 (from Prev)
    • (#EPPP) -1 core Base Proc Act (Pools 2.0) for #EFP4 (from Prev)
  • Rack Related
    • (#0551) -19 inch, 1.8 metre high rack
    • (#0553) -19 inch, 2.0 metre high rack
    • (#0599) -Rack Filler Panel Kit
    • (#5887) -EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer
    • (#6068) -Opt Front Door for 1.8m Rack
    • (#6069) -Opt Front Door for 2.0m Rack
    • (#6238) -HIGH-END APPEARANCE SIDE COVERS
    • (#6248) -1.8m Rack Acoustic Doors
    • (#6249) -2.0m Rack Acoustic Doors
    • (#6263) -1.8m Rack Trim Kit
    • (#6272) -2.0m Rack Trim Kit
    • (#6580) -Optional Rack Security Kit
    • (#7118) -Environmental Monitoring Probe
    • (#EB2Z) -Lift Tool
    • (#EB3Z) -Lift tool based on GenieLift GL-8 (standard)
    • (#EB4Z) -Service wedge shelf tool kit for EB3Z
    • (#EBA7) -System Node (5U) Drawer Indicator for Solution Edition for Healthcare
    • (#EBA8) -IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
    • (#EBA9) -OEM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
    • (#EC01) -Rack Front Door (Black)
    • (#EC02) -Rack Rear Door
    • (#EC03) -Rack Side Cover
    • (#EC04) -Rack Suite Attachment Kit
    • (#EC07) -Slim Rear Acoustic Door
    • (#EC08) -Slim Front Acoustic Door
    • (#EC15) -Rear Door Heat Exchanger for 2.0 Metre Slim Rack
    • (#ECR0) -2.0 Metre Slim Rack
    • (#ECRA) -Rack Acoustic Front Door (IBM)
    • (#ECRF) -Rack Front Door High-End appearance
    • (#ECRG) -Rack Rear Door Black
    • (#ECRJ) -Rack Side Cover
    • (#ECRK) -Rack Rear Extension 5-In
    • (#ECRM) -Rack Front Door for Rack (Black/Flat)
    • (#EFBK) -2 x SMP cable brackets for non-IBM Rack
    • (#EFN1) -5U System node Indicator drawer
    • (#EMX0) -PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer
    • (#EMXF) -PCIe3 6-Slot Fanout Module for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
    • (#EMXG) -PCIe3 6-Slot Fanout Module for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
    • (#EMXH) -PCIe3 6-Slot Fanout Module for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
    • (#EPTH) -Horizontal PDU Mounting Hardware
    • (#ER05) -42U Slim Rack
    • (#ER16) -Indicator, reserve 5 EIA rack space
    • (#ER21) -Field Integration of Rack and Server
    • (#ERG0) -Rear rack extension
    • (#ERG7) -Optional Origami Front Door for 2.0m Rack
    • (#ERGB) -Acoustic Black Front Door
    • (#ESLL) -EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure
    • (#ESLS) -EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure
  • Services
    • (#0010) -One CSC Billing Unit
    • (#0011) -Ten CSC Billing Units
    • (#EUC6) -Core Use HW Feature
    • (#EUC7) -Core Use HW Feature 10X
  • Solid State Drive
    • (#EC5K) -Mainstream 1.6 TB SSD NVMe U.2 module
    • (#EC5J) -Mainstream 800 GB SSD NVMe U.2 module
    • (#EC5L) -Mainstream 3.2 TB SSD NVMe U.2 module
    • (#EC7Q) -800GB Mainstream NVMe U.2 SSD 4k for AIX/Linux
    • (#EQ0H) -Quantity 150 of #ES0H (775GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#EQ0Q) -Quantity 150 of #ES0Q 387GB SFF-2 4k SSD (AIX/Linux)
    • (#EQ0R) -Quantity 150 of #ES0R 387GB SFF-2 4k SSD (IBM i)
    • (#EQ0S) -Quantity 150 of #ES0S 775GB SFF-2 4k SSD (AIX/Linux)
    • (#EQ0T) -Quantity 150 of #ES0T 775GB SFF-2 4k SSD (IBM i)
    • (#EQ78) -Quantity 150 of #ES78 387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx
    • (#EQ79) -Quantity 150 of #ES79 387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx
    • (#EQ7E) -Quantity 150 of #ES7E 775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx
    • (#EQ7F) -Quantity 150 of #ES7F 775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx
    • (#EQ80) -Quantity 150 of #ES80 1.9TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
    • (#EQ81) -Quantity 150 of ES81 1.9TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
    • (#EQ85) -Quantity 150 of #ES85 387GB SFF-2 SSD 4k
    • (#EQ86) -Quantity 150 of #ES86 387GB SFF-2 SSD 4k
    • (#EQ8C) -Quantity 150 of #ES8C 775GB SFF-2 SSD 4k
    • (#EQ8D) -Quantity 150 of #ES8D 775GB SFF-2 SSD 4k
    • (#EQ8F) -Quantity 150 of #ES8F 1.55TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
    • (#EQ8G) -Quantity 150 of #ES8G 1.55TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
    • (#EQ8Y) -Quantity 150 of #ES8Y 931GB SFF-2 SSD 4k
    • (#EQ8Z) -Quantity 150 of ES8Z 931GB SFF-2 SSD 4k
    • (#EQ96) -Quantity 150 of ES96 1.86TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
    • (#EQ97) -Quantity 150 of ES97 1.86TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
    • (#EQE7) -Quantity 150 of #ESE7 3.72TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
    • (#EQE8) -Quantity 150 of ESE8 3.72TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
    • (#EQG6) -Quantity 150 of #ESG6 (387GB SAS 5xx)
    • (#EQGB) -Quantity 150 of #ESGB (387GB SAS 4k)
    • (#EQGC) -Quantity 150 of #ESGC (387GB SAS 4k)
    • (#EQGF) -Quantity 150 of #ESGF (775GB SAS 5xx)
    • (#EQGG) -Quantity 150 of #ESGG (775GB SAS 5xx)
    • (#EQGK) -Quantity 150 of #ESGK (775GB SAS 4k)
    • (#EQGL) -Quantity 150 of #ESGL (775GB SAS 4k)
    • (#EQGP) -Quantity 150 of #ESGP (1.55TB SAS 4k)
    • (#EQGQ) -Quantity 150 of #ESGQ (1.55TB SAS 4k)
    • (#ER94) -Quantity 150 of ES94 387GB SAS 4k
    • (#ER95) -Quantity 150 of ES95 387GB SAS 4k
    • (#ERGV) -Quantity 150 of ESGV 387GB SSD 4k
    • (#ERGZ) -Quantity 150 of ESGZ 775GB SSD 4k
    • (#ERHJ) -Quantity 150 of #ESHJ 931 GB SSD 4k SFF-2
    • (#ERHK) -Quantity 150 of #ESHK 931 GB SSD 4k SFF-2
    • (#ERHL) -Quantity 150 of #ESHL 1.86 TB SSD 4k SFF-2
    • (#ERHM) -Quantity 150 of #ESHM 1.86 TB SSD 4k SFF-2
    • (#ERHN) -Quantity 150 of #ESHN 7.45 TB SSD 4k SFF-2
    • (#ERJ0) -Quantity 150 of ESJ0 931GB SAS 4k
    • (#ERJ1) -Quantity 150 of ESJ1 931GB SAS 4k
    • (#ERJ2) -Quantity 150 of ESJ2 1.86TB SAS 4k
    • (#ERJ3) -Quantity 150 of ESJ3 1.86TB SAS 4k
    • (#ERJ4) -Quantity 150 of ESJ4 3.72TB SAS 4k
    • (#ERJ5) -Quantity 150 of ESJ5 3.72TB SAS 4k
    • (#ERJ6) -Quantity 150 of ESJ6 7.45TB SAS 4k
    • (#ERJ7) -Quantity 150 of ESJ7 7.45TB SAS 4k
    • (#ERM8) -Quantity 150 of #ESM8 3.72 TB SSD 4k SFF-2
    • (#ERM9) -Quantity 150 of #ESM9 3.72 TB SSD 4k SFF-2
    • (#ES0H) -775GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ES0Q) -387GB SFF-2 4K SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES0R) -387GB SFF-2 4k SSD for IBM i
    • (#ES0S) -775GB SFF-2 4k SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES0T) -775GB SFF-2 4k SSD for IBM i
    • (#ES78) -387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES79) -387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for IBM i
    • (#ES7E) -775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES7F) -775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for IBM i
    • (#ES80) -1.9TB Read Intensive SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES81) -1.9TB Read Intensive SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ES85) -387GB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES86) -387GB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for IBM i
    • (#ES8C) -775GB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES8D) -775GB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for IBM i
    • (#ES8F) -1.55TB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES8G) -1.55TB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for IBM i
    • (#ES8Y) -931GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES8Z) -931GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ES96) -1.86TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES97) -1.86TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESB2) -387GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESB6) -775GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESBA) -387GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESBB) -387GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESBG) -775GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESBH) -775GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESBL) -1.55TB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESBM) -1.55TB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESE7) -3.72TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESE8) -3.72TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESG6) -387GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESGB) -387GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESGC) -387GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESGF) -775GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESGG) -775GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESGK) -775GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESGL) -775GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESGP) -1.55TB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESGQ) -1.55TB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESHJ) -931 GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESHK) -931 GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESHL) -1.86 TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESHM) -1.86 TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESHN) -7.45 TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESJJ) -931GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESJK) -931GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESJL) -1.86TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESJM) -1.86TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESJN) -3.72TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESJP) -3.72TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESJQ) -7.44TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESJR) -7.44TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESK1) -387GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESK3) -775GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESK8) -387GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESK9) -387GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESKC) -775GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESKD) -775GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESKG) -1.55TB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESKH) -1.55TB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESKK) -931GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESKM) -931GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESKP) -1.86TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESKR) -1.86TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESKT) -3.72TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESKV) -3.72TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESKX) -7.44TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESKZ) -7.44TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESM8) -3.72 TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESM9) -3.72 TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ERNA) -Quantity 150 of ESNA 775GB SSD 4k
    • (#ERNB) -Quantity 150 of ESNB 775GB SSD 4k
    • (#ERNE) -Quantity 150 of ESNE 1.55TB SSD 4k
    • (#ERNF) -Quantity 150 of ESNF 1.55TB SSD 4k
    • (#ES94) -387GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ES95) -387GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESGV) -387GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESGZ) -775GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESJ0) -931GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESJ1) -931GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESJ2) -1.86TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESJ3) -1.86TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESJ4) -3.72TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESJ5) -3.72TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESJ6) -7.45TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESJ7) -7.45TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESNA) -775GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESNB) -775GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESNE) -1.55TB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
    • (#ESNF) -1.55TB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
    • (#ESQ2) -Quantity 150 of ESB2 387GB SAS 4k
    • (#ESQ6) -Quantity 150 of ESB6 775GB SAS 4k
    • (#ESQA) -Quantity 150 of ESBA 387GB SAS 4k
    • (#ESQB) -Quantity 150 of ESBB 387GB SAS 4k
    • (#ESQG) -Quantity 150 of ESBG 775GB SAS 4k
    • (#ESQH) -Quantity 150 of ESBH 775GB SAS 4k
    • (#ESQL) -Quantity 150 of ESBL 1.55TB SAS 4k
    • (#ESQM) -Quantity 150 of ESBM 1.55TB SAS 4k
  • Specify Codes
    • (#0040) -Mirrored System Disk Level, Specify Code
    • (#0041) -Device Parity Protection-All, Specify Code
    • (#0043) -Mirrored System Bus Level, Specify Code
    • (#0047) -Device Parity RAID-6 All, Specify Code
    • (#0265) -AIX Partition Specify
    • (#0266) -Linux Partition Specify
    • (#0267) -IBM i Operating System Partition Specify
    • (#0296) -Specify Custom Data Protection
    • (#0308) -Mirrored Level System Specify Code
    • (#0347) -RAID Hot Spare Specify
    • (#0728) -EXP24S SFF Gen2 Load Source Specify (#5887 or #EL1S)
    • (#0837) -SAN Load Source Specify
    • (#0872) -#1948 Load Source Specify (283GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk)
    • (#0875) -#1962 Load Source Specify (571GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk)
    • (#0911) -#ESD2 Load Source Specify (1.1TB 10k SFF-2)
    • (#5550) -Sys Console On HMC
    • (#EB72) -IBM i 7.2 Indicator
    • (#EB73) -IBM i 7.3 Indicator
    • (#EB74) -IBM i 7.4 Indicator
    • (#EHR1) -Boot Drive / Load Source in EXP12SX Specify (in #ESLL or #ELLL)
    • (#EHR2) -Boot Drive / Load Source in EXP24SX Specify (in #ESLS or #ELLS)
    • (#ELKM) -ESKM Load Source Specify (931GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELKR) -ESKR Load Source Specify (1.86TB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELKV) -ESKV Load Source Specify (3.72TB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELKZ) -ESKZ Load Source Specify (7.44TB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELSH) -#ES0H Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELSN) -#ESDN Load Source Specify (571GB 15K RPM SFF-2 )
    • (#ELSR) -#ES0R Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2 4K)
    • (#ELST) -#ES0T Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2 4K)
    • (#ELT1) -#ES81 Load Source Specify (1.9TB SFF-2 SSD)
    • (#ELT2) -#ESF2 Load Source Specify (1.1TB HDD SFF-2)
    • (#ELT6) -#ES86 Load Source Specify (387GB SFF-2 SSD 4k for IBM i)
    • (#ELT9) -#ES79 Load Source Specify (387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx for IBM i)
    • (#ELTD) -#ES8D Load Source Specify (775GB SFF-2 SSD 4k for IBM i)
    • (#ELTF) -#ES7F Load Source Specify (775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx for IBM i)
    • (#ELTG) -#ES8G Load Source Specify (1.55TB SFF-2 SSD 4k for IBM i)
    • (#ELTN) -#ESFN Load Source Specify (571GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K Block - 4224)
    • (#ELTS) -#ESFS Load Source Specify (1.7TB HDD SFF-2)
    • (#ELTU) -#ESEU Load Source Specify (571GB HDD SFF-2)
    • (#ELTY) -#ESEY Load Source Specify (283GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K Block - 4224)
    • (#ELU9) -ESK9 Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELUD) -ESKD Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELUH) -ESKH Load Source Specify (1.55TB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELUK) -ESJK Load Source Specify (931GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELUL) -#ESNL Load Source Specify (283GB HDD SFF-2)
    • (#ELUM) -ESJM Load Source Specify (1.86TB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELUP) -ESJP Load Source Specify (3.72TB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELUQ) -#ESNQ Load Source Specify (571GB HDD SFF-2)
    • (#ELUR) -ESJR Load Source Specify (7.44TB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELVJ) -EC7J Load Source Specify (1.6TB SSD NVMe adapter for IBM i)
    • (#ELVL) -EC7L Load Source Specify (3.2TB SSD NVMe adapter for IBM i)
    • (#ELVN) -EC7N Load Source Specify (6.4TB SSD NVMe adapter for IBM i)
    • (#ELZ5) -ES95 Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELZ6) -#ESG6 Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELZ7) -#ES97 Load Source Specify (1.86TB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELZ8) -#ESE8 Load Source Specify (3.72TB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELZ9) -#ESM9 Load Source Specify (3.72 TB SSD 4k SFF-2)
    • (#ELZB) -ESNB Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELZC) -#ESGC Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELZF) -ESNF Load Source Specify (1.55TB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELZG) -#ESGG Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELZK) -#ESHK Load Source Specify (931 GB SSD 4k SFF-2)
    • (#ELZL) -#ESGL Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELZM) -#ESHM Load Source Specify (1.86 TB SSD 4k SFF-2)
    • (#ELZQ) -#ESGQ Load Source Specify (1.55TB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ELZZ) -#ES8Z Load Source Specify (931GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ENS1) -188 GB IBM i NVMe Load Source Namespace size
    • (#ENS2) -393 GB IBM i NVMe Load Source Namespace size
    • (#ENSA) -200 GB IBM i NVMe Load Source Namespace size
    • (#ENSB) -400 GB IBM i NVMe Load Source Namespace size
    • (#ESLB) -ESBB Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ESLH) -ESBH Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ESLM) -ESBM Load Source Specify (1.55TB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#ESLU) -Load Source Specify for EC6U (1.6TB SSD NVMe adapter for IBM i)
    • (#ESLW) -Load Source Specify for EC6W (3.2TB SSD NVMe adapter for IBM i)
    • (#ESLY) -Load Source Specify for EC6Y (6.4TB SSD NVMe adapter for IBM i)
    • (#EU41) -ESJ1 Load Source Specify (931GB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#EU43) -ESJ3 Load Source Specify (1.86TB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#EU45) -ESJ5 Load Source Specify (3.72TB SSD SFF-2)
    • (#EU47) -ESJ7 Load Source Specify (7.45TB SSD SFF-2)
  • Virtualization Engine
    • (#5228) -PowerVM Enterprise Edition
    • (#EB3V) -IBM i 7.1 Activation for E980
    • (#EH0E) -Model upgrade indictor from POWER8 to POWER9
    • (#EPA0) -Deactivation of LPM (Live Partition Mobility)

Feature availability matrix

The following feature availability matrix for MT 9080 uses the letter "A" to indicate features that are available and orderable on the specified models. "S" indicates a feature that is supported on the new model during a model conversion; these features will work on the new model, but additional quantities of these features cannot be ordered on the new model; they can only be removed. "N" indicates that the feature is not supported on the new model and must be removed during the model conversion. As additional features are announced, supported, or withdrawn, this list will be updated. Please check with your Marketing Representative for additional information.

        |M| A = AVAILABLE  S = SUPPORTED
        |9| N = NOT SUPPORTED, MUST BE REMOVED
        |S|
        | |
FEAT/PN | |        DESCRIPTION
--------|-|----------------------------------------------------------

0010    |A| One CSC Billing Unit
0011    |A| Ten CSC Billing Units
0040    |A| Mirrored System Disk Level, Specify Code
0041    |A| Device Parity Protection-All, Specify Code
0043    |A| Mirrored System Bus Level, Specify Code
0047    |A| Device Parity RAID-6 All, Specify Code
0205    |A| RISC-to-RISC Data Migration
0265    |A| AIX Partition Specify
0266    |A| Linux Partition Specify
0267    |A| IBM i Operating System Partition Specify
0296    |A| Specify Custom Data Protection
0308    |A| Mirrored Level System Specify Code
0347    |A| RAID Hot Spare Specify
0348    |A| V.24/EIA232 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
0353    |S| V.35 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
0359    |S| X.21 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
0373    |A| UPS Factory Integration Specify
0374    |A| HMC Factory Integration Specify
0375    |A| Display Factory Integration Specify
0376    |A| Reserve Rack Space for UPS
0377    |A| Reserve Rack Space for HMC
0378    |A| Reserve Rack Space for Display
0551    |A| 19 inch, 1.8 metre high rack
0553    |A| 19 inch, 2.0 metre high rack
0599    |S| Rack Filler Panel Kit
0728    |S| EXP24S SFF Gen2 Load Source Specify (#5887 or #EL1S)
0837    |A| SAN Load Source Specify
0872    |A| #1948 Load Source Specify (283GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk)
0875    |S| #1962 Load Source Specify (571GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk)
0911    |S| #ESD2 Load Source Specify (1.1TB 10k SFF-2)
1025    |S| Modem Cable - US/Canada and General Use
1107    |A| USB 500 GB Removable Disk Drive
1120    |A| Decline Electronic Service Agent Install Indicator
1140    |A| Custom Service Specify, Rochester Minn, USA
1817    |S| Quantity 150 of #1962
1818    |S| Quantity 150 of #1964
1927    |S| Quantity 150 of #1948
1929    |S| Quantity 150 of #1953
1948    |S| 283GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
1953    |A| 300GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
1962    |S| 571GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)
1964    |A| 600GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
2145    |A| Primary OS - IBM i
2146    |A| Primary OS - AIX
2147    |A| Primary OS - Linux
2456    |S| 2M LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
2459    |S| 2M LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
2893    |S| PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem
2934    |S| 3M Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232
2936    |S| Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24 3M
3124    |S| Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer- 3.7M
3125    |S| Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack- 8M
3287    |S| 1m, (3.3-ft) IB 40G Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP
3288    |S| 3m, (9.8-ft.) IB 40G Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP
3289    |S| 5m QDR IB/E'Net Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP
3290    |S| 10 metre Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/QSFP
3293    |S| 30 metre Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/QSFP
3632    |S| Widescreen LCD Monitor
3684    |A| SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/
        | |single path 3M
3685    |S| SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/
        | |single path 6M
3925    |S| 0.3M Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin
3927    |S| Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M
3928    |S| Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M
3930    |A| System Serial Port Converter Cable
4242    |S| 1.8 M (6-ft) Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell
        | |to 15-pin D-shell)
4256    |A| Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 1.8M
4276    |S| VGA to DVI Connection Converter
One and only one rack indicator feature is required on
all orders (#4650 to #4666).
4650    |A| Rack Indicator- Not Factory Integrated
4651    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #1
4652    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #2
4653    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #3
4654    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #4
4655    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #5
4656    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #6
4657    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #7
4658    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #8
4659    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #9
4660    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #10
4661    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #11
4662    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #12
4663    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #13
4664    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #14
4665    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #15
4666    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #16
4891    |A| CBU SPECIFY
5000    |A| Software Preload Required
5228    |A| PowerVM Enterprise Edition
5260    |A| PCIe2 LP 4-port 1GbE Adapter
5269    |A| PCIe LP POWER GXT145 Graphics Accelerator
5273    |S| PCIe LP 8Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter
5277    |A| PCIe LP 4-Port Async EIA-232 Adapter
5550    |A| Sys Console On HMC
5729    |S| PCIe2 8Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter
5735    |S| 8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter
5785    |A| 4 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
5887    |S| EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer
5899    |A| PCIe2 4-port 1GbE Adapter
6068    |A| Opt Front Door for 1.8m Rack
6069    |A| Opt Front Door for 2.0m Rack
6238    |A| HIGH-END APPEARANCE SIDE COVERS
6248    |A| 1.8m Rack Acoustic Doors
6249    |A| 2.0m Rack Acoustic Doors
6263    |A| 1.8m Rack Trim Kit
6272    |A| 2.0m Rack Trim Kit
6458    |A| Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer to IBM PDU (250V/10A)
6460    |A| Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)
6469    |A| Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/15A)
        | |U. S.
6470    |A| Power Cord 1.8m (6-ft), Drawer to Wall (125V/15A)
6471    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/10A)
6472    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/16A)
6473    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/10A)
6474    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/13A)
6475    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/16A)
6476    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/10A)
6477    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/16A)
6478    |A| Power Cord 2.7 M(9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
6488    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (125V/15A
        | |or 250V/10A )
6489    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/32A 380-415V Power Cord
6491    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/63A 200-240V Power Cord
6492    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/48A 200-240V Power Cord
6493    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/10A)
6494    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/10A)
6496    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6577    |A| Power Cable - Drawer to IBM PDU, 200-240V/10A
6580    |A| Optional Rack Security Kit
6651    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)
6653    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/16A 380-415V Power Cord
6654    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24A Power Cord
6655    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24A WR Power Cord
6656    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/32A Power Cord
6657    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/32A Power Cord
6658    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24A Power Cord-Korea
6659    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
6660    |A| Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (125V/15A)
6665    |A| Power Cord 2.8m (9.2-ft), Drawer to IBM PDU, (250V/10A)
6667    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/32A 380-415V Power Cord-Australia
6669    |A| Power Cord 4.3M (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
6671    |A| Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
6672    |A| Power Cord 2M (6.5-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
6680    |A| Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/10A)
7109    |S| Intelligent PDU+, 1 EIA Unit, Universal UTG0247 Connector
7118    |A| Environmental Monitoring Probe
7188    |A| Power Distribution Unit
7196    |S| Power Distribution Unit (US) - 1 EIA Unit, Universal,
        | |Fixed Power Cord
7802    |S| Ethernet Cable, 15m, Hardware Management Console to System
        | |Unit
8453    |A| Base Customer Spec Plcmnt
8845    |S| USB Mouse
9169    |A| Order Routing Indicator- System Plant
9300    |A| Language Group Specify - US English
9440    |A| New AIX License Core Counter
9441    |A| New IBM i License Core Counter
9442    |A| New Red Hat License Core Counter
9443    |A| New SUSE License Core Counter
9444    |A| Other AIX License Core Counter
9445    |A| Other Linux License Core Counter
9446    |A| 3rd Party Linux License Core Counter
9447    |A| VIOS Core Counter
9449    |A| Other License Core Counter
9450    |A| Ubuntu Linux License Core Counter
9461    |A| Month Indicator
9462    |A| Day Indicator
9463    |A| Hour Indicator
9464    |A| Minute Indicator
9465    |A| Qty Indicator
9466    |A| Countable Member Indicator
9700    |A| Language Group Specify - Dutch
9703    |A| Language Group Specify - French
9704    |A| Language Group Specify - German
9705    |A| Language Group Specify - Polish
9706    |A| Language Group Specify - Norwegian
9707    |A| Language Group Specify - Portuguese
9708    |A| Language Group Specify - Spanish
9711    |A| Language Group Specify - Italian
9712    |A| Language Group Specify - Canadian French
9714    |A| Language Group Specify - Japanese
9715    |A| Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)
9716    |A| Language Group Specify - Korean
9718    |A| Language Group Specify - Turkish
9719    |A| Language Group Specify - Hungarian
9720    |A| Language Group Specify - Slovakian
9721    |A| Language Group Specify - Russian
9722    |A| Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)
9724    |A| Language Group Specify - Czech
9725    |A| Language Group Specify - Romanian
9726    |A| Language Group Specify - Croatian
9727    |A| Language Group Specify - Slovenian
9728    |A| Language Group Specify - Brazilian Portuguese
9729    |A| Language Group Specify - Thai
EB27    |S| QSFP+ 40GbE Base-SR Transceiver
EB2B    |S| 1m (3.3-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable (DAC)
EB2H    |S| 3m (9.8-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable (DAC)
EB2J    |A| 10m (30.3-ft) - IBM MTP 12 strand cable for 40/100G
        | |transceivers
EB2K    |A| 30m (90.3-ft) - IBM MTP 12 strand cable for 40/100G
        | |transceivers
EB2Z    |A| Lift Tool
EB35    |A| Mobile Enablement
EB3V    |A| IBM i 7.1 Activation for E980
EB3Z    |A| Lift tool based on GenieLift GL-8 (standard)
EB46    |A| 10GbE Optical Transc SFP+ SR
EB47    |A| 25GbE Opt Transceiver SFP28
EB48    |A| 1GbE Base-T Transceiver RJ45
EB49    |A| QSFP28 to SFP28 Connector
EB4J    |A| 0.5m SFP28/25GbE copper Cable
EB4K    |S| 1.0m SFP28/25GbE copper Cable
EB4L    |S| 1.5m SFP28/25GbE copper Cable
EB4M    |A| 2.0m SFP28/25GbE copper Cable
EB4P    |A| 2.0m QSFP28/100GbE copper split Cable to SFP28 4x25GbE
EB4Z    |A| Service wedge shelf tool kit for EB3Z
EB50    |S| 0.5m EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28
EB51    |A| 1.0m EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28
EB52    |A| 2.0M EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28
EB54    |A| 1.5M EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28
EB57    |A| QSFP+ 40GbE Base-SR4 Transceiver
EC7Q    |A| 800GB Mainstream NVMe U.2 SSD 4k for AIX/Linux
EB59    |A| 100GbE Optical Transceiver QSFP28
EB5A    |A| 3M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
EB5B    |A| 5M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
EB5C    |A| 10M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
EB5D    |A| 15M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
EB5E    |A| 20M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
EB5F    |A| 30M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
EB5G    |A| 50M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
EB5H    |A| 100M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28
EB5J    |S| 0.5M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28
EB5K    |A| 1.0M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28
EB5L    |A| 1.5M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28
EB5M    |A| 2.0M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28
EB5R    |A| 3M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
EB5S    |A| 5M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
EB5T    |A| 10M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
EB5U    |A| 15M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
EB5V    |A| 20M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
EB5W    |A| 30M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
EB5X    |A| 50M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
EB5Y    |S| 100M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)
EB72    |S| IBM i 7.2 Indicator
EB73    |A| IBM i 7.3 Indicator
EB74    |A| IBM i 7.4 Indicator
EBA7    |A| System Node (5U) Drawer Indicator for Solution Edition for
        | |Healthcare
EBA8    |A| IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
EBA9    |A| OEM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
EBK4    |A| 1.6M USB Cable
EC01    |S| Rack Front Door (Black)
EC02    |S| Rack Rear Door
EC03    |S| Rack Side Cover
EC04    |S| Rack Suite Attachment Kit
EC07    |A| Slim Rear Acoustic Door
EC08    |A| Slim Front Acoustic Door
EC15    |S| Rear Door Heat Exchanger for 2.0 Metre Slim Rack
EC2M    |S| PCIe3 LP 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SR Adapter
EC2N    |S| PCIe3 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SR Adapter
EC2R    |S| PCIe3 LP 2-Port 10Gb NIC&ROCE SR/Cu Adapter
EC2S    |S| PCIe3 2-Port 10Gb NIC&ROCE SR/Cu Adapter
EC2T    |A| PCIe3 LP 2-Port 25/10Gb NIC&ROCE SR/Cu Adapter
EC2U    |A| PCIe3 2-Port 25/10Gb NIC&ROCE SR/Cu Adapter
EC37    |S| PCIe3 LP 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SFP+ Copper Adapter
EC38    |S| PCIe3 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SFP+ Copper Adapter
EC3A    |S| PCIe3 LP 2-Port 40GbE NIC RoCE QSFP+ Adapter
EC3B    |S| PCIe3 2-Port 40GbE NIC RoCE QSFP+ Adapter
EC3E    |S| PCIe3 LP 2-port 100Gb EDR IB Adapter x16
EC3L    |S| PCIe3 LP 2-port 100GbE (NIC& RoCE) QSFP28 Adapter x16
EC3T    |S| PCIe3 LP 1-port 100Gb EDR IB Adapter x16
EC45    |S| PCIe2 LP 4-Port USB 3.0 Adapter
EC46    |S| PCIe2 4-Port USB 3.0 Adapter
EC5C    |A| PCIe3 LP 3.2 TB SSD NVMe adapter
EC5E    |A| PCIe3 LP 6.4 TB SSD NVMe adapter
EC5G    |A| PCIe3 LP 1.6 TB SSD NVMe Adapter
EC5J    |A| Mainstream 800 GB SSD NVMe U.2 module
EC5K    |A| Mainstream 1.6 TB SSD NVMe U.2 module
EC5L    |A| Mainstream 3.2 TB SSD NVMe U.2 module
EC62    |A| PCIe4 LP 1-port 100Gb EDR IB CAPI adapter
EC64    |A| PCIe4 LP 2-port 100Gb EDR IB CAPI adapter
EC67    |A| PCIe4 LP 2-port 100Gb ROCE EN LP adapter
EC6J    |A| PCIe2 LP 2-Port USB 3.0 Adapter
EC6K    |A| PCIe2 2-Port USB 3.0 Adapter
EC6U    |A| PCIe3 x8 NVMe 1.6 TB SSD NVMe Flash Adapter for IBM i
EC6W    |A| PCIe3 x8 NVMe 3.2 TB SSD NVMe Flash Adapter for IBM i
EC6Y    |A| PCIe3 x8 NVMe 6.4 TB SSD NVMe Flash Adapter for IBM i
EC77    |A|A| PCIe4 LP 2-port 100Gb Crypto Connectx-6 DX QFSP56
EC7A    |A| PCIe4 LP 1.6TB NVMe Flash Adapter x8 for AIX/Linux
EC7C    |A| PCIe4 LP 3.2TB NVMe Flash Adapter x8 for AIX/Linux
EC7E    |A| PCIe4 LP 6.4TB NVMe Flash Adapter x8 for AIX/Linux
EC7J    |A| PCIe4 LP 1.6TB NVMe Flash Adapter x8 for IBM i
EC7L    |A| PCIe4 LP 3.2TB NVMe Flash Adapter x8 for IBM i
EC7N    |A| PCIe4 LP 6.4TB NVMe Flash Adapter x8 for IBM i
ECBJ    |A| SAS X Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure
ECBK    |A| SAS X Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure
ECBL    |S| SAS X Cable 10m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure
ECBM    |S| SAS X Cable 15m - HD Narrow 3Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure
ECBT    |A| SAS YO Cable 1.5m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
ECBU    |A| SAS YO Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
ECBV    |A| SAS YO Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
ECBW    |A| SAS YO Cable 10m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
ECBX    |S| SAS YO Cable 15m - HD Narrow 3Gb Adapter to Enclosure
ECBY    |A| SAS AE1 Cable 4m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
ECBZ    |A| SAS YE1 Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure
ECC0    |S| SAS AA Cable 0.6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
ECC2    |S| SAS AA Cable 1.5m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
ECC3    |S| SAS AA Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
ECC4    |S| SAS AA Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter
ECC6    |S| 2M Optical Cable Pair for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
ECC8    |S| 10M Optical Cable Pair for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
ECC9    |S| 20M Optical Cable Pair for PCIe3 Expansoin Drawer
ECCR    |A| 2M Active Optical Cable Pair for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
        | |Drawer
ECCZ    |A| 20M Active Optical Cable Pair for PCIe3 Expansion
        | |Drawer
ECCY    |A| 10M Active Optical Cable Pair for PCIe3 Expansion
ECDJ    |A| 3.0M SAS X12 Cable (Two Adapter to Enclosure)
ECDK    |A| 4.5M SAS X12 Active Optical Cable (Two Adapter to
        | |Enclosure)
ECDL    |A| 10M SAS X12 Active Optical Cable (Two Adapter to Enclosure)
ECDT    |A| 1.5M SAS YO12 Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)
ECDU    |A| 3.0M SAS YO12 Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)
ECDV    |A| 4.5M SAS YO12 Active Optical Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)
ECDW    |A| 10M SAS YO12 Active Optical Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)
ECE0    |A| 0.6M SAS AA12 Cable (Adapter to Adapter)
ECE3    |A| 3.0M SAS AA12 Cable
ECE4    |A| 4.5M SAS AA12 Active Optical Cable (Adapter to Adapter)
ECJ5    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) PDU to Wall 3PH/24A 200-240V Delta-wired Power
        | |Cord
ECJ6    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) PDU to Wall 3PH/40A 200-240V Power Cord
ECJ7    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) PDU to Wall 3PH/48A 200-240V Delta-wired Power
        | |Cord
ECJJ    |A| High Function 9xC19 Single-Phase or Three-Phase Wye PDU plus
ECJL    |A| High Function 9xC19 PDU plus 3-Phase Delta
ECJN    |A| High Function 12xC13 Single-Phase or Three-Phase Wye PDU plus
ECJQ    |A| High Function 12xC13 PDU plus 3-Phase Delta
ECP0    |S| Cloud Private Solution
ECR0    |A| 2.0 Metre Slim Rack
ECRA    |A| Rack Acoustic Front Door (IBM)
ECRF    |A| Rack Front Door High-End appearance
ECRG    |A| Rack Rear Door Black
ECRJ    |A| Rack Side Cover
ECRK    |A| Rack Rear Extension 5-In
ECRM    |A| Rack Front Door for Rack (Black/Flat)
ECSF    |S| Custom Service Specify, Montpellier, France
For China only
ECSJ    |S| NeuCloud Indicator/Specify
ECSM    |A| Custom Service Specify, Mexico
ECSP    |A| Custom Service Specify, Poughkeepsie, USA
ECSS    |S| Integrated Solution Packing
ECW0    |A| Optical Wrap Plug
EF20    |A| 128GB DDR4 Memory (4X32GB) CDIMMs
EF21    |A| 256GB DDR4 Memory (4X64GB) CDIMMs
EF22    |A| 512GB DDR4 Memory (4X128GB) CDIMMs
EF23    |A| 1024GB DDR4 Memory (4X256GB) CDIMMs
EF24    |A| 2048GB DDR4 Memory (4X512GB) CDIMMs
EF2R    |A| Single 5250 Enterprise Enablement
EF30    |A| Full 5250 Enterprise Enablement
EFA1    |A| 1 GB Memory Activation (Upgrade from P8)
EFA2    |A| 100 GB Memory Activation (Upgrade from P8)
EFB0    |A| CBU server specify
EFB1    |A| CBU for Power Enterprise Systems Typical 3.9 to 4.0 GHz
        | |(max), 32-core POWER9 processor
EFB2    |A| CBU for Power Enterprise Systems Typical 3.7 to 3.9 GHz
        | |(max), 40-core POWER9 processor
EFB3    |A| CBU for Power Enterprise Systems Typical 3.55 to 3.9 GHz
        | |(max), 48-core POWER9 processor
EFB4    |A| CBU for Power Enterprise Systems Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
        | |(max), 44-core POWER9 processor
EFBK    |A| 2 x SMP cable brackets for non-IBM Rack
EFBZ    |A| CBU for Power Enterprise Systems Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz
        | |(max), 24-core POWER9 processor
EFCA    |A| System Node to System Control Unit Cable Set for Drawer 1
EFCB    |A| System Node to System Control Unit Cable Set for Drawer 2
EFCC    |A| System Node to System Control Unit Cable Set for Drawer 3
EFCD    |A| System Node to System Control Unit Cable Set for Drawer 4
EFCR    |A| Captive Rack identifier
EFFP    |A| Flexible service processor
EFN1    |A| 5U System node Indicator drawer
EFP0    |A| 24-core (4x6) Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max) POWER9
        | |Processor with 5U system node drawer
EFP1    |A| 32-core (4x8) Typical 3.9 to 4.0 GHz (max) POWER9
        | |Processor with 5U system node drawer
EFP2    |A| 40-core (4x10) Typical 3.7 to 3.9 GHz (max) POWER9
        | |Processor with 5U system node drawer
EFP3    |A| 48-core (4x12) Typical 3.55 to 3.9 GHz (max) POWER9
        | |Processor with 5U system node drawer
EFP4    |A| 44-core (4x11) Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max) POWER9
        | |Processor with 5U system node drawer
EFP9    |A| 1 core Processor Activation for #EFP4
EFPA    |A| 1 core Processor Activation for #EFP1
EFPB    |A| 1 core Processor Activation for #EFP2 and #EHC6
EFPC    |A| 1 core Processor Activation for #EFP3
EFPD    |A| Mobile processor activation for M9S
EFPE    |A| 1 core Mobile-enabled Processor Activation for #EFP1/#EFP5
EFPF    |A| 1 core Mobile-enabled Processor Activation for #EFP2/#EFP6
EFPG    |A| 1 core Mobile-enabled Processor Activation for #EFP3/#EFP7
EFPH    |A| Mobile processor activation for M9S (Upgrade from P7)
EFPN    |A| 1 core Mobile-enabled Processor Activation for #EFP4/#EFP8
EFPQ    |A| 1-core Processor Activation for #EFP0
EFPR    |A| 1-core Mobile-enabled processor activation (CSE) for #EFP0
EFW0    |S| Initial FW 920.10 indicator
EH0E    |A| Model upgrade indictor from POWER8 to POWER9
EH35    |A| Mobile Enablement
EHC6    |A| Solution Edition for Healthcare typical 3.7 to 3.9 GHZ,
        | |40-core Processor with 5U system node drawer
EHKV    |A| SAP HANA TRACKING FEATURE
EHR1    |A| Boot Drive / Load Source in EXP12SX Specify (in #ESLL or
        | |#ELLL)
EHLU    |S| IBM Power Systems for SAS Viya (Linux)
EHLV    |S| IBM Power Systems for SAS 9.4 Grid (AIX)
EHR2    |A| Boot Drive / Load Source in EXP24SX Specify (in #ESLS or
        | |#ELLS)
EHS2    |A| SSD Placement Indicator - #ESLS/#ELLS
EJ07    |S| PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
EJ0J    |A| PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
EJ0L    |S| PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
EJ0M    |A| PCIe3 LP RAID SAS Adapter Quad-Port 6Gb x8
EJ10    |A| PCIe3 SAS Tape/DVD Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
EJ11    |A| PCIe3 LP SAS Tape/DVD Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
EJ14    |A| PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID PLUS SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8
EJ19    |A| PCIe x16 to CXP Optical or CU converter Adapter for
        | |PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
EJ1N    |S| PCIe1 LP SAS Tape/DVD Dual-port 3Gb x8 Adapter
EJ1P    |S| PCIe1 SAS Tape/DVD Dual-port 3Gb x8 Adapter
EJ33    |S| PCIe3 Crypto Coprocessor BSC-Gen3 4767
EJ37    |A| PCIe3 Crypto Coprocessor BSC-Gen3 4769
EJR1    |S| Specify Mode-1 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJR2    |S| Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJR3    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (2) X for EXP24S
        | |(#5887/EL1S)
EJR4    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJR5    |S| Specify Mode-4 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJR6    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (2) YO for EXP24S
        | |(#5887/EL1S)
EJR7    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (2) YO for EXP24S
        | |(#5887/EL1S)
EJRA    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (1) YO for EXP24S
        | |(#5887/El1S)
EJRB    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (1) X for EXP24S
        | |(#5887/EL1S)
EJRC    |S| Specify Mode-4 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJRD    |S| Specify Mode-4 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJRE    |S| Specify Mode-4 & (3)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5888/EL1S)
EJRF    |S| Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ14 for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJRG    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ14 & (2) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJRH    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ14 & (1) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJRJ    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ14 for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJRL    |A| Non-paired Indicator EJ14 PCIe SAS RAID+ Adapter
EJRP    |S| Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0L for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJRR    |S| Specify mode-2 & (4) EJ0L for EXP24S #5887/EL1S
EJRS    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0L & (2) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJRT    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0L & (1) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)
EJRU    |A| Non-paired Indicator EJ0L PCIe SAS RAID Adapter
EJV1    |S| Specify Mode-1 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)YO12 for
        | |EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJV2    |S| Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for
        | |EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJV3    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for
        | |EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJV4    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for
        | |EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJV5    |S| Specify Mode-4 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for
        | |EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJV6    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for
        | |EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJV7    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for
        | |EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJVA    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)YO12 for
        | |EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJVB    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for
        | |EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJVC    |S| Specify Mode-4 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for
        | |EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJVD    |S| Specify Mode-4 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for
        | |EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJVE    |S| Specify Mode-4 & (3)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for
        | |EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJVF    |S| Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ14 & (2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL
EJVP    |S| Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0L & (2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/
        | |ELLL
EJW1    |A| Specify Mode-1 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)YO12 for
        | |EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJW2    |A| Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for
        | |EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJW3    |A| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for
        | |EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJW4    |A| Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for
        | |EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJW5    |A| Specify Mode-4 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for
        | |EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJW6    |A| Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for
        | |EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJW7    |A| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for
        | |EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWA    |A| Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)YO12 for
        | |EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWB    |A| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for
        | |EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWC    |A| Specify Mode-4 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for
        | |EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWD    |A| Specify Mode-4 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for
        | |EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWE    |A| Specify Mode-4 & (3)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for
        | |EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWF    |A| Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ14 & (2)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWG    |A| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ14 & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWH    |A| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ14 & (1)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWJ    |A| Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ14 & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
EJWP    |S| Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0L & (2)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/
        | |ELLS
EJWR    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ0L & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/
        | |ELLS
EJWS    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0L & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/
        | |ELLS
EJWT    |S| Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0L& (1)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS
ELAU    |A| Base processor activation (20) for #EHC6
ELBK    |A| Power Linux processor activation for #EFP1/#EFP5
ELBL    |A| Power Linux processor activation for #EFP2/#EFP6
ELBM    |A| Power Linux processor activation for #EFP3/#EFP7
ELBN    |A| PowerVM for Linux indicator for M9S
ELBQ    |A| Power Linux processor activation for #EFP4/#EFP8
ELBS    |A| 1 core Linux Processor Activation for EFP0
ELC0    |A| PDU Access Cord 0.38m
ELC1    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) PDU to Wall 24A 200-240V Power Cord North
        | |America
ELC2    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) PDU to Wall 3PH/24A 415V Power Cord North
        | |America
ELC5    |A| Power Cable - Drawer to IBM PDU (250V/10A)
ELKM    |A| ESKM Load Source Specify (931GB SSD SFF-2)
ELKR    |A| ESKR Load Source Specify (1.86TB SSD SFF-2)
ELKV    |A| ESKV Load Source Specify (3.72TB SSD SFF-2)
ELKZ    |A| ESKZ Load Source Specify (7.44TB SSD SFF-2)
ELMD    |A| 512 GB Power Linux Memory Activations for M9S/80H
ELSH    |S| #ES0H Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2)
ELSN    |A| #ESDN Load Source Specify (571GB 15K RPM SFF-2 )
ELSR    |S| #ES0R Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2 4K)
ELST    |S| #ES0T Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2 4K)
ELT1    |S| #ES81 Load Source Specify (1.9TB SFF-2 SSD)
ELT2    |A| #ESF2 Load Source Specify (1.1TB HDD SFF-2)
ELT6    |S| #ES86 Load Source Specify (387GB SFF-2 SSD 4k for IBM i)
ELT9    |S| #ES79 Load Source Specify (387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx for IBM i)
ELTD    |S| #ES8D Load Source Specify (775GB SFF-2 SSD 4k for IBM i)
ELTF    |S| #ES7F Load Source Specify (775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx for IBM i)
ELTG    |S| #ES8G Load Source Specify (1.55TB SFF-2 SSD 4k for IBM i)
ELTN    |S| #ESFN Load Source Specify (571GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K
        | |Block - 4224)
ELTS    |A| #ESFS Load Source Specify (1.7TB HDD SFF-2)
ELTU    |A| #ESEU Load Source Specify (571GB HDD SFF-2)
ELTY    |S| #ESEY Load Source Specify (283GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K
        | |Block - 4224)
ELU9    |A| ESK9 Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2)
ELUD    |A| ESKD Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2)
ELUH    |A| ESKH Load Source Specify (1.55TB SSD SFF-2)
ELUK    |S| ESJK Load Source Specify (931GB SSD SFF-2)
ELUL    |A| #ESNL Load Source Specify (283GB HDD SFF-2)
ELUM    |S| ESJM Load Source Specify (1.86TB SSD SFF-2)
ELUP    |S| ESJP Load Source Specify (3.72TB SSD SFF-2)
ELUQ    |A| #ESNQ Load Source Specify (571GB HDD SFF-2)
ELUR    |S| ESJR Load Source Specify (7.44TB SSD SFF-2)
ELVJ    |A| EC7J Load Source Specify (1.6TB SSD NVMe adapter for IBM i)
ELVL    |A| EC7L Load Source Specify (3.2TB SSD NVMe adapter for IBM i)
ELVN    |A| EC7N Load Source Specify (6.4TB SSD NVMe adapter for IBM i)
ELZ5    |S| ES95 Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2)
ELZ6    |S| #ESG6 Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2)
ELZ7    |S| #ES97 Load Source Specify (1.86TB SSD SFF-2)
ELZ8    |S| #ESE8 Load Source Specify (3.72TB SSD SFF-2)
ELZ9    |S| #ESM9 Load Source Specify (3.72 TB SSD 4k SFF-2)
ELZB    |S| ESNB Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2)
ELZC    |S| #ESGC Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2)
ELZF    |S| ESNF Load Source Specify (1.55TB SSD SFF-2)
ELZG    |S| #ESGG Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2)
ELZK    |S| #ESHK Load Source Specify (931 GB SSD 4k SFF-2)
ELZL    |S| #ESGL Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2)
ELZM    |S| #ESHM Load Source Specify (1.86 TB SSD 4k SFF-2)
ELZQ    |S| #ESGQ Load Source Specify (1.55TB SSD SFF-2)
ELZZ    |S| #ES8Z Load Source Specify (931GB SSD SFF-2)
EM21    |A| 128GB (4X32GB) CDIMMs, 1600MHZ
EM22    |A| 256GB (4X64GB) CDIMMs, 1600MHZ
EM23    | |A| 512GB (4X64GB) CDIMMs, 1600MHZ
EM89    |A| Active Memory expansion enablement for M9S
EM8J    |S| 64GB (4X16GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DDR3 DRAM
EM8K    |S| 128GB (4X32GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DDR3 DRAM
EM8L    |S| 256GB (4X64GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DDR3 DRAM
EM8M    |S| 512GB (4X128GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DDR3 DRAM
EM8U    |S| 64 GB DDR4 Memory (4x16GB CDIMMs)
EM8V    |S| 128 GB DDR4 Memory (4x32GB CDIMMs)
EM8W    |S| 256 GB DDR4 Memory (4x64GB CDIMMs)
EM8X    |S| 512 GB DDR4 Memory (4x128GB CDIMMs)
EM8Y    |S| 1024GB (4x256GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT, DDR4 DRAM
EM9V    |S| 90 Days Temporary Elastic memory Enablement for M9S
EMAD    |A| 100 GB Mobile Enabled Memory Activations
EMAR    |A| 100 GB Mobile Memory Activation (Upgrade from P8
EMAS    |A| Base Memory activation (512) for #EHC6
EMAT    |A| 1 GB Memory activation for M9S
EMAU    |A| 100 GB Memory activation for M9S
EMAV    |A| 100 GB Mobile Memory activation for M9S/80H
EMAY    |A| 100 GB Mobile Memory activation for M9S/80H (Upgrade from
        | |P7)
EMB6    |S| Bundle of eight #EM8M, 512GB 1600 MHz Memory
EMB7    |S| Memory Activations for #EMB6 or #EMBA
EMBA    |S| Bundle of eight #EM8Y, 1024GB 1600 MHz DDR4 Memory
EMBF    |A| 512 GB Memory Activations for M9S
EMBG    |A| 500 GB Mobile Enabled Memory Activations
EMBH    |A| 500 GB Mobile Memory Activations
EME0    |A| 100GB Static to Mobile Memory Auto Conversion
EME5    |A| 500GB Static to Mobile Memory Auto Conversion
EMJ4    |S| 8 GB-Day billing for Elastic CoD memory
EMJ5    |S| 800 GB-Day billing for Elastic CoD memory
EMX0    |A| PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer
EMXA    |A| AC Power Supply Conduit for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
EMXF    |S| PCIe3 6-Slot Fanout Module for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
EMXG    |S| PCIe3 6-Slot Fanout Module for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
EMXH    |A| PCIe3 6-Slot Fanout Module for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
EN01    |A| 1m (3.3-ft), 10Gb E'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper
EN02    |A| 3m (9.8-ft), 10Gb E'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper
EN03    |A| 5m (16.4-ft), 10Gb E'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper
EN0A    |S| PCIe3 16Gb 2-port Fibre Channel Adapter
EN0B    |S| PCIe3 LP 16Gb 2-port Fibre Channel Adapter
EN0F    |S| PCIe2 LP 8Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter
EN0G    |S| PCIe2 8Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter
EN0H    |S| PCIe3 4-port (10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SR&RJ45
EN0J    |S| PCIe3 LP 4-port (10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SR&RJ45
EN0K    |S| PCIe3 4-port (10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SFP+Copper&RJ45
EN0L    |S| PCIe3 LP 4-port(10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SFP+Copper&RJ45
EN0M    |S| PCIe3 4-port(10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) LR&RJ45 Adapter
EN0N    |S| PCIe3 LP 4-port(10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) LR&RJ45 Adapter
EN0S    |A| PCIe2 4-Port (10Gb+1GbE) SR+RJ45 Adapter
EN0T    |A| PCIe2 LP 4-Port (10Gb+1GbE) SR+RJ45 Adapter
EN0U    |A| PCIe2 4-port (10Gb+1GbE) Copper SFP+RJ45 Adapter
EN0V    |A| PCIe2 LP 4-port (10Gb+1GbE) Copper SFP+RJ45 Adapter
EN0W    |A| PCIe2 2-port 10/1GbE BaseT RJ45 Adapter
EN0X    |A| PCIe2 LP 2-port 10/1GbE BaseT RJ45 Adapter
EN0Y    |S| PCIe2 LP 8Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter
EN12    |S| PCIe2 8Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter
EN13    |S| PCIe 1-port Bisync Adapter
EN15    |A| PCIe3 4-port 10GbE SR Adapter
EN16    |A| PCIe3 LPX 4-port 10GbE SR Adapter
EN17    |S| PCIe3 4-port 10GbE SFP+ Copper Adapter
EN18    |S| PCIe3 LPX 4-port 10GbE SFP+ Copper Adapter
EN1A    |A| PCIe3 32Gb 2-port Fibre Channel Adapter
EN1B    |A| PCIe3 LP 32Gb 2-port Fibre Channel Adapter
EN1C    |A| PCIe3 16Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter
EN1D    |A| PCIe3 LP 16Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter
EN1E    |A| PCIe3 16Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter
EN1F    |A| PCIe3 LP 16Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter
EN1G    |A| PCIe3 2-Port 16Gb Fibre Channel Adapter
EN1J    |A| PCIe4 32Gb 2-port Optical Fibre Channel Adapter
EN1K    |A| PCIe4 LP 32Gb 2-port Optical Fibre Channel Adapter
EN1H    |A| PCIe3 LP 2-Port 16Gb Fibre Channel Adapter
EN2A    |A| PCIe3 16Gb 2-port Fibre Channel Adapter
EN2B    |A| PCIe3 LP 16Gb 2-port Fibre Channel Adapter
ENS1    |A| 188 GB IBM i NVMe Load Source Namespace size
ENS2    |A| 393 GB IBM i NVMe Load Source Namespace size
ENSA    |A| 200 GB IBM i NVMe Load Source Namespace size
ENSB    |A| 400 GB IBM i NVMe Load Source Namespace size
EP20    |A| Power Enterprise Pools 2.0 Enablement
EP2W    |A| Mobile Processor activation M9S/80H (Upgrade from P8)
EP2X    |A| Lab Services Private Cloud Capacity Assessment
EP90    |A| 1 core Base Processor Activation (Pools 2.0) for EFP1
EP91    |A| 1 core Base Processor Activation (Pools 2.0) for EFP2
EP92    |A| 1 core Base Processor Activation (Pools 2.0) for EFP3
EP93    |A| 1 core Base Processor Activation (Pools 2.0) for EFP4
EP94    |A| 1 core Base Processor Activation (Pools 2.0) for  EFP0
        | |Linux  only
EP96    |A| 1 core Base Linux Processor Activation (Pools 2.0) for EFP1
EP97    |A| 1 core Base Linux Processor Activation (Pools 2.0) for EFP2
EP98    |A| 1 core Base Linux Processor Activation (Pools 2.0) for EFP3
EP99    |A| 1 core Base Linux Processor Activation (Pools 2.0) for EFP4
EP9S    |A| 256 GB Base Memory Activation (Pools 2.0)
EP9U    |A| 512 GB Base Memory Activation (Pools 2.0)
EP9T    |S| 90 Days Elastic CoD Processor Core Enablement
EP9W    |A| 256GB Base Memory Activation Linux only
EP9X    |A| 512GB Base Memory Activation Linux only
EP9Z    |A| 1 core Base Processor Activation (Pools 2.0) for  EFP0 any
        | |OS
EPA0    |A| Deactivation of LPM (Live Partition Mobility)
EPCS    |S| Power Enterprise IaaS offer indicator
EPE0    |A| Static to Mobile Processor Auto Conversion
EPJC    |S| 1 Proc-Day Elastic CoD Billing for #EPBB/#EP8C and #EFP1/
        | |#EFP5, AIX/Linux
EPJD    |S| 1 Proc-Day Elastic CoD Billing for #EPBB/#EP8C and #EFP1/
        | |#EFP5, IBM i
EPJE    |S| 100 Elastic CoD Proc-Days of Billing for Processor #EPBB/
        | |#EP8C and #EFP1/#EFP5. AIX/Linux
EPJF    |S| 100 Elastic CoD Proc-Days of Billing for Processor #EPBB/
        | |#EP8C and #EFP1/#EFP5. IBM i
EPJG    |A| Proc CoD Utility Billing, 100 Proc-mins. for #EPBB/#EP8C
        | |and #EFP1/#EFP5, AIX/Linux
EPJH    |A| Proc CoD Utility Billing, 100 Proc-mins. for #EPBB/#EP8C
        | |and #EFP1/#EFP5, IBM i
EPJQ    |S| 1 Proc-Day Elastic CoD Billing for #EPBD/#EP8G and #EFP3/
        | |#EFP7, AIX/Linux
EPJR    |S| 1 Proc-Day Elastic CoD Billing for #EPBD/#EP8G and #EFP3/
        | |#EFP7, IBM i
EPJS    |S| 100 Elastic CoD Proc-Days of Billing for Processor #EPBD/
        | |#EP8G and #EFP3/#EFP7. AIX/Linux
EPJT    |S| 100 Elastic CoD Proc-Days of Billing for Processor #EPBD/
        | |#EP8G and #EFP3/#EFP7. IBM i
EPJU    |A| Proc CoD Utility Billing, 100 Proc-mins. for #EPBD/#EP8G
        | |and #EFP3/#EFP7, AIX/Linux
EPJV    |A| Proc CoD Utility Billing, 100 Proc-mins. for #EPBD/#EP8G
        | |and #EFP3/#EFP7, IBM i
EPKL    |S| 1 Proc-Day Elastic CoD Billing for #EPBS/#EP8E and #EFP2/
        | |#EFP6, AIX/Linux
EPKM    |S| 1 Proc-Day Elastic CoD Billing for #EPBS/#EP8E and #EFP2/
        | |#EFP6, IBM i
EPKN    |S| 100 Elastic CoD Proc-Days of Billing for Processor #EPBS/
        | |#EP8E and #EFP2/#EFP6, AIX/Linux. AIX/Linux
EPKP    |S| 100 Elastic CoD Proc-Days of Billing for Processor #EPBS/
        | |#EP8E and #EFP2/#EFP6, AIX/Linux. IBM i
EPKQ    |A| Proc CoD Utility Billing, 100 Proc-mins. for #EPBS/#EP8E
        | |and #EFP2/#EFP6, AIX/Linux, AIX/Linux
EPKR    |A| Proc CoD Utility Billing, 100 Proc-mins. for #EPBS/#EP8E
        | |and #EFP2/#EFP6, AIX/Linux, IBM i
EPKU    |S| 1 Proc-Day Elastic CoD Billing for #EFP4/EFP8. for AIX/
        | |Linux
EPKV    |S| 1 Proc-Day Elastic CoD Billing for #EFP4/#EFP8, IBM i
EPKW    |S| 100 Elastic CoD Proc-Days of Billing for Processor #EFP4/
        | |EFP8, AIX/Linux
EPKX    |S| 100 Elastic CoD Proc-Days of Billing for Processor #EFP4/
        | |#EFP8, for IBM i
EPKY    |A| Proc CoD Utility Billing, 100 Proc-mins. for #EFP4/EFP8,
        | |AIX/Linux
EPKZ    |A| Proc CoD Utility Billing, 100 Proc-mins. for #EFP4/#EFP8,
        | |for IBM i
EPNP    |A| 1 Proc-day Elastic billing for #EFP0
EPNQ    |A| 1 Proc-day Elastic billing for #EFP0 for IBM i
EPNR    |A| 100 Proc-day Elastic COD billing #EFP0 for AIX/Linux
EPNS    |A| 100 Proc-day Elastic COD billing #EFP0 for IBM i
EPNT    |A| 100 Proc-mins Utility COD billing #EFP0 for AIX/Linux
EPNU    |A| 100 Proc-mins Utility COD billing #EFP0 for IBM i
EPP0    |A| 1 core  Base  Proc Act (Pools 2.0) for #EFP0 (from Static/
        | |Mobile-enabled)
EPP1    |A| 1 core  Base  Proc Act (Pools 2.0) for #EFP1 (from Static/
        | |Mobile-enabled)
EPP2    |A| 1 core  Base  Proc Act (Pools 2.0) for #EFP2 (from Static/
        | |Mobile-enabled)
EPP3    |A| 1 core  Base  Proc Act (Pools 2.0) for #EFP3 (from Static/
        | |Mobile-enabled)
EPP4    |A| 1 core  Base  Proc Act (Pools 2.0) for #EFP4 (from Static/
        | |Mobile-enabled)
EPP5    |A| 1 core  Base  Proc Act (Pools 2.0) for #EFP0 Linux (from
        | |Static/Mobile-enabled)
EPP6    |A| 1 core  Base  Proc Act (Pools 2.0) for #EFP1 Linux (from
        | |Static/Mobile-enabled)
EPP7    |A| 1 core  Base  Proc Act (Pools 2.0) for #EFP2 Linux (from
        | |Static/Mobile-enabled)
EPP8    |A| 1 core  Base  Proc Act (Pools 2.0) for #EFP3 Linux (from
        | |Static/Mobile-enabled)
EPP9    |A| 1 core  Base  Proc Act (Pools 2.0) for #EFP4 Linux (from
        | |Static/Mobile-enabled)
EPPK    |A| 1 core  Base  Proc Act (Pools 2.0) for #EFP0 (from  Mobile  -
        | |Prev)
EPPL    |A| 1 core  Base  Proc Act (Pools 2.0) for #EFP1 (from  Mobile  -
        | |Prev)
EPPM    |A| 1 core  Base  Proc Act (Pools 2.0) for #EFP2 (from  Mobile  -
        | |Prev)
EPPN    |A| 1 core  Base  Proc Act (Pools 2.0) for #EFP3 (from  Mobile  -
        | |Prev)
EPPP    |A| 1 core  Base  Proc Act (Pools 2.0) for #EFP4 (from  Mobile  -
        | |Prev)
EPPQ    |A| 1GB Base Memory activation (Pools 2.0) from Static/
        | |Mobile-enabled
EPPR    |A| 100GB Base Memory activation (Pools 2.0) from Static/
        | |Mobile-enabled
EPPS    |A| 512GB Base Memory activation (Pools 2.0) from Static/
        | |Mobile-enabled
EPPT    |A| 500GB Base Memory activation (Pools 2.0) from Static/
        | |Mobile-enabled
EPPU    |A| 1GB Base Memory activation (Pools 2.0) MES only
EPPV    |A| 100GB Base Memory activation (Pools 2.0) MES only
EPPW    |A| 100GB Base Memory Activation (Pools 2.0) from Mobile
EPPX    |A| 500GB Base Memory Activation (Pools 2.0) from Mobile
EPPY    |A| 512GB Base Memory Activation Linux only - Conversion
EPTH    |A| Horizontal PDU Mounting Hardware
EPTJ    |S| High Function 9xC19 PDU: Switched, Monitoring
EPTL    |S| High Function 9xC19 PDU 3-Phase: Switched, Monitoring
EPTN    |S| High Function 12xC13 PDU: Switched, Monitoring
EPTQ    |S| High Function 12xC13 PDU 3-Phase: Switched, Monitoring
EQ0H    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES0H (775GB SSD SFF-2)
EQ0Q    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES0Q 387GB SFF-2 4k SSD (AIX/Linux)
EQ0R    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES0R 387GB SFF-2 4k SSD (IBM i)
EQ0S    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES0S 775GB SFF-2 4k SSD (AIX/Linux)
EQ0T    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES0T 775GB SFF-2 4k SSD (IBM i)
EQ62    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES62 3.86-4.0 TB 7200 rpm 4k LFF-1 Disk
EQ64    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES64 7.72-8.0 TB 7200 rpm 4k LFF-1 Disk
EQ78    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES78 387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx
EQ77    |S| Qty 150 of #6577
EQ79    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES79 387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx
EQ7E    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES7E 775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx
EQ7F    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES7F 775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx
EQ80    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES80 1.9TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQ81    |S| Quantity 150 of ES81 1.9TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQ85    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES85 387GB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQ86    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES86 387GB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQ8C    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES8C 775GB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQ8D    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES8D 775GB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQ8F    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES8F 1.55TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQ8G    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES8G 1.55TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQ8Y    |S| Quantity 150 of #ES8Y 931GB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQ8Z    |S| Quantity 150 of ES8Z 931GB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQ96    |S| Quantity 150 of ES96 1.86TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQ97    |S| Quantity 150 of ES97 1.86TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQD2    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESD2 (1.1TB 10k SFF-2)
EQD3    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESD3 (1.2TB 10k SFF-2)
EQDN    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESDN (571GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 for IBM i)
EQDP    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESDP (600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 for AIX/
        | |LINUX)
EQE7    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESE7 3.72TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQE8    |S| Quantity 150 of ESE8 3.72TB SFF-2 SSD 4k
EQEU    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESEU (571GB 10k SFF-2)
EQEV    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESEV (600GB 10k SFF-2)
EQEY    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESEY (283 GB SFF-2)
EQEZ    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESEZ (300GB SFF-2)
EQF2    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESF2 (1.1TB 10k SFF-2)
EQF3    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESF3 (1.2TB 10k SFF-2)
EQFN    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESFN (571GB SFF-2)
EQFP    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESFP (600GB SFF-2)
EQFS    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESFS (1.7TB 10k SFF-2)
EQFT    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESFT (1.8TB 10k SFF-2)
EQG5    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESG5 (387GB SAS 5xx)
EQG6    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESG6 (387GB SAS 5xx)
EQGB    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESGB (387GB SAS 4k)
EQGC    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESGC (387GB SAS 4k)
EQGF    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESGF (775GB SAS 5xx)
EQGG    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESGG (775GB SAS 5xx)
EQGK    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESGK (775GB SAS 4k)
EQGL    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESGL (775GB SAS 4k)
EQGP    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESGP (1.55TB SAS 4k)
EQGQ    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESGQ (1.55TB SAS 4k)
ER05    |S| 42U Slim Rack
ER16    |A| Indicator, reserve 5 EIA rack space
ER1A    |A| Specify Reserve 4 EIA Rack Space for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer
ER21    |A| Field Integration of Rack and Server
ER94    |S| Quantity 150 of ES94 387GB SAS 4k
ER95    |S| Quantity 150 of ES95 387GB SAS 4k
ERF1    |S| RFID Tags for Servers, Compute Nodes, Chassis, Racks, and
        | |HMCs
ERG0    |A| Rear rack extension
ERG7    |A| Optional Origami Front Door for 2.0m Rack
ERGB    |A| Acoustic Black Front Door
ERGV    |S| Quantity 150 of ESGV 387GB SSD 4k
ERGZ    |S| Quantity 150 of ESGZ 775GB SSD 4k
ERHJ    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESHJ 931 GB SSD 4k SFF-2
ERHK    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESHK 931 GB SSD 4k SFF-2
ERHL    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESHL 1.86 TB SSD 4k SFF-2
ERHM    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESHM 1.86 TB SSD 4k SFF-2
ERHN    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESHN 7.45 TB SSD 4k SFF-2
ERJ0    |S| Quantity 150 of ESJ0 931GB SAS 4k
ERJ1    |S| Quantity 150 of ESJ1 931GB SAS 4k
ERJ2    |S| Quantity 150 of ESJ2 1.86TB SAS 4k
ERJ3    |S| Quantity 150 of ESJ3 1.86TB SAS 4k
ERJ4    |S| Quantity 150 of ESJ4 3.72TB SAS 4k
ERJ5    |S| Quantity 150 of ESJ5 3.72TB SAS 4k
ERJ6    |S| Quantity 150 of ESJ6 7.45TB SAS 4k
ERJ7    |S| Quantity 150 of ESJ7 7.45TB SAS 4k
ERM8    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESM8 3.72 TB SSD 4k SFF-2
ERM9    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESM9 3.72 TB SSD 4k SFF-2
ERNA    |S| Quantity 150 of ESNA 775GB SSD 4k
ERNB    |S| Quantity 150 of ESNB 775GB SSD 4k
ERNE    |S| Quantity 150 of ESNE 1.55TB SSD 4k
ERNF    |S| Quantity 150 of ESNF 1.55TB SSD 4k
ES0H    |S| 775GB SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ES0Q    |S| 387GB SFF-2 4K SSD for AIX/Linux
ES0R    |S| 387GB SFF-2 4k SSD for IBM i
ES0S    |S| 775GB SFF-2 4k SSD for AIX/Linux
ES0T    |S| 775GB SFF-2 4k SSD for IBM i
ES62    |S| 3.86-4.0 TB 7200 RPM 4K SAS LFF-1 Nearline Disk Drive (AIX/
        | |Linux)
ES64    |S| 7.72-8.0 TB 7200 RPM 4K SAS LFF-1 Nearline Disk Drive (AIX/
        | |Linux)
ES78    |S| 387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
ES79    |S| 387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for IBM i
ES7E    |S| 775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
ES7F    |S| 775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx eMLC4 for IBM i
ES80    |S| 1.9TB Read Intensive SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ES81    |S| 1.9TB Read Intensive SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ES85    |S| 387GB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
ES86    |S| 387GB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for IBM i
ES8C    |S| 775GB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
ES8D    |S| 775GB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for IBM i
ES8F    |S| 1.55TB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for AIX/Linux
ES8G    |S| 1.55TB SFF-2 SSD 4k eMLC4 for IBM i
ES8Y    |S| 931GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ES8Z    |S| 931GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ES94    |S| 387GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ES95    |S| 387GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ES96    |S| 1.86TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ES97    |S| 1.86TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESB2    |S| 387GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESB6    |S| 775GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESBA    |S| 387GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESBB    |S| 387GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESBG    |S| 775GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESBH    |S| 775GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESBL    |S| 1.55TB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESBM    |S| 1.55TB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESC0    |A| S&H - No Charge
ESC9    |A| S&H
ESD2    |S| 1.1TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBMi)
ESD3    |S| 1.2TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)
ESDN    |S| 571GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive - 528 Block (IBM i)
ESDP    |S| 600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive - 5xx Block (AIX/Linux)
ESE7    |S| 3.72TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESE8    |S| 3.72TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESEU    |A| 571GB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4224
ESEV    |A| 600GB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4096
ESEY    |S| 283GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K Block - 4224 Disk Drive
ESEZ    |S| 300GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K Block - 4096 Disk Drive
ESF2    |A| 1.1TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4224
ESF3    |A| 1.2TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4096
ESFN    |S| 571GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K Block - 4224 Disk Drive
ESFP    |S| 600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K Block - 4096 Disk Drive
ESFS    |A| 1.7TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4224
ESFT    |A| 1.8TB 10K RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive 4K Block - 4096
ESG5    |S| 387GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESG6    |S| 387GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESGB    |S| 387GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESGC    |S| 387GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESGF    |S| 775GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESGG    |S| 775GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESGK    |S| 775GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESGL    |S| 775GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESGP    |S| 1.55TB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESGQ    |S| 1.55TB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESGV    |S| 387GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESGZ    |S| 775GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESHJ    |S| 931 GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESHK    |S| 931 GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESHL    |S| 1.86 TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESHM    |S| 1.86 TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESHN    |S| 7.45 TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESJ0    |S| 931GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESJ1    |S| 931GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESJ2    |S| 1.86TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESJ3    |S| 1.86TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESJ4    |S| 3.72TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESJ5    |S| 3.72TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESJ6    |S| 7.45TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESJ7    |S| 7.45TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESJJ    |S| 931GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESJK    |S| 931GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESJL    |S| 1.86TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESJM    |S| 1.86TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESJN    |S| 3.72TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESJP    |S| 3.72TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESJQ    |S| 7.44TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESJR    |S| 7.44TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESK1    |A| 387GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESK3    |A| 775GB Enterprise SAS 5xx SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESK8    |A| 387GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESK9    |A| 387GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESKC    |A| 775GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESKD    |A| 775GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESKG    |A| 1.55TB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESKH    |A| 1.55TB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESKK    |A| 931GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESKM    |A| 931GB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESKP    |A| 1.86TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESKR    |A| 1.86TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESKT    |A| 3.72TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESKV    |A| 3.72TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESKX    |A| 7.44TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESKZ    |A| 7.44TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESLA    |A| Specify AC Power Supply for EXP12SX/EXP24SX Storage
        | |Enclosure
ESLB    |S| ESBB Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2)
ESLH    |S| ESBH Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2)
ESLL    |S| EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure
ESLM    |S| ESBM Load Source Specify (1.55TB SSD SFF-2)
ESLS    |A| EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure
ESLU    |A| Load Source Specify for EC6U (1.6TB SSD NVMe adapter
        | |for IBM i)
ESLW    |A| Load Source Specify for EC6W (3.2TB SSD NVMe adapter
        | |for IBM i)
ESLY    |A| Load Source Specify for EC6Y (6.4TB SSD NVMe adapter
        | |for IBM i)
ESM8    |S| 3.72 TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESM9    |S| 3.72 TB Mainstream SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESNA    |S| 775GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESNB    |S| 775GB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESNE    |S| 1.55TB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for AIX/Linux
ESNF    |S| 1.55TB Enterprise SAS 4k SFF-2 SSD for IBM i
ESNL    |A| 283GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4k Block Cached Disk Drive (IBM i)
ESNM    |A| 300GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4k Block Cached Disk Drive (AIX/
        | |Linux)
ESNQ    |A| 571GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4k Block Cached Disk Drive (IBM i)
ESNR    |A| 600GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4k Block Cached Disk Drive (AIX/
        | |Linux)
ESP9    |S| 1024 GB (4X256 GB) CDIMM, 1600MHz, DDR4 DRAM Tall for SAP
        | |HANA
ESPB    |S| 512 GB (4X128 GB) CDIMM, 1600MHz, DDR4 DRAM Tall for SAP
        | |HANA
ESPL    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESNL (283GB 15k SFF-2)
ESPM    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESNM (300GB 15k SFF-2)
ESPQ    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESNQ (571GB 15k SFF-2)
ESPR    |S| Quantity 150 of #ESNR (600GB 15k SFF-2)
ESQ2    |S| Quantity 150 of ESB2 387GB SAS 4k
ESQ6    |S| Quantity 150 of ESB6 775GB SAS 4k
ESQA    |S| Quantity 150 of ESBA 387GB SAS 4k
ESQB    |S| Quantity 150 of ESBB 387GB SAS 4k
ESQG    |S| Quantity 150 of ESBG 775GB SAS 4k
ESQH    |S| Quantity 150 of ESBH 775GB SAS 4k
ESQL    |S| Quantity 150 of ESBL 1.55TB SAS 4k
ESQM    |S| Quantity 150 of ESBM 1.55TB SAS 4k
EU01    |A| 1TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge
EU04    |S| RDX USB External Docking Station for Removable Disk
        | |Cartridge
EU08    |S| RDX 320 GB Removable Disk Drive
EU15    |S| 1.5TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge
EU2T    |A| 2TB Removable Disk Drive Cartridge (RDX)
EU41    |S| ESJ1 Load Source Specify (931GB SSD SFF-2)
EU43    |S| ESJ3 Load Source Specify (1.86TB SSD SFF-2)
EU45    |S| ESJ5 Load Source Specify (3.72TB SSD SFF-2)
EU47    |S| ESJ7 Load Source Specify (7.45TB SSD SFF-2)
EUA4    |A| RDX USB External Docking Station
EUA5    |A| Stand-alone USB DVD drive w/cable
EUB0    |A| No USB installed
EUC6    |A| Core Use HW Feature
EUC7    |A| Core Use HW Feature 10X
SVPC    |A| 5000 Power to Cloud Reward points

Feature descriptions


Note: Not all of the following features are available in all countries. Check with your country representative for specific feature availability.

The following is a list of all feature codes in numeric order for the IBM Power Systems 9080 machine type.

Attributes, as defined in the following feature descriptions, state the interaction of requirements among features.

Minimums and maximums are the absolute limits for a single feature without regard to interaction with other features. The maximum valid quantity for MES orders may be different than for initial orders. The maximums listed below refer to the largest quantity of these two possibilities.

The order type defines if a feature is orderable only on initial orders, only on MES orders, on both initial and MES orders, or if a feature is supported on a model due to a model conversion. Supported features cannot be ordered on the converted model, only left on or removed from the converted model.

(#0010) - One CSC Billing Unit

One Billing Unit used by the Customer Solution Center.

  • Attributes provided: One CSC Billing Unit
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0011) - Ten CSC Billing Units

Ten Billing Units used by the Customer Solutions Center.

  • Attributes provided: Ten CSC Billing Units
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0040) - Mirrored System Disk Level, Specify Code

This code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.

  • Attributes provided: Device-level mirrored protection
  • Attributes required: Minimum of two (2) disk units
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - not supported
    • IBM i supported
    • Linux - not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0041) - Device Parity Protection-All, Specify Code

This code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.

  • Attributes provided: RAID Data Protection
  • Attributes required: RAID-capable disk unit controller
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - not supported
    • IBM i supported
    • Linux - not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0043) - Mirrored System Bus Level, Specify Code

This code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.

For new systems: The marketing configurator will error on an order if sufficient disk units, and expansion units are not included on the order to support bus-level mirrored protection for all disk units. New, preloaded systems will be shipped with bus-level mirroring enabled.

  • Attributes provided: Bus-level mirrored protection
  • Attributes required: Minimum of 2 (Two) disk units
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - not supported
    • IBM i supported
    • Linux - not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0047) - Device Parity RAID-6 All, Specify Code

This code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.

  • Attributes provided: RAID-6 Data Protection
  • Attributes required: RAID-6 capable disk unit controller
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - not supported
    • IBM i supported
    • Linux - not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0205) - RISC-to-RISC Data Migration

#0205 is used on initial orders to designate that the new server should only receive a partial load of IBM i in IBM Mfg.

When #0205 is on the order, manufacturing will only load SLIC and up through QSYS of IBM i. Ensure that enough storage is ordered to contain the additional OS code that will be loaded following installation of the system at the Client location. Specify code #0205 is mutually exclusive with #5000, SW Preload Required

The migration process requires that the installed model be at the same version and release level of IBM i and other licensed programs as the new server.

More information, and an updated IBM i Upgrade and Data Migration Road Map (RISC-RISC) are available at

http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/iseries/

  • Attributes provided: Partial load of IBM i in IBM Mfg.
  • Attributes required: #2145 - Primary OS - IBM i and partition specify code #0267 and RISC to RISC Data Migration from Clients existing system
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0265) - AIX Partition Specify

This feature indicates customers intend to create a partition on the system that will use the AIX operating system. This feature should be included once for each intended AIX partition. This feature is an indicator and does not deliver parts, software, or services.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Customers intend to create a partition on the system that will run the AIX operating system.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4096 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0266) - Linux Partition Specify

This feature indicates customers intend to create a partition on the system that will use the Linux operating system. This feature should be included once for each intended Linux partition. This feature is an indicator and does not deliver parts, software, or services.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Customers intend to create a partition on the system that will run the Linux operating system.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4096 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0267) - IBM i Operating System Partition Specify

This feature indicates customers intend to create a partition on the system that will use the IBM i operating system. This feature should be included once for each intended IBM i partition. This feature is an indicator and does not deliver parts, software, or services.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Customers intend to create a partition on the system that will run the IBM i operating system.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4096 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0296) - Specify Custom Data Protection

#0296 specifies that a system has multiple IBM i partitions and that data protection schemes should be considered separately for each partition instead of only for an overall system level. Each partition's data protection scheme can be different or the same.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0308) - Mirrored Level System Specify Code

This specify code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.

For new systems, the marketing configurator will show an error if sufficient disk units and disk controllers are not included on the order to support IOA-level mirroring protection. #0308 causes all disk units to be placed into configurations capable of IOA-level mirroring. Each disk unit and its mirrored pair must be on a different disk controller.

Note that the load source disk unit in a new, preloaded system will be device-level mirrored (same protection as provided with feature #0040). This means that the load source is controlled by the first disk unit controller on the first system bus, and will be mirrored with a like disk unit that is also attached to the same first disk controller on the first system bus.

For upgrade orders, #0308 will cause the marketing configurator to show an error if sufficient disk units and disk controllers are not available to provide the capability to enable IOA-level mirrored protection for all DASD.

It is the client's responsibility to start mirroring on their system.

  • Attributes provided: IOA level system mirroring
  • Attributes required: A minimum of two disk controllers and an even number of disk units (with a minimum of four disk units on a system).
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0347) - RAID Hot Spare Specify

#0347 is a specify code that indicates to IBM configuration tools and to IBM Manufacturing that RAID-5 or RAID-6 disk arrays should be further protected using the IBM i function of RAID hot spare. If specified, IBM will ship a configuration which has at least one stand- by disk drive for each disk controller in the system or designated partition. The customer may alter the hot spare configuration selecting different options once the system is installed.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: Existence of #0041 or #0047
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0348) - V.24/EIA232 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable

This feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.24 or a EIA232 electrical connection interface.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 480 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0353) - V.35 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

This feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.35 electrical connection interface.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 480 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0359) - X.21 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

This feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a X.21 electrical connection interface.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 480 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0373) - UPS Factory Integration Specify

Used in manufacturing to ensure that a UPS ordered from IBM under a separate machine type/model, is associated with the system order, and is shipped concurrently.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: Ordered machine type-model UPS.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 42 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: Available only when ordered with 19 inch feature code rack on an MES order. Max. is 36 with rack feature 0551.
(#0374) - HMC Factory Integration Specify

Used in manufacturing to ensure that an HMC ordered from IBM under a separate machine type/model is associated with the system order and is shipped concurrently.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: Ordered machine type-model HMC.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 42 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: Available only when ordered with 19 inch feature code rack on an MES order. Max. is 36 with rack feature 0551.
(#0375) - Display Factory Integration Specify

Used in manufacturing to ensure that a display ordered from IBM under a separate machine type/model, is associated with the system order, and is shipped concurrently.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: Ordered machine type-model display.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 42 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: Available only when ordered with 19 inch feature code rack on an MES order. Max. is 36 with rack feature 0551.
(#0376) - Reserve Rack Space for UPS

Used in manufacturing to reserve 1 EIA of rack space in the bottom of the rack for later client installation of a UPS.

  • Attributes provided: 1 EIA rack space reserved.
  • Attributes required: Ordered rack feature.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 42 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: Available only when ordered with 19 inch feature code rack on an MES order. Max. is 36 with rack feature 0551.
(#0377) - Reserve Rack Space for HMC

Used in manufacturing to reserve 1 EIA of rack space in the middle of the rack for later client installation of a rack-mounted HMC.

  • Attributes provided: 1 EIA rack space reserved.
  • Attributes required: Ordered rack feature.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 42 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: Available only when ordered with 19 inch feature code rack on an MES order. Max. is 36 with rack feature 0551.
(#0378) - Reserve Rack Space for Display

Used in manufacturing to reserve 1 EIA of rack space in the middle of the rack for later client installation of an HMC rack-mounted display such as the 7316.

  • Attributes provided: 1 EIA rack space reserved.
  • Attributes required: Ordered rack feature.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 42 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0551) - 19 inch, 1.8 metre high rack

Provides a 19 inch, 1.8 metre high rack with 36 EIA units of total space for installing rack mounted CECs and/or expansion units. Every feature #0551 rack is equipped with a standard rear door and (2x) side covers. #0551 racks, however, do not come equipped with a front door or trim kit. One of the following front door or trim kit features is therefore required with every #0551:

  • #6068 - Optional Front Door for 1.8m Rack
  • #6263 - 1.8m Rack Trim Kit
  • #6248 - 1.8m Rack Acoustic Doors

The following features are also orderable on the #0551:

  • #0599 - Rack Filler Panel Kit
  • #6580 - Optional Rack Security Kit
  • #6586 - Modem Tray

The #0551 can support up to eight PDUs, four mounted vertically and four mounted horizontally. Each PDU mounted horizontally takes up 1 EIA of rack space. The following PDUs are supported:

  • #7188 - Power Distribution Unit (12, C-13 sockets)
  • #7109 - Power Distribution Unit (12, C-13 sockets)
  • #7196 - Power Distribution Unit (6, C-19 sockets)
  • #EPTJ - Power Distribution Unit (9, C-19 sockets)
  • #EPTL - Power Distribution Unit (9, C-19 sockets)
  • #EPTN-Power Distribution Unit (12, C-13 sockets)
  • #EPTQ-Power Distribution Unit (12, C-13 sockets)
  • #EPAA - HVDC Power Distribution Unit (6, Rong Feng sockets)
  • Attributes provided: 19 inch, 1.8M, 36 EIA Rack with standard rear door and (2x) standard side covers.
  • Attributes required: #6068 or #6248 or #6263.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0553) - 19 inch, 2.0 metre high rack

Provides a 19-inch, 2.0 metre high rack with 42 EIA units of total space for installing rack mounted CECs and/or expansion units. Every 0553 rack is equipped with a standard rear door and (2x) side covers. #0553 racks, however, do not come equipped with a front door or trim kit. One of the following front door or trim kit features is therefore required with every #0553:

  • #6069 - Optional Front Door for 2.0m Rack
  • #6247 - 2.0m Rack Trim Kit (w/d 5/28/2010)
  • #6272 - 2.0m Rack Trim Kit
  • #6249 - 2.0m Rack Acoustic Doors
  • #EC08 - Slim Front Acoustic Door

The following optional features on the #0553 rack:

  • #EC07-Slim Rear Acoustic Door
  • #6238_ High-End Appearance Side Covers (Note: #6238 is limited to high-end servers).
  • # ERG0 - Rear rack extension
  • #6580 - Rack Security Kit
  • #0599 - Rack Filler Panel Kit
  • #6586 - Modem Tray

The #0553 can support up to nine power distribution units (PDU), four mounted vertically and five mounted horizontally. Each PDU mounted horizontally takes up 1 EIA of rack space. The following PDUs are supported:

  • #7188 - Power Distribution Unit (12, C13 sockets)
  • #7109 - Power Distribution Unit (12, C13 sockets)
  • #7196 - Power Distribution Unit (6, C19 sockets)
  • #EPTJ - Power Distribution Unit (9, C19 sockets)
  • #EPTL - Power Distribution Unit (9, C19 sockets)
  • #EPTN-Power Distribution Unit (12, C13 sockets)
  • #EPTQ-Power Distribution Unit (12, C13 sockets)
  • #EPAA - HVDC Power Distribution Unit (6, Rong Feng sockets)

The manufacturing practice and recommended configuration of the rack is:

  • Reserve 2U Rack Space at Bottom of Rack
  • Reserve 1U rack horizontal space - 1 EIA. Supports horizontally mounted PDU if needed.
  • Attributes provided: 19 inch, 2.0M, 42 EIA Rack, standard rear door and standard side covers.
  • Attributes required: #6069 or #6247 or #6272 or #6249 or #EC08.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0599) - Rack Filler Panel Kit

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

Provides rack filler panels for IBM 19-inch racks. The #0599 provides three 1-EIA -unit filler panels and one 3-EIA-unit filler panel. These are snap-on panels.

  • Attributes provided: Snap on rack filler panels
  • Attributes required: 19-inch rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0728) - EXP24S SFF Gen2 Load Source Specify (#5887 or #EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Indicates that Load Source DASD are placed in an EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer.

  • Attributes provided: External load source placement specify
  • Attributes required: DASD Slot 1 open in drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0837) - SAN Load Source Specify

Indicates that a SAN drive is being used as the Load Source for the operating system.

  • Attributes provided: SAN load source placement specify
  • Attributes required: Fiber Channel adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0872) - #1948 Load Source Specify (283GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2

Disk)

This specify code indicates that a #1948 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #1948
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - not supported
    • IBM i supported
    • Linux - not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0875) - #1962 Load Source Specify (571GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021) Disk)

This specify code indicates that a #1962 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #1962
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#0911) - #ESD2 Load Source Specify (1.1TB 10k SFF-2)

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

Indicates that a #ESD2 (1.1 TB 10k rpm SFF-2 disk drive) is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Feature #ESD2
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - not supported
    • IBM i supported
    • Linux - not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1025) - Modem Cable - US/Canada and General Use

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Modem cable, use with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter. Select this cable for use with your modem if there is not another cable feature that is identified as specific to your country.

  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1107) - USB 500 GB Removable Disk Drive

Provides an RDX disk drive in a rugged cartridge to be used in an RDX Internal and External docking station such as the #1103, #1104, #1123, #EU03, #EU04, #EU23 or #EU07. 500 GB is uncompressed. With typical 2X compression, capacity would be 1000 GB. Compression/ decompression is provided by the operating system, not the drive itself. Feature 1107 is not entitled under the IBM Maintenance Agreement, if one is purchased.

  • Attributes provided: 500 GB RDX rugged disk/cartridge
  • Attributes required: None.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: See RDX Docking Station
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1120) - Decline Electronic Service Agent Install Indicator

Electronic Service Agent is a basic component of the Power Systems server and is an important tool in maintaining the high availability expected from your IBM system and the service response time you expect from your IBM service team. You should select this feature only if you do not intend to have the IBM SSR install ESA at the time your system is being installed. Before selecting this feature please discuss this decision with your IBM Account Team or IBM Business Partner.

Electronic Service Agent installation by an IBM SSR is available to you for no additional charge during initial server installation only.

  • Attributes provided: Documents Customers intention to not allow the IBM SSR to install Electronic Service Agent during system installation
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1140) - Custom Service Specify, Rochester Minn, USA

Having #1140 on the order, will cause the order to be routed to Rochester and the machine to be internally routed to the CSC build area in building 114 (Rochester).

  • Attributes provided: Customization
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#1817) - Quantity 150 of #1962

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1962 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1962
  • Attributes required: see feature #1962
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 26 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i supported

    Refer to Software requirements for specific O/S levels supported

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1818) - Quantity 150 of #1964

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1964 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1964
  • Attributes required: see feature #1964
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 26 (Initial order maximum: 26)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1927) - Quantity 150 of #1948

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1948 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1948
  • Attributes required: see feature #1948
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 26 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1929) - Quantity 150 of #1953

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #1953 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

  • Attributes provided: see feature #1953
  • Attributes required: see feature #1953
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 26 (Initial order maximum: 26)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1948) - 283GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)

283 GB SFF 15k RPM SAS disk drive mounted in a Gen-2 carrier and supported in SFF SAS bay such as provided in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 528 sectors as shipped from IBM Manufacturing. CCIN is 19B1.

Limitations: physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers prevent usage in SFF-1 bays such as used in the #5802/5803 I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: 283GB of SFF (2.5-inch) SAS disk storage mounted in Gen-2 carrier.
  • Attributes required: one SFF-2 drive bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4032 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • supported in #5887
(#1953) - 300GB 15k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (AIX/Linux)

300 GB SFF 15k RPM SAS disk drive mounted in a Gen-2 carrier and supported in SFF SAS bay such as used in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer or #ESLS EXP24SX I/O drawer. Disk can be formatted for either 512 bytes or 528 byte sectors and is thus called having 5xx drive sectors. 528 byte sectors provide additional protection. IBM Manufacturing will ship pre-formatted with 528 or with 512 byte sectors. Selection of the formatting is selected by IBM Manufacturing based on manufacturing rules, but the client may change at their location. In the EPX24SX IBM Manufacturing will ship using 528 byte sectors. Capacity is 300GB with 512 byte formatting and is 283GB with 528 byte sector. CCIN is 19B1.

Limitations: physical difference in carriers prevent this drive from being used in SFF-1 bays such as used in the #5802/5803 I/O drawer or in SFF-3 bays such as used in POWER8/POWER9 system units.

  • Attributes provided: 300GB/283GB of SFF (2.5-inch) SAS disk storage mounted in Gen-2 carrier.
  • Attributes required: one SFF-2 drive bay.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4032 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux - supported
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • supported in #5887
(#1962) - 571GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 Disk Drive (IBM i)

571GB SFF 10k rpm SAS drive in gen 1 SFF carrier. Supported in SFF SAS bays such as provided in #5887 EXP24S Gen2 I/O drawer. Disk is formatted for 528 byte sectors.

Limitation: Cannot be used in #5802/5803 I/O drawers or in CEC bays due to physical difference in Gen1 and Gen2 carriers.

  • Attributes provided: 571GB of Disk Storage mounted in a Gen2 carrier
  • Attributes required: one SFF SAS disk drive bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4032 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1964) - 600GB 10k RPM SAS SFF-2 HDD for AIX/Linux

600 GB SFF 10k RPM SAS disk drive mounted in a Gen-2 carrier and supported in SFF SAS bay such as used in the #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer or #ESLS EXP24SX I/O drawer. Disk can be formatted for either 512 bytes or 528 byte sectors and is thus called having 5xx drive sectors. 528 byte sectors provide additional protection. IBM Manufacturing will ship pre-formatted with 528 or with 512 byte sectors. Selection of the formatting is selected by IBM Manufacturing based on manufacturing rules, but the client may change at their location. In the EPX24SX IBM Manufacturing will ship using 528 byte sectors. Capacity is 600GB with 512 byte formatting and is 571GB with 528 byte sector.

Features #1962 and #1964 are physically identical drives with the same 19B3 CCIN. Different feature codes help the IBM configuration tools understand how the HDD is used. #1964 indicates usage by AIX, Linux or VIOS. #1962 indicates usage by IBM i.

Limitation: physical difference in carriers prevent this drive from being used in SFF-1 bays such as used in the #5802/5803 I/O drawer or in SFF-3 bays such as used in POWER8/POWER9 system units.

  • Attributes provided: 600GB/571GB of SFF (2.5-inch) SAS disk storage mounted in Gen-2 carrier.
  • Attributes required: one SFF-2 drive bay.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4032 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux - supported
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2145) - Primary OS - IBM i

Indicates clients intend to use the IBM i operating system on the primary system partition. This feature is used as a Manufacturing Routing indicator and does not deliver parts, software or services.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Indicates clients intend to use the IBM i operating system on the primary system partition.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 99 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Only one of features 2145, 2146 or 2147 may exist on a system Configuration report.
(#2146) - Primary OS - AIX

Indicates clients intend to use the AIX operating system on the primary system partition. This feature is used as a Manufacturing Routing indicator and does not deliver parts, software or services.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Indicates clients intend to use the AIX operating system on the primary system partition.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 99 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux - not supported
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Only one of features 2145, 2146 or 2147 may exist on a system Configuration report.
(#2147) - Primary OS - Linux

Indicates clients intend to use the Linux operating system on the primary system partition. This feature is used as a Manufacturing Routing indicator and does not deliver parts, software or services.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Indicates clients intend to use the Linux operating system on the primary system partition.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 99 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Only one of features 2145, 2146 or 2147 may exist on a system Configuration report.
(#2456) - 2M LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

The 50 micron fibre cable is used to convert from LC type to SC type connectors. The 2 metre cable has a male LC type connector on one end and a female SC type connector on the other.

  • Attributes provided: Cable with (1X) LC type plug and (1X) SC type receptacle
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2459) - 2M LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

The 62.5 micron fibre cable is used to convert from LC type to SC type connectors. The 2 metre cable has a male LC type connector on one end and a female SC type connector on the other.

  • Attributes provided: Cable with (1X) LC type plug and (1X) SC type receptacle
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2893) - PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem

The #2893 is a 2-line/port WAN w/modem PCIe adapter. This feature is the non-CIM (Complex Impedance Matching) version offered in all countries except Australia and New Zealand.

Port 0 is the modem port and supports V.92 56K Async PPP, V.92 data modem, V.44 data compression, V.34 FAX modem and FAX functions, such as ECM and 2D/1D conversion.

Port 0 does not provide Sync modem capabilities (SDLC and Sync PPP). Port 1 is the RVX port and supports multiple communications protocols, including synchronous operations.

Select one of the following cables to attach to port 0(modem port):

  • #1010 Modem Cable - Austria
  • #1011 Modem Cable - Belgium
  • #1012 Modem Cable - Africa
  • #1013 Modem Cable - Israel (supported only, not orderable)
  • #1014 Modem Cable - Italy
  • #1015 Modem Cable - France
  • #1016 Modem Cable - Germany
  • #1017 Modem Cable - UK
  • #1018 Modem Cable - Iceland/Sweden
  • #1020 Modem Cable - HK/NZ
  • #1021 Modem Cable - Fin/Nor
  • #1022 Modem Cable - Netherlands
  • #1023 Modem Cable - Swiss
  • #1024 Modem Cable - Denmark
  • #1025 Modem Cable - US/Canada

Select one of the following cables to attach to port 1(RVX port):

  • #0348 - V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable
  • #0353 - V.35 20-Ft PCI Cable
  • #0359 - X.21 20-Ft PCI Cable
  • #0367 - Operations Console PCI Cable (ships with a 25 pin to 9 pin adapter) Multiple #0367 cables can be ordered but only one per #2893) to serve as consoles for secondary partitions when Logical Partitioning is utilized. ECS is supported from both the modem port, and the RVX port.

The following cable is required to support ECS from the RVX port:

  • #0348 - V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable

The #2893 does not support the remote ring indicate function.

  • Attributes provided: One PCIe slot
  • Attributes required: Modem
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2934) - 3M Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

The Asynchronous Printer/Terminal Cable is used for attaching printers, plotters, and terminals that support the EIA-232 standard to any asynchronous adapter. This cable is the equivalent of the combination of FC 2936 (modem cable) and FC 2937 (printer/terminal interposer) and replaces this method of printer/terminal attachment.

This cable is 3m (9.8 feet) long, uses DB25 connectors and is supported on all RS/6000 systems using any asynchronous ports.

  • Attributes provided: EIA232 device attachment capability
  • Attributes required: Any Asynchronous port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2936) - Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24 3M

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

Used to attach a modem to the standard I/O ports with the 10-pin to 25-pin converter cable (#3925), 8-port Cable Assembly, 16-Port Cable Assembly. The cable is 3 meters (9.8 feet) in length.

  • Attributes provided: Modem attachment to async or serial port
  • Attributes required: Async or serial port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3124) - Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer- 3.7M

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

This 3.7 metre cable is available to provide a null-modem connection between the serial ports of two system drawers that are mounted within the same rack. The cable provides a DB25 female connector at each end.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3125) - Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack- 8M

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

This 8 metre cable is available to provide a null-modem connection between the serial ports of two system drawers that are mounted in separate racks. The cable provides a DB25 female connector at each end.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3287) - 1m, (3.3-ft) IB 40G Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

This 1 metre (3.3 foot) copper cable provides a high bandwidth connection up to 40 Gb/s (Quad Data Rate). Both ends of the cable have a QFSP connector. The cable connectors can be described as QSFP+/QSFP+ as well as QSFP/QSFP. Usage examples include a) connecting a PCIe2 InfiniBand QDR Adapter to a QDR IB switch or b) connecting two IBM Rack Switches together using QSFP+ ports.

  • Attributes provided: 1 metre Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Copper Cable, QSFP/QSFP
  • Attributes required: QDR InfiniBand QSFP port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3288) - 3m, (9.8-ft.) IB 40G Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

This 3 metre (9.8 foot) copper cable provides a high bandwidth connection up to 40 Gb/s (Quad Data Rate). Both ends of the cable have a QFSP connector. The cable connectors can be described as QSFP+/QSFP+ as well as QSFP/QSFP. Usage examples include a) connecting a PCIe2 InfiniBand QDR Adapter to a QDR IB switch or b) connecting two IBM Rack Switches together using QSFP+ ports.

  • Attributes provided: 3 metre Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Copper Cable, QSFP/QSFP
  • Attributes required: QDR InfiniBand QSFP port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3289) - 5m QDR IB/E'Net Copper Cable QSFP/QSFP

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This 5 metre Quad Data Rate (40Gb/s) InfinBand copper cable is used to connect the QDR Host Channel Adapter to QDR InfiniBand Switches.

  • Attributes provided: 5 metre Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Copper Cable, QSFP/QSFP
  • Attributes required: QDR InfiniBand port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3290) - 10 metre Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/QSFP

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This 10 metre Quad Data Rate (40Gb/s) InfinBand optical cable is used to connect the QDR Host Channel Adapter to QDR InfiniBand Switches. It can also be used for QDR InfiniBand switch-to-switch applications.

  • Attributes provided: 10 metre Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/QSFP
  • Attributes required: InfiniBand switch #3699, or follow-on
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3293) - 30 metre Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/QSFP

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This 30 metre Quad Data Rate (40Gb/s) InfinBand optical cable is used to connect the QDR Host Channel Adapter to QDR InfiniBand Switches. It can also be used for QDR InfiniBand switch-to-switch applications.

  • Attributes provided: 30 metre Quad Data Rate InfiniBand Optical Cable, QSFP/QSFP
  • Attributes required: InfiniBand switch #3699, or follow-on
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3632) - Widescreen LCD Monitor

The Widescreen LCD Monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Black colour
  • Minimum 533mm (21 inch) diagonal LCD digital screen
  • Maximum native resolution of 1680 x 1050 (widescreen format 1.6:1)
  • Can display traditional resolutions (1024x768 and 1280x1024) without stretching
  • Tilt, swivel, and height stand adjustments
  • Industry standard analog input (15-pin D) and a DVI to VGA converter
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Not supported in Mainland China.
(#3684) - SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/single path 3M

This adapter-to-enclosure (AE) SAS cable most commonly connects a SAS controller to a media expansion drawer.

For AIX and Linux, this cable can also be used to connect two SAS adapters to a SAS disk drawer in a specific dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration using two #5912 controllers. Single controller/single path connections are supported with this cable only for this specific JBOD configuration, and, as such, two #5912 SAS controllers and two (AE style) cables are required for a supported configuration. The two SAS adapters must be in different host systems/partitions.

This cable has one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end wired in 4x mode and one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the drawer end, wired in 4x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is three meters long. Select the SAS (AE) cable length that best matches the distance between the host system and the remote SAS drawer being attached.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between a SAS controller and a media expansion drawer or for AIX and Linux connection between #5912 SAS controller and a SAS disk drawer in a dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration only
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3685) - SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/single path 6M

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This adapter-to-enclosure (AE) SAS cable most commonly connects a SAS controller to a media expansion drawer.

For the AIX and Linux operating systems, this cable can also be used to connect two SAS adapters to a SAS disk drawer in a specific dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration using two #5912 controllers. Single controller/single path connections are supported with this cable only for this specific JBOD configuration, and, as such, two #5912 SAS controllers and two (AE style) cables are required for a supported configuration. The two SAS adapters must be in different host systems/partitions.

This cable has one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end wired in 4x mode and one mini SAS 4X plug connector on the drawer end, wired in 4x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is three meters long. Select the SAS (AE) cable length that best matches the distance between the host system and the remote SAS drawer being attached.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between a SAS controller and a media expansion drawer or for AIX and Linux connection between #5912 SAS controller and a SAS disk drawer in a dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration only
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3925) - 0.3M Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

This cable converts the 9-pin serial port on the system to a 25-pin serial port which allows the user to attach 25-pin serial devices to the system.

  • Attributes provided: 9-Pin to 25-Pin connectivity
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3927) - Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

This 3.7 metre 9 pin to 9 pin Null modem Serial cable allows two EIA-232 communications ports to exchange data with one another without going through a modem.

  • Attributes provided: 9 pin female connector at each end of the cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3928) - Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

This 10 metre 9 pin to 9 pin Null Modem Serial cable allows two EIA-232 communications ports to exchange data with one another without going through a modem.

  • Attributes provided: 9 pin female connector at each end of the cable
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3930) - System Serial Port Converter Cable

This cable is used to connect the System port/UPS Conversion Cable (#1827) to the CEC serial port. Also used to connect an ASCII terminal or modem to the serial port which is physically an RJ45 connection on the Power 710/720/730/740 and Power S824/S822/S814/ S822L/S812L systems unit .

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of #1827 to CEC serial port; attachment of ASCII terminal or modem to the serial port.
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#4242) - 1.8 M (6-ft) Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin

D-shell to 15-pin D-shell)

This cable is required to connect displays with a 15-pin "D" shell connector to the appropriate accelerator connector when it is farther away than the attached monitor cable can reach. Rack mounted systems are likely candidates for this extender cable.

  • Attributes provided: 6-foot extension cable
  • Attributes required: Supported monitor and adapter with a 15-pin "D" shell connector.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#4256) - Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 1.8M

This feature provides a 1.8M extension cable for use with USB keyboards.

  • Attributes provided: 1.8M Extension Cable
  • Attributes required: USB Keyboard
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#4276) - VGA to DVI Connection Converter

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2021)

This feature is a plug converter that will allow a Video device with a 15 pin D-shell VGA cable plug (such as a KVM switch) to connect to a graphics adapter with a 28 pin D-shell DVI receptacle connector. This device has both a 28 pin D-Shell DVI plug and a 15 pin D-shell VGA receptacle.

  • Attributes provided: VGA to DVI connection converter
  • Attributes required: VGA device and graphics adapter with DVI connector.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

One and only one rack indicator feature is required onall orders (#4650 to #4666).

(#4650) - Rack Indicator- Not Factory Integrated

This indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device in this initial order should not be merged into a rack within IBM Manufacturing. If a device with 4650 is ordered with a rack, the device will not be factory integrated in the ordered rack and will ship uninstalled in the rack.
Note: This "no additional charge" feature will be placed on an initial order for a rack mountable device by the Configuration Tool when the order does not ship from IBM Manufacturing in a Rack.

A rack integration indicator is required on all 19" Rack mountable device initial orders. One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

  • Attributes provided: System will not be shipped in a rack.
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4651) - Rack Indicator, Rack #1

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the first rack for a multi rack order, or the only rack for a single rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #1.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack Integration/ Rack Specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4652) - Rack Indicator, Rack #2

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the second rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #2 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack Integration/Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4653) - Rack Indicator, Rack #3

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the third rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #3 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4654) - Rack Indicator, Rack #4

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fourth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #4 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4655) - Rack Indicator, Rack #5

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fifth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #5 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4656) - Rack Indicator, Rack #6

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the sixth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #6 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4657) - Rack Indicator, Rack #7

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the seventh rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #7 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4658) - Rack Indicator, Rack #8

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the eighth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #8 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4659) - Rack Indicator, Rack #9

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the ninth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #9 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4660) - Rack Indicator, Rack #10

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the tenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #10 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4661) - Rack Indicator, Rack #11

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the eleventh rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #11 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4662) - Rack Indicator, Rack #12

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the twelfth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #12 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4663) - Rack Indicator, Rack #13

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the thirteenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #13 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4664) - Rack Indicator, Rack #14

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fourteenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #14 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4665) - Rack Indicator, Rack #15

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fifteenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #15 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4666) - Rack Indicator, Rack #16

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the sixteenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #16 of a multi rack order.
Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed. For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4891) - CBU SPECIFY

This specify code indicates this system has been properly registered as a Capacity BackUp system and has, through that registration been authorized to temporarily receive IBM i Operating System License Entitlements and 5250 Processor Enablement entitlements, from a primary system under the conditions specified at the time the system was registered. This feature is an indicator only, authorization to use this system as a backup is obtained only by registering the system with IBM on the CBU website at: www.ibm.com/systems/power/ hardware/cbu

  • Attributes provided: Indicates the system has been registered for use as a CBU system for IBM i License entitlement purposes.
  • Attributes required: # 2145 Primary OS - IBM i
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5000) - Software Preload Required

Indicates that preloaded software and/or consolidated I/O is shipped with the initial order. A maximum of one (#5000) is supported. This feature has country-specific usage.
Note: Not supported in Brazil.

  • Attributes provided: Software Pre-load
  • Attributes required: N/A
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux not supported
    • AIX supported
    • IBM i supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5228) - PowerVM Enterprise Edition

This feature allows the customer to create partitions that are in units of less than 1 CPU (sub-CPU LPARs) and allows the same system I/O to be virtually allocated to these partitions. When PowerVM is installed in the system, all activated processors must have the PowerVM feature. A fully activated 4-core system requires that four of this feature be ordered. An encrypted key is supplied to the customer and is installed on the system, authorizing the partitioning at the sub-processor level. PowerVM Enterprise Edition also includes Live Partition Mobility, which allows for the movement of a logical partition from one Power6, Power7, Power7+ or Power8 server to another Power6, Power7, Power7+, Power8, or POWER9 with no application downtime. Note: If feature 5228 is ordered, the quantity ordered must be equal to the number of active processors.

  • Attributes provided: Capability to partition processor
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 192)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5269) - PCIe LP POWER GXT145 Graphics Accelerator

This feature is the Low Profile (LP) equivalent of feature number 5748. The POWER GXT145 is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator. It can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit colour modes. This adapter supports both analog and digital monitors. The adapter requires a PCI Express slot. If attaching a device that requires a 15 pin D-Shell receptacle for a VGA connection (eg. when the graphic adapter output is routed directly to a 7316-TF3 display or indirectly through a KVM switch), order a VGA to DVI Connection Converter, feature number 4276 to accommodate the attaching device. A short converter cable is included which adapts the 2nd 28-pin port on the adapter to 15-pin D-Shell receptacle.

  • Hardware Description
    • 128-bit graphics processor
    • 8-bit indexed, 8-bit true colour, or 24-bit true colour
    • 32 MB SDRAM
    • x1 PCI Express interface
    • 2 DVI-I (analog/digital video) connectors
    • 1 converter cable
  • Features Supported
    • Up to approximately 16.7 million colors
    • Rectangular clipping
    • 1 monitor connected analog at up to 2048 x 1536 resolution
    • 1 monitor connected digital at up to 1280 x 1024 resolution
    • 2nd monitor supported on secondary connecter at up to 1600 x 1200 analog or 1280 x 1024 digital
    • 2nd monitor support in AIX is only in clone mode with an analog connection
  • APIs Supported
    • X-Windows and Motif
  • Software Requirements
    • The total number of graphics adapters in any one partition may not exceed four.
  • Attributes provided: 2D Graphics Adapter
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Linux - not supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Placement of this PCIe adapter is not supported in the PCIe Gen3 I/O Drawer.
(#5260) - PCIe2 LP 4-port 1GbE Adapter

This short PCIe Gen2 adapter provides four 1Gb Ethernet ports that can be configured to run at 1000, 100 or 10 Mbps. 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cables up to 100 meters in length are attached to the copper RJ45 connectors. Each port is independent of one another and supports full-duplex or half-duplex. 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

Feature #5260 and #5899 are electronically identical and have the same CCIN of 576F. #5260 indicates a low profile tail stock while #5899 indicates a full high tail stock.
Note: Features #5260 and #5899 are password protected. Please contact Douglas Gibbs/Toronto as primary contact and Dylan Boday/Tucson as secondary (douglasg@ca.ibm.com or dboday@us.ibm.com) for additional information.

Details for the ports include:

  • AIX NIM support
  • IEEE 802.3ab (1 GbE), 802.1p priority, 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.3x flow control, 802.3ad load-balancing and failover,
  • Link aggregation, IEEE 802.3ad 802.3
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • Ether II and IEEE 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • AIX, IBM i and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the adapter. Linux can also leverage adapter hardware support including initiator and header & data digest (CRC) generation and checking
  • Attributes provided: Four-port 1 Gb Ethernet
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) PCIe slot (Gen1 or Gen2)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: VIOS supported
(#5273) - PCIe LP 8Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter

(No longer available as of December 13, 2019)

This feature is the Low Profile (LP) equivalent of feature number 5735.

The 8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter is a high-performance 8x short form adapter based on the Emulex LPe12002 PCIe Host Bus Adapter (HBA). Each port provides single initiator capability over a fibre link. The ports have LC type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics. The adapter operates at link speeds of 2, 4, and 8 Gbps and will automatically negotiates to the highest speed possible. LEDs on each port provide information on the status and link speed of the port.

The adapter connects to a Fibre Channel switch (AIX, IBM i, Linux,VIOS). If in an IBM i environment, devices can also be directly attached.

N_Port ID Virtualization (NPIV) capability is supported through VIOS.

Cables are the responsibility of the customer. Use multimode fibre optic cables with short-wave lasers that adhere to the following specifications:

  • OM3 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 2000 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM2 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 500 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM1 - multimode 62.5/125 micron fibre, 200 MHz*km bandwidth

Because core sizes are different, OM1 cables can only be connected to other OM1 cables. For best results, OM2 cables should not be connected to OM3 cables. However, if an OM2 cable is connected to an OM3 cable, the characteristics of the OM2 cable apply to the entire length of the cables.

The following table shows the supported distances for the three different cable types at the three different link speeds.

Cable | 2.125 Gbps | 4.25 Gbps | 8.5 Gbps |
------|------------|-----------|----------|
OM3   |.5m - 500m  |.5m - 380m |.5m - 150m|
OM2   |.5m - 300m  |.5m - 150m |.5m - 50m |
OM1   |.5m - 150m  |.5m - 70m  |.5m - 21m |

#5735 feature indicates a full high adapter. #5273 feature indicates a low profile adapter which is electronically identical. CCIN is 577D. Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

See also feature #EN0F or #EN0G for a 2-port 8Gb Fibre Channel adapter based on a QLogic adapter.

See also optional wrap plug feature #ECW0 which is: a) Required to run some diagnostic procedures and b) In some cases may speed system boot when placed in empty ports as well as avoid useless messages pointing to a planned empty port.

  • Attributes provided: Dual port fibre channel
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: VIOS supported
(#5277) - PCIe LP 4-Port Async EIA-232 Adapter

This feature is the Low Profile (LP) equivalent of feature number 5785. One connector on the rear of the adapter provides attachment for a fan-out cable (provided) which provides four EIA-232 ports.

Note #5785 and # 5277 are physically and electrically identical adapters, except for the type of PCIe slot used (full-high or low profile). Note also the 4-port #5277/5785 is functionally nearly identical to the 2-port #5289/5290 except for the number and type of connectors.

  • Attributes provided: 4-Port Asynchroous EIA-232 via 4-Port DB9 DTE Fan-Out Cable 1.2 M (4 ft.), 4 x 9-pin D-Sub (Male DB-9) and 1 x 68-pin D-Sub (HD-68)
  • Attributes required: 1 Low Profile (LP) slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.6 for Power LE (p8compat), or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for SAP with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE version 7.6, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.0 for Power LE, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 4, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 4, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 4 , or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5550) - Sys Console On HMC

With #5550, system console function is driven by the Hardware Management Console (HMC) connected to the system. The HMC is required if the following functions are desired/selected for the system:

  • Attributes provided: System Console on Hardware Management Console(HMC)
  • Attributes required: Hardware Management Console (HMC)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5729) - PCIe2 8Gb 4-port Fibre Channel Adapter

(No longer available as of December 13, 2019)

PCIe Gen2 8 Gigabit quad port Fibre Channel Adapter is a high- performance 8x short form adapter based on the Emulex LPe12004 PCIe Host Bus Adapter (HBA). Each port provides single initiator capability over a fibre link or with NPIV, multiple initiator capability is provided. The ports have LC type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics. The adapter operates at link speeds of 2, 4, and 8 Gbps and will automatically negotiate to the highest speed possible. LEDs on each port provide information on the status and link speed of the port.

The adapter connects to a Fibre Channel switch. Direct device attachment has not been tested and is not supported.

N_Port ID Virtualization (NPIV) capability is supported through VIOS.

Cables are the responsibility of the customer. Use multimode fibre optic cables with short-wave lasers that adhere to the following specifications:

  • OM3 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 2000 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM2 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 500 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM1 - multimode 62.5/125 micron fibre, 200 MHz*km bandwidth

Because core sizes are different, OM1 cables can only be connected to other OM1 cables. For best results, OM2 cables should not be connected to OM3 cables. However, if an OM2 cable is connected to an OM3 cable, the characteristics of the OM2 cable apply to the entire length of the cables.

The following table shows the supported distances for the three different cable types at the three different link speeds.

Cable | 2.125 Gbps | 4.25 Gbps | 8.5 Gbps |
------|------------|-----------|----------|
OM3   |.5m - 500m  |.5m - 380m |.5m - 150m|
OM2   |.5m - 300m  |.5m - 150m |.5m - 50m |
OM1   |.5m - 150m  |.5m - 70m  |.5m - 21m |

#5729 feature indicates a full high adapter. CCIN is 5729.

A Gen2 PCIe slot is required to provide the bandwidth for all four ports to operate at full speed.

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: Four Port Fibre Channel Adapter
  • Attributes required: 1 Empty PCIe Gen2 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 192)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux - supported
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i supported only with VIOS
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: VIOS supported, Refer to Software Requirements for specific VIOS levels supported
(#5735) - 8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter

(No longer available as of December 13, 2019)

The 8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter is a high-performance 8x short form adapter based on the Emulex LPe12002 PCIe Host Bus Adapter (HBA). Each port provides single initiator capability over a fibre link. The ports have LC type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics. The adapter operates at link speeds of 2, 4, and 8 Gbps and will automatically negotiates to the highest speed possible. LEDs on each port provide information on the status and link speed of the port.

The adapter connects to a Fibre Channel switch (AIX, IBM i, Linux,VIOS). If in an IBM i environment, devices can also be directly attached.

N_Port ID Virtualization (NPIV) capability is supported through VIOS.

Cables are the responsibility of the customer. Use multimode fibre optic cables with short-wave lasers that adhere to the following specifications:

  • OM3 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 2000 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM2 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 500 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM1 - multimode 62.5/125 micron fibre, 200 MHz*km bandwidth

Because core sizes are different, OM1 cables can only be connected to other OM1 cables. For best results, OM2 cables should not be connected to OM3 cables. However, if an OM2 cable is connected to an OM3 cable, the characteristics of the OM2 cable apply to the entire length of the cables.

The following table shows the supported distances for the three different cable types at the three different link speeds.

Cable | 2.125 Gbps | 4.25 Gbps | 8.5 Gbps |
------|------------|-----------|----------|
OM3   |.5m - 500m  |.5m - 380m |.5m - 150m|
OM2   |.5m - 300m  |.5m - 150m |.5m - 50m |
OM1   |.5m - 150m  |.5m - 70m  |.5m - 21m |

#5735 feature indicates a full high adapter. #5273 feature indicates a low profile adapter which is electronically identical. CCIN is 577D. Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

See also feature #EN0F or #EN0G for a 2-port 8Gb Fibre Channel adapter based on a QLogic adapter.

See also optional wrap plug feature #ECW0 which is: a) Required to run some diagnostic procedures and b) In some cases may speed system boot when placed in empty ports as well as avoid useless messages pointing to a planned empty port.

  • Attributes provided: Dual Port Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 Empty PCIe slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 192)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • VIOS supported
(#5887) - EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer

The EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer is an expansion drawer with twenty- four 2.5-inch form factor SAS bays. #5887 supports up to 24 hot-swap SFF SAS Hard Disk Drives (HDD). It uses only 2 EIA of space in a 19-inch rack. The EXP24S includes redundant AC power supplies and two power cords. The EXP24S SFF bays use Gen-2 or SFF-2 SAS bays that are not compatible with CEC SFF Gen-1 SAS bays or with #5802/ 5803 SFF SAS bays.

With AIX/Linux/VIOS, the EXP24S can be ordered with four sets of 6 bays, two sets of 12 bays or one set of 24 bays (mode 4, 2 or 1). With IBM i the EXP24S can be ordered as one set of 24 bays (mode 1).

The EXP24S SAS ports are attached to SAS controller(s) which can be a SAS PCI-X or PCIe adapter or pair of adapters. The EXP24S can also be attached to an imbedded SAS controller in a server with an imbedded SAS port. Attachment between the SAS controller and the EXP24S SAS ports is via the appropriate SAS Y or X cables.

Limitations: The mode is set at the IBM factory. The capability to change modes after manufacture is not offered.

  • Attributes provided: 24 SFF SAS bays, slot filler panels are provided for empty bays when initially shipped from IBM. #5887 rails have some adjustability for depth - 25.25 to 29.875 inches.
  • Attributes required:
    • Available SAS controller (PCI or imbedded server controller)
    • Power System server, POWER6 or later
    • Available 2U 19-inch rack space
    • Appropriate SAS cables for configuration mode selected
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5899) - PCIe2 4-port 1GbE Adapter

This short PCIe Gen2 adapter provides four 1Gb Ethernet ports that can be configured to run at 1000, 100 or 10 Mbps. 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cables up to 100 meters in length are attached to the copper RJ45 connectors. Each port is independent of one another and supports full-duplex or half-duplex. 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

Feature #5260 and #5899 are electronically identical and have the same CCIN of 576F. #5260 indicates a low profile tail stock while #5899 indicates a full high tail stock.

Details for the ports include: for 5260 & 5899
Note: Features #5260 and #5899 are password protected. Please contact Douglas Gibbs/Toronto as primary contact and Dylan Boday/Tucson as secondary (douglasg@ca.ibm.com or dboday@us.ibm.com) for additional information.

  • AIX NIM support
  • IEEE 802.3ab (1 GbE), 802.1p priority, 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.3x flow control, 802.3ad load-balancing and failover,
  • Link aggregation, IEEE 802.3ad 802.3
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • Ether II and IEEE 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • AIX, IBM i and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the adapter. Linux can also leverage adapter hardware support including initiator and header & data digest (CRC) generation and checking
  • Attributes provided: Four-port 1 Gb Ethernet
  • Attributes required: 1 Full High Profile PCIe slot (Gen1 or Gen2)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 192)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: VIOS supported.
(#6068) - Opt Front Door for 1.8m Rack

#6068 provides an attractive black full height rack door on the #0551 19 Inch 1.8m Rack. The door is steel, with a perforated flat front surface. The perforation pattern extends from the bottom to the top of the door to enhance ventilation and provide some visibility into the rack.

  • Attributes provided: Front Door
  • Attributes required: #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6069) - Opt Front Door for 2.0m Rack

#6069 provides an attractive black full height rack door on the #0553 19-inch 2.0m Rack. The door is steel, with a perforated flat front surface. The perforation pattern extends from the bottom to the top of the door to enhance ventilation and provide some visibility into the rack.

  • Attributes provided: Front Door
  • Attributes required: #0553 19 inch 2.0 metre Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6238) - HIGH-END APPEARANCE SIDE COVERS

This feature provides side covers designed to be used when the rack will contain a 9179-MHB, 9179-MHC. 9179-MHD, 8412-EAD

  • Attributes provided: Side covers for a 2M rack
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6248) - 1.8m Rack Acoustic Doors

#6248 provides front and rear doors for use with the #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack. This door kit provides additional acoustic dampening for use where a quieter environment is desired. #6248 results in a larger footprint and requires additional space.

  • Attributes provided: Acoustic Door Kit
  • Attributes required: #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6249) - 2.0m Rack Acoustic Doors

#6249 provides front and rear doors for use with the #0553 19 inch 2.0m Rack. This door kit provides additional acoustic dampening for use where a quieter environment is desired. #6249 results in a larger footprint and requires additional space.

  • Attributes provided: Acoustic Door Kit
  • Attributes required: #0553 19 inch 2.0 metre Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6263) - 1.8m Rack Trim Kit

This feature provides a decorative trim kit for the front of feature number 0551 (19 inch 1.8m Rack).

  • Attributes provided: Decorative trim kit
  • Attributes required: #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6272) - 2.0m Rack Trim Kit

This feature provides a decorative trim kit for the front of feature number 0553 (19 inch 2.0m Rack).

  • Attributes provided: Decorative trim kit
  • Attributes required: #0553 19 inch 2.0 metre Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6458) - Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer to IBM PDU (250V/10A)

Standard IBM rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU). Cable has C13 on one end (for C14 power supply connector on system unit or I/O drawer) and C14 on the other end (for IBM PDU C13 receptacle). Note for different length C13/C14 cables see #6671 (2.7M) or #6672 (2.0M).

  • Attributes provided: Power jumper cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6460) - Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack OEM power distribution unit or wall socket outlet. Cable has C13 on one end (for C14 power supply connector on system unit or I/O drawer) and plug type #4 (NEMA 5-15) on the other end.

The following countries/regions use the #6460 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: United States, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonaire, Calicos Islands, Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Mexico, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Kitts/Nevis, St. Martin, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Trinidad/Tobago, Venezuela.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord.
  • Attributes required: None.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6469) - Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/15A) U.S.

This power cord goes from the system or I/O drawer to the wall or rack OEM power distribution unit. Cable has C13 on one end (for C14 power supply connector on system unit or I/O drawer) and plug type #5 (NEMA 6-15) on the other end for wall or OEM PDU.

The following countries/regions use the #6469 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

United States, Anguilla, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonaire, Caicos Is., Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Marten NA, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Thailand, Venezuela.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord.
  • Attributes required: None.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6470) - Power Cord 1.8m (6-ft), Drawer to Wall (125V/15A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #4 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length.

The following countries/regions use the #6470 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

United States, Antigua and Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonaire, Calicos Islands, Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Mexico, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Kitts/Nevis, St. Martin, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Trinidad/Tobago, Venezuela.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6471) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #73 (InMetro NBR 14136). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6471 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Brazil

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6472) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/16A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #18 (CEE 7 VII). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6472 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Armenia, Austria, Belarus, Belgium, Benin, Bosnia/Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, Central African Republic, Chad, Comoros, Congo, Croatia, Czech Republic, Dahomey, Djibouti, Egypt, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Finland, France, French Polynesia, French Guyana, Gabon, Georgia, Germany, Greece, Guadeloupe, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Hungary, Iceland, Indonesia, Iran, Ivory Coast, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macau, Macedonia, Mali, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mayotte, Moldova, Monaco, Mongolia, Morocco, Mozambique, Netherlands, New Caledonia, Niger, North Korea (C19 only), Norway, Poland, Portugal, Principe, Reunion, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, St. Thomas, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, Slovenia, Somalia, South Korea (C19 only), Spain, Surinam, Sweden, Syria, Tahiti, Tajikistan, Togo, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Upper Volta, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Vietnam, Wallis & Futuna, Zaire, Zimbabwe.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6473) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (250V/10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #19 (CEE). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6473 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Denmark

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6474) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/13A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #23 (BS 1364A). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6474 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Abu Dhabi, Bahrain, Botswana, Brunei, Channel Islands, Cyprus, Dominica, Gambia, Grenada, Grenadines, Guyana, Hong Kong, Iraq, Ireland, Jordan, Kenya, Kuwait, Liberia, Malawi, Malaysia, Malta, Myanmar, Nigeria, Oman, Qatar, Sierra Leone, Singapore, St. Kitts, St. Lucia, Seychelles, Sudan, Tanzania, Trinidad & Tobago, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom, Yemen, Zambia

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6475) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/16A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #32 (SII 32-1971). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6475 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Israel

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6476) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #24 (SEV 24507). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6476 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Lichtenstein, Switzerland

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6477) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/16A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #22 (SABS 164). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6477 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Bangladesh, LeSotho, Maceo, Maldives, Nambia, Pakistan, Samoa, South Africa, Sri Lanka, Swaziland, Uganda.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6478) - Power Cord 2.7 M(9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #25 (CEI 23-16). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6478 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Chile Italy Libya

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6488) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (125V/15A or 250V/10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. 125V, 15A or 250V, 10A, Plug Type #2. Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6488 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Argentina, Paraguay, Uruguay.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6489) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/32A 380-415V Power Cord

#6489 is a 14-FT/4.3m 3PH/32A power cable with a Type 46 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6491) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/63A 200-240V Power Cord

#6491 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/63A power cord with a Type 46 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6492) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/60A (48A derated) 200-240V Power Cord

Feature #6492 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/48-60A power cord with a Type 46 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cord PDU to wall
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6493) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #62 (GB 1053). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6493 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

People's Republic of China.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6494) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #69 (IS 6538). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6494 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

India

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6496) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #66 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6496 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: North Korea South Korea

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6577) - Power Cable - Drawer to IBM PDU, 200-240V/10A

This feature permits manufacturing to select the optimum PDU power jumper cord length (1.0M, 2.0M, 2.7M, or 4.3M) for rack integration. This feature is mandatory on initial order specifying factory integration with IBM racks (such as with 7014-T00 or T42 racks). Feature is not valid on initial order with non-factory integrated feature 4650. Power jumper cord has C13 on one end (for C14 power supply connector on system unit or I/O drawer) and C14 on the other end (for C13 PDU receptacle).
Note: This feature is not used for MES orders except for bulk orders by SDI clients only. See C13/C14 jumper cord features #6458 (4.3M), #6671 (2.7M), #6672 (2.0M) when not using factory integration.

  • Attributes provided: One power jumper cord.
  • Attributes required: At least one rack and the absence of #4650.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 390 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: 1 or 2 per I/O drawer or CEC. MES orderable for SDI's only. The MES order will ship the 14 foot cable equivalent to feature number 6458.
(#6580) - Optional Rack Security Kit

This feature provides hardware that can be added to a rack to prevent unauthorized access. It includes keyed front and rear locks for the #0551 and #0553 rack doors. It also includes two sliding bars that mount inside the left and right rack side panels. The sliding bars are accessible when the rack rear door is open. They can be moved to a position that disables the external latches on the rack side panels, and prevents removal of the side panels.

  • Attributes provided: Locking hardware for rack doors and sidepanels
  • Attributes required: #0551 or #0553 19-Inch Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6651) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #75 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6651 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Taiwan

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6653) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/16A 380-415V Power Cord

#6653 is a 14-FT/4.3m 3PH/16A power cord with a Type 46 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6654) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/30A (24A derated) Power Cord

Feature #6654 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/24A-30A locking power cord with a Type 12 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6655) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/30A (24A derated) WR Power Cord

Feature #6655 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/24A-30A water-resistant power cord with a Type 40 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6656) - 4.3m (14-Ft)1PH/32A Power Cord

#6656 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/32A power cord with a Type 46 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

  • Attributes provided: PDU power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6657) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/32A Power Cord-Australia

This power cord provides power to a #5889, #7188 #9188, #7109, #EPTG, #EPTM, #EPTJ, #ECJM, #ECJG, #ECJJ, #ECJN, or #EPTN power distribution unit. It connects to a wall power outlet with a PDL plug.

  • Attributes provided: Power connection for a PDU
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6658) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/30A (24A derated) Power Cord-Korea

This power cord provides power to a #5889, #7188, #9188, #7109, #EPTG, #EPTM, #EPTJ, #ECJM, #ECJG, #ECJJ, #ECJN, or #EPTN power distribution unit. It connects to a wall power outlet with a Korean plug.

  • Attributes provided: Power connection for a PDU
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6659) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #76 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6659 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Taiwan

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6660) - Power Cord 4.3m (14-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU (125V/15A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #59 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 14-foot length.

This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6665) - Power Cord 2.8m (9.2-ft), Drawer to IBM PDU, (250V/10A)

Standard IBM rack power jumper cord that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU). Cable has C13 on one end (for C14 power supply connector on system unit or I/O drawer) and C20 on the other end (for IBM PDU C19 receptacle).
Note: For power jumper cord which attach to PDUs with C13 receptacles, use features such as #6577, #6458, #6671, or #6672.

  • Attributes provided: Power jumper cord.
  • Attributes required: None.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6667) - 4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/32A 380-415V Power Cord-Australia

#6667 is a 14-FT/4.3m 380-45V/32A power cord with a Type PDL plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

  • Attributes provided: PDU power cable
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6669) - Power Cord 4.3M (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit. Plug type #57 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 14-foot length. This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6671) - Power Cord 2.7M (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A

Standard IBM rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU). Cable has C13 on one end (for C14 power supply connector on system unit or I/O drawer) and C14 on the other end (for IBM PDU C13 receptacle). Note for different length C13/C14 cables see #6458 (4.3M) or #6672 (2.0M).

  • Attributes provided: Power jumper cord.
  • Attributes required: None.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6672) - Power Cord 2M (6.5-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A

Standard rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU). Cable has C13 on one end (for C14 power supply connector on system unit or I/O drawer) and C14 on the other end (for IBM PDU C13 receptacle). Note for different length C13/C14 cables see #6458 (4.3M) or #6671 (2.7M).

  • Attributes provided: Power jumper cord.
  • Attributes required: None.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6680) - Power Cord 2.7m (9-ft), Drawer to Wall/OEM PDU, (250V/10A)

This insulated power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #6 (AS 3112-1964 NZS 198). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types.

The following countries/regions use the #6680 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Australia, Fiji Islands, Kiribati, Nauru, New Zealand, Papua New Guinea, W. Samoa.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7109) - Intelligent PDU+, 1 EIA Unit, Universal UTG0247 Connector

(No longer available as of April 24, 2020)

This feature is for an intelligent AC power distribution unit (PDU+) that will allow the user to monitor the amount of power being used by the devices that are plugged in to this PDU+. This AC power distribution unit provides twelve C13 power outlets. It receives power through a UTG0247 connector. It can be used for many different countries and applications by varying the PDU to Wall Power Cord, which must be ordered separately. Each PDU requires one PDU to Wall Power Cord. Supported power cords include the following features: #6489, #6491, #6492, #6653, #6654, #6655, #6656, #6657, and #6658.

Limitation: Some configurations of the Elastic Storage Server (ESS) are delivered with a Intelligent PDU. At this time, the intelligent management capabilities of this PDU are not configured or used by the ESS system. If the ESS Customer would like to use this capability, it is the Customers responsibility to configure this PDU. In any case the ethernet port on the Intelligent PDU must not be connected to the ESS Management switch.

  • Attributes provided: Twelve C13 outlets with Power Monitoring Capability
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: When purchased on an MES order with a feature code rack. This PDU will be mounted in the rear side pockets until all 4 side pockets on the rack have been filled. Any additional PDUs on the order will be mounted in 1 unit of EIA rack space.

    When purchased as an MES order for addition to a rack in the field. This PDU may not fit in the side pockets of your rack due to a hardware interference with the rack, and may require mounting in 1 unit of rack EIA space. Insure rack space is available before placing the MES order for this PDU when it is being ordered for field installation.

(#7118) - Environmental Monitoring Probe

The Environmental Monitoring Probe (EMP) enables you to remotely monitor environmental conditions. Using a standard Web browser, you can view the ambient temperature and humidity of the remote environment, as well as the status of two additional contact devices, such as a smoke detector or open-door sensor. The temperature/humidity probe plugs into a RJ45 connector an a PDU+. The EMP can be used with any Powerware UPS equipped with a 10/100 MB ConnectUPS Web/SNMP Card (firmware 3.01 or higher). The EMP can be located up to 20m (65.6 feet) away.

  • Attributes provided: Monitoring of temperature, humidity, and status of two contacts/ sensors. A one metre cat5 Ethernet cable, double sided hook and loop fabric, often called VELCRO(R) tape, two tie-wraps, and screw with wall anchor for mounting.
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Maximum support is 8x 7118 per 0553 rack and 8x 7118 per 0551 rack. Maximum of one 7118 per 7109 is supported.
(#7188) - Power Distribution Unit

An AC Power Distribution Unit (PDU) which mounts in a 19" rack and provides twelve C13 power outlets. The #7188 has six 16A circuit breakers, with two power outlets per circuit breaker. System units and/or expansion units must use a power cord with a C14 plug to connect to the #7188.

One of the following line cords must be used to distribute power from a wall outlet to the #7188;

  • #6489 - 14-Ft 3PH/32A Power Cord
  • #6491 - 14-Ft 1PH/63A Power Cord
  • #6492 - 14-Ft 1PH/48-60A Power Cord
  • #6653 - 14-Ft 3PH/16A Power Cord
  • #6654 - 14-Ft 1PH/24-30A Power Cord
  • #6655 - 14-Ft 1PH/24-30A WR Power Cord
  • #6656 - 14-Ft 1PH/32A Power Cord
  • #6657 - 14-Ft 1PH/24A Power Cord
  • #6658 - 14-Ft 1PH/24A Power Cord-Korea
  • Attributes provided: Power Distribution Unit with Twelve C13 power outlets.
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7196) - Power Distribution Unit (US) - 1 EIA Unit, Universal, Fixed Power Cord

(No longer available as of April 24, 2020)

This AC power distribution unit provides six C19 power outlets. Fixed power cord (IEC309 60A plug (3P+G). This PDU requires 3-phase electrical service.

Limitation: Some configurations of the Elastic Storage Server (ESS) are delivered with a Intelligent PDU. At this time, the intelligent management capabilities of this PDU are not configured or used by the ESS system. If the ESS Customer would like to use this capability, it is the Customers responsibility to configure this PDU. In any case the ethernet port on the Intelligent PDU must not be connected to the ESS Management switch.

  • Attributes provided: Six C19 power outlets
  • Attributes required: 3 phase electrical service
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7802) - Ethernet Cable, 15m, Hardware Management Console to System Unit

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

This feature provides a fifteen metre long Ethernet cable for attachment of a Hardware Management Console to the system unit.

  • Attributes provided: 15M Ethernet Cable
  • Attributes required: Ethernet port on Hardware Management Console
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8453) - Base Customer Spec Plcmnt
  1. Requests that IBM deliver the system to the customer according to the slot in drawer hardware placement defined by the account team.
  2. Eliminates the need to have these parts relocated in the customers environment as may happen if the order is placed without this feature code.
  3. Client placement specifications are collected using the System Planning Tool (SPT) and processed through the marketing configurator. (Use of the SPT is not required).
  4. Requires account team to submit the output of the marketing configurator into IBM manufacturing via the CSP website http://www.ibm.com/eserver/power/csp (US Business Partners and Distributors can bypass this step.)
  5. Requires account team to assure that the marketing configurator output submitted reflects the actual order placed.
  • Attributes provided: I/O component placement
  • Attributes required: Marketing Configurator output submitted to the CSP Web site (US Business Partners and Distributors can bypass this step.)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: NA
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#8845) - USB Mouse

The optical LED USB Mouse has 2 buttons and a scroll wheel that acts as a third button. Mouse cable is 1.8 meters long. OS does not support scrolling with the wheel. Business black with red scroll wheel.

  • Attributes provided: 2-Button USB Mouse w/scroll wheel that acts as 3rd button.
  • Attributes required: USB attachment Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - not supported
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Linux - supported
    • Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for Linux.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#9169) - Order Routing Indicator- System Plant

This feature will be auto-selected by the Configurator Tool when required. Use of this feature will affect the routing of the order. Selection of this indicator will direct the order to a system plant for fulfillment.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9300) - Language Group Specify - US English

English language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9440) - New AIX License Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run AIX.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 192)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9441) - New IBM i License Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run IBM i.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 192)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9442) - New Red Hat License Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run Red Hat Linux.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 192)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9443) - New SUSE License Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run SUSE Linux.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 192)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9444) - Other AIX License Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of existing AIX licenses transferred from another server.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 192)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9445) - Other Linux License Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of existing Linux licenses transferred from another server.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 192)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9446) - 3rd Party Linux License Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run 3rd party Linux.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 192)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9447) - VIOS Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run VIOS (Virtual I/O Server).

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 192)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9449) - Other License Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of other cores licensed.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 192)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9450) - Ubuntu Linux License Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run Ubuntu Linux.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 192)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9461) - Month Indicator

This month indicator is used to create a date stamp to enable CFR splitting and rejoining in order to circumvent the WTAAS maximum limitation of 30 systems entered on any one order. The quantity ordered for this feature is generated by eConfig.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9462) - Day Indicator

This day indicator is used to create a date stamp to enable CFR splitting and rejoining in order to circumvent the WTAAS maximum limitation of 30 systems entered on any one order. The quantity ordered for this feature is generated by eConfig.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 31 (Initial order maximum: 31)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9463) - Hour Indicator

This hour indicator is used to create a time stamp to enable CFR splitting and rejoining in order to circumvent the WTAAS maximum limitation of 30 systems entered on any one order. The quantity ordered for this feature is generated by eConfig.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9464) - Minute Indicator

This hour indicator is used to create a time stamp to enable CFR splitting and rejoining in order to circumvent the WTAAS maximum limitation of 30 systems entered on any one order. The quantity ordered for this feature is generated by eConfig.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 60 (Initial order maximum: 60)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9465) - Qty Indicator

This quantity indicator is used to specify the remaining, or N-1 quantity of CFR entities that need to be accumulated for rejoining. The quantity ordered for this feature is generated by eConfig. and is equal to N-1, where 'N' equals the total quantity of CFRs being rejoined.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9466) - Countable Member Indicator

This administrative indicator used to identify each CFR associated with a date/time stamp that is eligible for splitting and rejoining. The quantity ordered for this feature is generated by eConfig.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9700) - Language Group Specify - Dutch

Dutch language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9703) - Language Group Specify - French

French language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9704) - Language Group Specify - German

German language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: Language specify
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9705) - Language Group Specify - Polish

Polish language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: Language specify
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9706) - Language Group Specify - Norwegian

Norwegian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: Language specify
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9707) - Language Group Specify - Portuguese

Portuguese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9708) - Language Group Specify - Spanish

Spanish language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9711) - Language Group Specify - Italian

Italian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9712) - Language Group Specify - Canadian French

Canadian French language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9714) - Language Group Specify - Japanese

Japanese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9715) - Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)

Traditional Chinese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9716) - Language Group Specify - Korean

Korean language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9718) - Language Group Specify - Turkish

Turkish language group for nomenclature and publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9719) - Language Group Specify - Hungarian

Hungarian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9720) - Language Group Specify - Slovakian

Slovakian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9721) - Language Group Specify - Russian

Russian language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9722) - Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)

Simplified Chinese language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9724) - Language Group Specify - Czech

Czech language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9725) - Language Group Specify - Romanian

Romanian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9726) - Language Group Specify - Croatian

Croatian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: Language specify
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9727) - Language Group Specify - Slovenian

Slovenian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9728) - Language Group Specify - Brazilian Portuguese

Brazilian Portuguese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: Language specify
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9729) - Language Group Specify - Thai

Thai language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: Language specify
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EB27) - QSFP+ 40GbE Base-SR Transceiver

(No longer available as of September 30, 2021)

IBM QSFP+ optical transceiver required for 40 Gbs ports which are not using copper QSFP+ transceiver.

  • Attributes provided: QSFP+ transceiver for 40 Gbs ports.
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 122 (Initial order maximum: 122)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Supports adapters #EC3A and #EC3B
    • Optical cables for the transceiver are: #EB2J and #EB2K
    • Copper cables for the transceiver are: #EB2B, #EB2H and ECBN
(#EB2B) - 1m (3.3-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable (DAC)

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

QSFP+ cable is used for 40Gb-to-40Gb Ethernet connectivity. Clients can use this QSFP+ Direct Attach Cable for Ethernet connectivity. This copper cable has QSFP+ transceivers already attached to each end.

  • Attributes provided: 1m QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable
  • Attributes required: QSFP/QSFP+ ports
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB2H) - 3m (9.8-ft), IBM Passive QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable (DAC)

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

QSFP+ cable is used for 40Gb-to-40Gb Ethernet connectivity. Clients can use this QSFP+ Direct Attach Cable for Ethenet connectivity. This copper cable has QSFP+ transceivers already attached to each end.
Note: Do not use this cable between switches.

  • Attributes provided: 3m QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable
  • Attributes required: QSFP/QSFP+ ports
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB2J) - 10m (30.3-ft) - IBM MTP 12 strand cable for 40/100G transceivers

QSFP+ cable is used for 40Gb-to-40Gb Ethernet connectivity. Clients can use this QSFP+ Direct Attach Cable for Ethernet connectivity.

  • Attributes provided: 10m QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable
  • Attributes required: QSFP/QSFP+ ports with optical transceivers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB2K) - 30m (90.3-ft) - IBM MTP 12 strand cable for 40/100G transceivers

QSFP+ cable is used for 40Gb-to-40Gb Ethernet connectivity. Clients can use this QSFP+ Direct Attach Cable for Ethernet connectivity.

  • Attributes provided: 30m QSFP+ to QSFP+ Cable
  • Attributes required: QSFP/QSFP+ ports with optical transceivers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB2Z) - Lift Tool

A lift tool raises and lowers servers and I/O drawers so they can be placed into or removed from standard 19-inch racks. It allows heavier equipment to be handled more safely by fewer people. #EB27 has a hand crank to lift and position up to 350 pounds or 159 kg. The #EB2Z length and width are 44 inches x 24.5 inches or 1.12 meters x 0.62 meters. It has rollers which allow it to be moved to different racks in the data centre.

  • Attributes provided: Lift Tool
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB35) - Mobile Enablement

Enterprise Pool Enablement

  • Attributes provided: Enterprise Pool Enablement Code
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EB3V) - IBM i 7.1 Activation for E980

This feature is used to enable IBM i 7.1 on the E980 server.

  • Attributes provided: IBM i 7.1 Activation
  • Attributes required: IBM i operating system, VIOS
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • Refer to the Description section for notes regarding IBM i 7.1 software and acquiring software keys
    • FW950, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB3Z) - Lift tool based on GenieLift GL-8 (standard)

This feature delivers the Low-Cost Lift Tool (based on GenieLift GL-8 (standard)) for IBM servers.

Feature #EB3Z is a feature that is available on multiple Power8, Power9 and Power10 as well as the rack models 7965-S42, 7014-T00, and 7014-T42). Failure to have at least one Lift tool available in a location may result in delayed or prolonged maintenance times.

A lift tool raises and lowers servers and I/O drawers so they can be placed into or removed from standard 19-inch racks. It allows heavier equipment to be handled more safely by fewer people. Lift tool feature EB3Z has a hand crank to lift and position up to 181 kg (400 lbs). The lift tool feature EB3Z operating length and width are 88.3 cm x 62.9 cm (34 3/4 x 24 3/4 in). It has rollers which allow it to be moved to different racks in the data centre.

The feature EB3Z is not orderable in the following countries/regions: Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, UAE, Qatar, Bahrain, Oman, Egypt, Jordan, Morocco, Albania, Bulgaria, Croatia, Greece, Slovakia, Slovenia, Montenegro, Serbia, Ukraine, and Taiwan.

  • Attributes provided: Lift Tool
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB46) - 10GbE Optical Transc SFP+ SR

One optical transceiver for 10Gb Ethernet adapter such as #EC2S or #EC2R and also #EC2U or #EC2T using SFP+ SP. Does not include cable.

The 10 Gb optical transceiver is capable up to 300 M through the OM3 cable or 82 M through OM2 cable. Either one or both of the adapter's two SFP+ ports can be populated.

  • Attributes provided: Optical Transceiver SFP+ SR 10Gb
  • Attributes required: SFP+ socket
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB47) - 25GbE Optical Transceiver SFP28

One optical transceiver for 25Gb Ethernet adapter such as #EC2U or #EC2T using SFP28. Does not include cable.

The 25 Gb optical transceiver is capable up to 100 m through the OM4 cable or 70 M through OM3 cable. Either one or both of the adapters two SFP28 ports can be populated.
Note: The SFP28 25GbE transceiver only supports 25GbE speeds.

  • Attributes provided: SFP28 optical transceiver
  • Attributes required: SFP28 socket
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB48) - 1GbE Base-T Transceiver RJ45

One 1GbE Base-T RJ45 transceiver for 25/10Gb Ethernet adapter such as features EC2U or EC2T. Does not include cable. The 1GbE Base-T RJ45 transceiver uses CAT5E STP cable up to 100m.

The transceiver can be plugged into the SFP28 port of EC2U or EC2T in order to provide a 1GbE Base-T RJ45 connection. Either one or both of the adapter's two SFP ports can be populated.

Limitations:

  • SRIOV or RoCE capabilities are not supported on the EC2U or EC2T adapters using this feature EB48.
  • Feature EB48 cannot be used with feature EB46 - 10GbE Optical Transceiver SFP+ SR or feature EB47 - 25GbE Optical Transceiver SFP28.
  • Attributes provided: 1Gb RJ45 transceiver
  • Attributes required: SFP socket
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.3 TR10, or later
    • IBM i 7.4 TR4, or later
    • Note: PTFs are required if customer explicitly specifies 1G line speed (not *auto): 7.3 MF68605 or later; 7.4 MF68606, or later.
    • AIX supported
    • Linux supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB49) - QSFP28 to SFP28 Connector

This feature provides a QSFP28 to SFP28 connector which enables connections between a single lane transceiver/cable and a quad-lane port. The QSA28 provides the option to connect an SFP28 transceiver or cable to a QSFP28 port 100 Gb/s switch or network card.

The adapter has a QSFP28 form factor with a receptacle for an SFP28 transceiver/AOC/DAC connector. The QSA28 interoperates with all major optical modules and direct attached copper cable. Its design assures minimum loss on the conversion path between the QSFP28 cage and the SFP28 receptacle.

The QSFP28 to SFP28 connector is qualified for 10GbE SFP+ and 1GbE SFP transceivers meeting the Small Form Factor Pluggable (SFP) Transceiver Multi-source Agreement (MSA).
Note: This feature is only available through Offering Management approval, contact douglasg@ca.ibm.com or bbarnett@us.ibm.com for authorization.

  • Attributes provided: QSFP28 to SFP28 Adapter
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB4J) - 0.5m SFP28/25GbE copper Cable

Feature EB4J is a passive 0,5 metre copper cable that contains a single high-speed copper pair, operating at data rates of up to 25 Gb/s. This cable can be used for either 25Gb Ethernet adapters or switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a passive SFP28 copper cable transceiver. Cables are available in various lengths: 0.5M - #EB4J, 1.0M=#EB4K, 1.5M=#EB4L, 2.0M=#EB4M

  • Attributes provided: Copper cable with SFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB4K) - 1.0m SFP28/25GbE copper Cable

Feature EB4K is a passive 1.0 metre copper cable that contains a single high-speed copper pair, operating at data rates of up to 25 Gb/s. This cable can be used for either 25Gb Ethernet adapters or switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a passive SFP28 copper cable transceiver. Cables are available in various lengths: 0.5M - #EB4J, 1.0M=#EB4K, 1.5M=#EB4L, 2.0M=#EB4M

  • Attributes provided: Copper cable with SFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB4L) - 1.5m SFP28/25GbE copper Cable

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Feature EB4L is a passive 1.5 metre copper cable that contains a single high-speed copper pair, operating at data rates of up to 25 Gb/s. This cable can be used for either 25Gb Ethernet adapters or switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a passive SFP28 copper cable transceiver. Cables are available in various lengths: 0.5M - #EB4J, 1.0M=#EB4K, 1.5M=#EB4L, 2.0M=#EB4M

  • Attributes provided: Copper cable with SFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB4M) - 2.0m SFP28/25GbE copper Cable

Feature EB4M is a passive 2.0 metre copper cable that contains a single high-speed copper pair, operating at data rates of up to 25 Gb/s. This cable can be used for either 25Gb Ethernet adapters or switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a passive SFP28 copper cable transceiver. Cables are available in various lengths: 0.5M - #EB4J, 1.0M=#EB4K, 1.5M=#EB4L, 2.0M=#EB4M

  • Attributes provided: Copper cable with SFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB4P) - 2.0m QSFP28/100GbE copper split Cable to SFP28 4x25GbE

Feature EB4P is a 2.0 metre, active optical 100Gb E to 4x25Gb E splitter cable. It provides connectivity between system units with a QSFP28 port on one side and up to four different SFP28 ports on the other side, such as a switch and four servers.

  • Attributes provided: Copper splitter cable with QSFP28 and 4x SFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB4Z) - Service wedge shelf tool kit for EB3Z

This feature provides a separate tool kit to replace the flat shelf with a wedge/angle shelf at the client site.
Note: EB4Z wedge shelf is IBM SSR use only (due to safety labels/instructions/certifications only for IBM and not filed for clients). A client can order feature EB4Z to ensure the tool is conveniently located on site in case an IBM SSR needed to use it and do not want to wait for the SSR to locate and bring in an EB4Z or to schedule additional personnel to manually handle server installation/removal from the rack.

Client is free to use EB3Z (without EB4Z) for their normal work.

The feature EB4Z is not orderable in the following countries/regions: Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, UAE, Qatar, Bahrain, Oman, Egypt, Jordan, Morocco, Albania, Bulgaria, Croatia, Greece, Slovakia, Slovenia, Montenegro, Serbia, Ukraine, and Taiwan.

  • Attributes provided: Wedge/angle shelf
  • Attributes required: Feature EB3Z
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB50) - 0.5m EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28

(No longer available as of January 18, 2019)

0.5 metre length copper twinax cable, also called a DAC (Direct Attached Copper) cable. The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a passive Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) copper cable transceiver. Cable can also be used for FDR IB (56Gb). Cables are available in various lengths: 0.5m = #EB50, 1m = #EB51, 2m = #EB52, 1.5m = #EB54 See also optical fibre cables for longer lengths such as #EB5A through #EB5H.

  • Attributes provided: Copper twinax cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB51) - 1.0m EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28

1.0 metre length copper twinax cable, also called a DAC (Direct Attached Copper) cable. The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a passive Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) copper cable transceiver. Cable can also be used for FDR IB (56Gb). Cables are available in various lengths: 0.5m = #EB50, 1m = #EB51, 2m = #EB52, 1.5m = #EB54 See also optical fibre cables for longer lengths such as #EB5A through #EB5H.

  • Attributes provided: Copper twinax cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB52) - 2.0M EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28

2.0 metre length copper twinax cable, also called a DAC (Direct Attached Copper) cable. The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a passive Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) copper cable transceiver. Cable can also be used for FDR IB (56Gb). Cables are available in various lengths: 0.5M = #EB50, 1M = #EB51, 2M = #EB52, 1.5M = #EB54 See also optical fibre cables for longer lengths such as #EB5A through #EB5H.

  • Attributes provided: Copper twinax cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB54) - 1.5M EDR IB Copper Cable QSFP28

1.5 metre length copper twinax cable, also called a DAC (Direct Attached Copper) cable. The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a passive Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) copper cable transceiver. Cable can also be used for FDR IB (56Gb). Cables are available in various lengths: 0.5M = #EB50, 1M = #EB51, 2M = #EB52, 1.5M = #EB54 See also optical fibre cables for longer lengths such as #EB5A through #EB5H.

  • Attributes provided: Copper twinax cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB57) - QSFP+ 40GbE Base-SR4 Transceiver

IBM QSFP+ optical base-SR4 transceiver required for 40 Gbps ports which are not using copper QSFP+ transceiver.

The QSFP+ 40GbE Base-SR4 Transceiver is designed to deliver the following functions:

  • Hot-swappable input/output device that plugs into a 40 Gigabit Ethernet QSFP port
  • Interoperable with other IEEE-compliant 40GBASE interfaces where applicable
  • High-speed electrical interface compliant to the IEEE 802.3ba standard
  • QSFP Form factor, 2-wire I2C communication interface and other low-speed electrical interface compliant to SFF 8436 and QSFP Multisource Agreement (MSA)
  • Attributes provided: QSFP+ transceiver for 40 Gbs ports
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB59) - 100GbE Optical Transceiver QSFP28

One optical transceiver for 100Gb Ethernet adapter such as #EC3L or #EC3M or #EC66 or #EC67 using QSFP28. Does not include cable.

See also AOC fibre cables which include QSFP28 transceivers EB5R - EB5Y.

  • Attributes provided: Optical Transceiver QSFP28 100Gb.
  • Attributes required: Port on adapter with QSFP28 socket.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5A) - 3M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28

3 metre length optical fibre cable, also called an AOC (Active Optical Cable). The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a active Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) optical cable transceiver. Cables are available in various lengths: 3m = #EB5A, 5M = #EB5B, 10M = #EB5C, 15M = #EB5D, 20M = #EB5E, 30M = #EB5F, and 50M = #EB5G, 100M = #EB5H. See also copper twinax cables for shorter lengths such as #EB50 through #EB54. Limitation: Adapter and switch must have been manufactured by Mellanox to use this cable. Cable is not supported for FDR IB (56Gb).

  • Attributes provided: Optical fibre cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5B) - 5M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28

5 metre length optical fibre cable, also called an AOC (Active Optical Cable). The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a active Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) optical cable transceiver. Cables are available in various lengths: 3m = #EB5A, 5M = #EB5B, 10M = #EB5C, 15M = #EB5D, 20M = #EB5E, 30M = #EB5F, and 50M = #EB5G, 100M = #EB5H. See also copper twinax cables for shorter lengths such as #EB50 through #EB54. Limitation: Adapter and switch must have been manufactured by Mellanox to use this cable. Cable is not supported for FDR IB (56Gb).

  • Attributes provided: Optical fibre cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5C) - 10M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28

10 metre length optical fibre cable, also called an AOC (Active Optical Cable). The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a active Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) optical cable transceiver. Cables are available in various lengths: 3m = #EB5A, 5M = #EB5B, 10M = #EB5C, 15M = #EB5D, 20M = #EB5E, 30M = #EB5F, and 50M = #EB5G, 100M = #EB5H. See also copper twinax cables for shorter lengths such as #EB50 through #EB54. Limitation: Adapter and switch must have been manufactured by Mellanox to use this cable. Cable is not supported for FDR IB (56Gb).

  • Attributes provided: Optical fibre cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5D) - 15M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28

15 metre length optical fibre cable, also called an AOC (Active Optical Cable). The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a active Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) optical cable transceiver. Cables are available in various lengths: 3m = #EB5A, 5M = #EB5B, 10M = #EB5C, 15M = #EB5D, 20M = #EB5E, 30M = #EB5F, and 50M = #EB5G, 100M = #EB5H. See also copper twinax cables for shorter lengths such as #EB50 through #EB54. Limitation: Adapter and switch must have been manufactured by Mellanox to use this cable. Cable is not supported for FDR IB (56Gb).

  • Attributes provided: Optical fibre cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5E) - 20M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28

20 metre length optical fibre cable, also called an AOC (Active Optical Cable). The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a active Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) optical cable transceiver. Cables are available in various lengths: 3m = #EB5A, 5M = #EB5B, 10M = #EB5C, 15M = #EB5D, 20M = #EB5E, 30M = #EB5F, and 50M = #EB5G, 100M = #EB5H. See also copper twinax cables for shorter lengths such as #EB50 through #EB54. Limitation: Adapter and switch must have been manufactured by Mellanox to use this cable. Cable is not supported for FDR IB (56Gb).

  • Attributes provided: Optical fibre cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5F) - 30M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28

30 metre length optical fibre cable, also called an AOC (Active Optical Cable). The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a active Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) optical cable transceiver. Cables are available in various lengths: 3m = #EB5A, 5M = #EB5B, 10M = #EB5C, 15M = #EB5D, 20M = #EB5E, 30M = #EB5F, and 50M = #EB5G, 100M = #EB5H. See also copper twinax cables for shorter lengths such as #EB50 through #EB54. Limitation: Adapter and switch must have been manufactured by Mellanox to use this cable. Cable is not supported for FDR IB (56Gb).

  • Attributes provided: Optical fibre cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5G) - 50M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28

50 metre length optical fibre cable, also called an AOC (Active Optical Cable). The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a active Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) optical cable transceiver. Cables are available in various lengths: 3m = #EB5A, 5M = #EB5B, 10M = #EB5C, 15M = #EB5D, 20M = #EB5E, 30M = #EB5F, and 50M = #EB5G, 100M = #EB5H. See also copper twinax cables for shorter lengths such as #EB50 through #EB54. Limitation: Adapter and switch must have been manufactured by Mellanox to use this cable. Cable is not supported for FDR IB (56Gb).

  • Attributes provided: Optical fibre cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5H) - 100M EDR IB Optical Cable QSFP28

100 metre length optical fibre cable, also called an AOC (Active Optical Cable). The cable can be used for either 100Gb EDR InfiniBand (IB) adapters or IB switches. Built onto each end of the cable is a active Quad (4-channel) Small Form-Factor Pluggable (QSFP28) optical cable transceiver. Cables are available in various lengths: 3m = #EB5A, 5M = #EB5B, 10M = #EB5C, 15M = #EB5D, 20M = #EB5E, 30M = #EB5F, and 50M = #EB5G, 100M = #EB5H. See also copper twinax cables for shorter lengths such as #EB50 through #EB54. Limitation: Adapter and switch must have been manufactured by Mellanox to use this cable. Cable is not supported for FDR IB (56Gb).

  • Attributes provided: Optical fibre cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5J) - 0.5M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

0.5 metre length passive copper cable with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches. Copper cable is also called "copper twinax" or "DAC" (Direct Attach Copper).

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EB5M (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fibre cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

  • Attributes provided: Copper cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5K) - 1.0M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28

1.0 metre length passive copper cable with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches. Copper cable is also called "copper twinax" or "DAC" (Direct Attach Copper).

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EB5M (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fibre cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

  • Attributes provided: Copper cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5L) - 1.5M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28

1.5 metre length passive copper cable with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches. Copper cable is also called "copper twinax" or "DAC" (Direct Attach Copper).

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EB5M (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fibre cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

  • Attributes provided: Copper cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5M) - 2.0M 100GbE Copper Cable QSFP28

2.0 metre length passive copper cable with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches. Copper cable is also called "copper twinax" or "DAC" (Direct Attach Copper).

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EB5M (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fibre cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

  • Attributes provided: Copper cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5R) - 3M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)

3 metre length Active Optical fibre Cable (AOC) with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches.

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EJM (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fibre cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

  • Attributes provided: Optical fibre cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5S) - 5M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)

5 metre length Active Optical fibre Cable (AOC) with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches.

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EJM (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fibre cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

  • Attributes provided: Optical fibre cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5T) - 10M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)

10 metre length Active Optical fibre Cable (AOC) with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches.

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EJM (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fibre cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

  • Attributes provided: Optical fibre cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5U) - 15M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)

15 metre length Active Optical fibre Cable (AOC) with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches.

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EJM (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fibre cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

  • Attributes provided: Optical fibre cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5V) - 20M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)

20 metre length Active Optical fibre Cable (AOC) with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches.

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EJM (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fibre cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

  • Attributes provided: Optical fibre cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5W) - 30M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)

30 metre length Active Optical fibre Cable (AOC) with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches.

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EJM (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fibre cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

  • Attributes provided: Optical fibre cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5X) - 50M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)

50 metre length Active Optical fibre Cable (AOC) with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches.

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EJM (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fibre cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

  • Attributes provided: Optical fibre cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB5Y) - 100M 100GbE Optical Cable QSFP28 (AOC)

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

100 metre length Active Optical fibre Cable (AOC) with QSFP28 tranceivers on each end. The cable used for 100Gb Ethernet adapters or switches.

Cables are available in various lengths. See shorter passive copper cables #EB5J - #EJM (0.5M - 2.0M) or see active optical fibre cables #EJ5R - #EJ5Y (3M - 100M).

  • Attributes provided: Optical fibre cable with QSFP28 transceivers
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EB72) - IBM i 7.2 Indicator

(No longer available as of April 30, 2020)

This feature is used to indicate the correct level of code when IBM i is specified.

  • Attributes provided: IBM i 7.2 Indicator
  • Attributes required: IBM i operating system
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.2
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EB73) - IBM i 7.3 Indicator

This feature is used to indicate the correct level of code when IBM i is specified.

  • Attributes provided: IBM i 7.3 Indicator
  • Attributes required: IBM i operating system
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.3 supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EB74) - IBM i 7.4 Indicator

This feature is used to indicate the correct level of code when IBM i is specified.

  • Attributes provided: IBM i 7.4 Indicator
  • Attributes required: IBM i operating system
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.4 supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EBA7) - System Node (5U) Drawer Indicator for Solution Edition for Healthcare

This feature provides a 5U system node drawer. It includes the drawer, labels, 4 CPU Sockets, 32 DIMM Slots, 8 LOW PROFILE PCIE Slots.

  • Attributes provided: 5U system node drawer.
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EBA8) - IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware

Indicates that this order is for a rack-mount system requiring an IBM bezel and hardware.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EBA9) - OEM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware

Indicates that this order is for a rack-mount system requiring an OEM bezel and hardware.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EBK4) - 1.6M USB Cable

(No longer available as of October 9, 2018)

1.6M USB CABLE, MALE-TO-MALE

  • Attributes provided: 1.6M USB CABLE
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EC01) - Rack Front Door (Black)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature provides a front door in flat black colour with an IBM logo for the 7965-94Y rack. A front door such as #EC01 is required on the 7965-94Y. The door is the full width of the rack and the hinges and lockplate can be moved from side to side allowing the door to be opened on the left or on the right (this door hinges on either the left side or right side). IBM ships rack with the handle on the right and hinges on the left viewed facing the front of the rack. The door comes with a lock which is keyed the same as the rear door or side panels. Uniquely keyed locks can be obtained by the client directly from Southco, the vendor from whom IBM purchased the lock.

  • Attributes provided: Front Door with lock
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EC02) - Rack Rear Door

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature provides a rear door in flat black colour for the 7965-94Y rack. Either feature number EC02 or feature EC05 is required on the 7965-94Y. The door is the full width of the rack and the hinges and lockplate can be moved from side to side allowing the door to be opened on the left or on the right (this door hinges on either the left side or right side). IBM ships rack with the handle on the right and hinges on the left viewed facing the rear of the rack. The front doors , rear doors and side panels come with a lock which is keyed the same as the front door or side panels. Uniquely keyed locks can be obtained by the client directly from Southco, the vendor from whom IBM purchased the lock.

  • Attributes provided: Rear Door with lock
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EC03) - Rack Side Cover

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature provides two side panels in black colour for the 7953-94X rack. Each side panel can cover either the left or the right side of the rack. These side covers are optional but recommended for optimal airflow through a rack and for physical security. The front door, rear doors and side panels come with a lock which is keyed the same as the front door or side panels. Uniquely keyed locks can be obtained by the client directly from Southco, the vendor from whom IBM purchased the lock.

  • Attributes provided: Left and Right side panels for 7953 rack.
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EC04) - Rack Suite Attachment Kit

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature provides the attachment hardware to allow two IBM PureFlex System 42U Racks with or without side panels to be bolted together in a continuous suite. Order one EC04 feature for each 42U rack attached to the starting rack. For example, in a three-rack suite, order two EC04 features. When multiple racks are joined in this way without internal side panels, cables can be more easily run between racks without having to exit the continuous rack enclosure. With the side panels installed optimum thermal efficiencies are gained. If the optional rear door heat exchanger is chosen, side panels must remain on racks in the suite. Side panels should be used on the leftmost and rightmost racks of the suite.

  • Attributes provided: Hardware and trim to attach two racks
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EC07) - Slim Rear Acoustic Door

Slim rear acoustic door for use on the 7014-T42 or server feature #0553 2.0M racks. Depth of this acoustic door is only about 113 mm (4.45 inches).

Physically #EC07 and #EC08 are identical, but have two feature codes to assist IBM sales configurator logic. #EC07 designates a rear door and #EC08 designates a front door.

  • Attributes provided: Rear Acoustic door
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EC08) - Slim Front Acoustic Door

Slim front acoustic door for use on the 7014-T42 or server feature #0553 2.0M racks. Depth of this acoustic door is only about 113 mm (4.45 inches).

Physically #EC07 and #EC08 are identical, but have two feature codes to assist IBM sales configurator logic. #EC07 designates a rear door and #EC08 designates a front door.

  • Attributes provided: Acoustic front door
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EC15) - Rear Door Heat Exchanger for 2.0 Metre Slim Rack

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature indicates that the rear door heat exchanger (1164-95X) is ordered for the 7965-94Y rack. Either feature EC02 or feature EC05 is required on the 7965-94Y. This door hinges on the right side. ("Right" is as you face the door from the outside of the rack).

  • Attributes provided: RDHX
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EC2M) - PCIe3 LP 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SR Adapter

This PCIe Gen3 adapter provides two 10 Gb SR optical fibre ports. The adapter supports both NIC and IBTA RoCE standards. RoCE is Remote Direct Memory Access (RDMA) over Converged Ethernet. Using RoCE, the adapter can support significantly greater bandwidth with low latency and minimise CPU overhead by more efficiently using memory access. This offloads the CPU from I/O networking tasks, improving performance and scalability.

The adapter includes two pre-installed Optical Transceivers in the adapter. LC connectors connect to standard 10Gb SR optical cabling and provide up to 300m cable length.

Feature code #EC2M and #EC2N have identical electronics and function and CCIN (57BE), but have different tail stocks. #EC2M is low profile and #EC2N is full high. Compared to EC37/EC38, the EC2M/ EC2N have identical application capability, but different cabling (optical fibre vs copper twinax). The EC2M/EC2N is based on the Mellanox ConnectX-3 Pro ASIC and is newer technology than previous features EC29/EC30.

LIMITATION: This adapter supports RoCE and NIC functions but not concurrently on same adapter.

Details for the ports include:

  • AIX NIM and Linux Network Install are supported.
  • IBTA RoCE v2 support.
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10Gb Ethernet), IEEE 802.3ad (Link Aggregation & Failover), IEEE 802.3az (Energy Efficient Ethernet), IEEE 802.1Q/P (VLAN Tagging), IEEE 802.10au (Congestion Notification), IEEE 802.1Qbg, IEEE 802.3Qaz D0.2 (ETS), IEEE 802.1Qbb D1.0 (PFC), IEEE 1588v2 (PTP)
  • Jumbo frame support up to 9.6KB
  • VXLAN and NVGRE Overlay Network offload support
  • TCP/UDP/IP stateless offload
  • TCP checksum offload
  • TCP segmentation offload
  • UDP checksum offload
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrup
  • Attributes provided: 2-port 10Gb Ethernet Adapter with NIC and/or RoCE capability
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen3 or Gen2 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i supported only with VIOS. Only virtual ethernet NIC supported
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.6 for Power LE (p8compat), or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for SAP with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE version 7.6, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.0 for Power LE, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.6, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 4, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 4, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 4 , or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: VIOS supports NIC capability only.
(#EC2N) - PCIe3 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SR Adapter

This PCIe Gen3 adapter provides two 10 Gb SR optical fibre ports. The adapter supports both NIC and IBTA RoCE standards. RoCE is Remote Direct Memory Access (RDMA) over Converged Ethernet. Using RoCE, the adapter can support significantly greater bandwidth with low latency and minimise CPU overhead by more efficiently using memory access. This offloads the CPU from I/O networking tasks, improving performance and scalability.

The adapter includes two pre-installed Optical Transceivers in the adapter. LC connectors connect to standard 10Gb SR optical cabling and provide up to 300m cable length.

Feature code #EC2M and #EC2N have identical electronics and function and CCIN (57BE), but have different tail stocks. #EC2M is low profile and #EC2N is full high. Compared to EC37/EC38, the EC2M/ EC2N have identical application capability, but different cabling (optical fibre vs copper twinax). The EC2M/EC2N is based on the Mellanox ConnectX-3 Pro ASIC and is newer technology than previous features EC29/EC30.

Details for the ports include:

  • AIX NIM and Linux Network Install are supported.
  • IBTA RoCE v2 support.
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10Gb Ethernet), IEEE 802.3ad (Link Aggregation & Failover), IEEE 802.3az (Energy Efficient Ethernet), IEEE 802.1Q/P (VLAN Tagging), IEEE 802.10au (Congestion Notification), IEEE 802.1Qbg, IEEE 802.3Qaz D0.2 (ETS), IEEE 802.1Qbb D1.0 (PFC), IEEE 1588v2 (PTP)
  • Jumbo frame support up to 9.6KB
  • VXLAN and NVGRE Overlay Network offload support
  • TCP/UDP/IP stateless offload
  • TCP checksum offload
  • TCP segmentation offload
  • UDP checksum offload
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrup
  • Attributes provided: 2-port 10Gb Ethernet Adapter with NIC and/or RoCE capability
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen3 or Gen2 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i supported only with VIOS. Only virtual ethernet NIC supported
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.6 for Power LE (p8compat), or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for SAP with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE version 7.6, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.0 for Power LE, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.6, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 4, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 4, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 4 , or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Supports NIC capability only.
(#EC2R) - PCIe3 LP 2-Port 10Gb NIC&ROCE SR/Cu Adapter

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2021)

This PCIe Gen3 Ethernet adapter provides two 10 Gb SFP+ ports. The adapter supports both NIC and IBTA RoCE standards. RoCE is Remote Direct Memory Access (RDMA) over Converged Ethernet. Using RoCE, the adapter can support significantly greater bandwidth with low latency and minimise CPU overhead by more efficiently using memory access. This offloads the CPU from I/O networking tasks, improving performance and scalability.

Cables: For 10GbE, IBM offers Direct Attach (DAC) cables up to 5m. SFP-based transceivers are included on each end of the cables. See features EN01, EN02, EN03.

Transceivers: IBM qualifies and supports SFP+ optical transceiver (FC EB46) to install into the adapter. Customers can also use their own optical cabling and SFP+ optical transceiver for the other end. The 10 Gb optical transceiver is capable up to 300 M through the OM3 cable or 82 M through OM2 cable. Either one or both of the adapter's two SFP+ ports can be populated.

Feature code #EC2R and #EC2S have identical electronics and function and CCIN (58FA), but have different tail stock brackets. #EC2R is low profile and #EC2S is full high. The adapter is based on a Mellanox ConnectX-4 adapter which uses a ConnectX-4 Lx EN Network Controller.

Attributes:

  • PCI Express 3.0 (up to 8GT/s) x8
  • PCIe Gen 3.0 compliant, 1.1 and 2.0 compatible
  • RDMA over Converged Ethernet (RoCE)
  • NIC and RoCE are concurrently supported
  • RoCE supported on Linux and AIX (7.2 and later)
  • NIC supported on all OSes
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10Gb Ethernet), IEEE 802.3ad (Link Aggregation & Failover), IEEE 802.3az (Energy Efficient Ethernet), IEEE 802.1Q/P (VLAN Tagging), IEEE 802.10au (Congestion Notification), IEEE 802.1Qbg, IEEE 802.3Qaz D0.2 (ETS), IEEE 802.1Qbb D1.0 (PFC), IEEE 1588v2 (PTP)
  • Jumbo frame support up to 9.6KB
  • VXLAN and NVGRE Overlay Network offload support
  • TCP/UDP/IP stateless offload
  • TCP checksum offload
  • TCP segmentation offload
  • UDP checksum offload
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupt
  • NIM boot support
  • PowerVM SR-IOV support

    For SR-IOV FAQs visit https://community.ibm.com/community/user/power/viewdocument/sr-iov-faq s-t est?CommunityKey=71e6bb8a-5b34-44da-be8b-277834a183b0&tab=librarydocum ent s#Q3

  • Attributes provided: 2-port 10Gb Ethernet
  • Attributes required: Low profile PCIe Gen3 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, Service Pack 3, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, Service Pack 3, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.3, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE, version 7.5, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.3, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for SAP with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE version 7.5, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.3, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.0 for Power LE, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.6, or later
    • AIX supported
    • IBM i 7.3 TR5, or later
    • IBM i 7.4, or later.
    • IBM i supports dedicated driver for the NIC function.
    • IBM i supports native SR-IOV for the NIC function.
    • IBM i 7.4 also adds support for dedicated ROCE and native SR-IOV ROCE, which is used only by IBM Db2 Mirror for i. 'IBM i native SR-IOV ROCE' and 'IBM i dedicated ROCE' requires system FW 930 or later.

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Assignment to the VIOS supported; NIC capability only.
(#EC2S) - PCIe3 2-Port 10Gb NIC&ROCE SR/Cu Adapter

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2021)

This PCIe Gen3 Ethernet adapter provides two 10 Gb SFP+ ports. The adapter supports both NIC and IBTA RoCE standards. RoCE is Remote Direct Memory Access (RDMA) over Converged Ethernet. Using RoCE, the adapter can support significantly greater bandwidth with low latency and minimise CPU overhead by more efficiently using memory access. This offloads the CPU from I/O networking tasks, improving performance and scalability.

Cables: For 10GbE, IBM offers Direct Attach (DAC) cables up to 5m. SFP-based transceivers are included on each end of the cables. See features EN01, EN02, EN03.

Transceivers: IBM qualifies and supports SFP+ optical transceiver (FC EB46) to install into the adapter. Customers can also use their own optical cabling and SFP+ optical transceiver for the other end. The 10 Gb optical transceiver is capable up to 300 M through the OM3 cable or 82 M through OM2 cable. Either one or both of the adapter's two SFP+ ports can be populated.

Feature code #EC2R and #EC2S have identical electronics and function and CCIN (58FA), but have different tail stock brackets. #EC2R is low profile and #EC2S is full high. The adapter is based on a Mellanox ConnectX-4 adapter which uses a ConnectX-4 Lx EN Network Controller.

Attributes:

  • PCI Express 3.0 (up to 8GT/s) x8
  • PCIe Gen 3.0 compliant, 1.1 and 2.0 compatible
  • RDMA over Converged Ethernet (RoCE)
  • NIC and RoCE are concurrently supported
  • RoCE supported on Linux and AIX (7.2 and later)
  • NIC supported on all OSes
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10Gb Ethernet), IEEE 802.3ad (Link Aggregation & Failover), IEEE 802.3az (Energy Efficient Ethernet), IEEE 802.1Q/P (VLAN Tagging), IEEE 802.10au (Congestion Notification), IEEE 802.1Qbg, IEEE 802.3Qaz D0.2 (ETS), IEEE 802.1Qbb D1.0 (PFC), IEEE 1588v2 (PTP)
  • Jumbo frame support up to 9.6KB
  • VXLAN and NVGRE Overlay Network offload support
  • TCP/UDP/IP stateless offload
  • TCP checksum offload
  • TCP segmentation offload
  • UDP checksum offload
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupt
  • NIM boot support
  • PowerVM SR-IOV support

    For SR-IOV FAQs visit https://community.ibm.com/community/user/power/viewdocument/sr-iov-faq s-t est?CommunityKey=71e6bb8a-5b34-44da-be8b-277834a183b0&tab=librarydocum ent s#Q3

  • Attributes provided: 2-port 10Gb Ethernet Adapter
  • Attributes required: Full high PCIe Gen3 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 192)
  • OS level required:
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, Service Pack 3, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, Service Pack 3, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.3, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE, version 7.5, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.3, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for SAP with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE version 7.5, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.3, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.0 for Power LE, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.6, or later
    • AIX supported
    • IBM i 7.3 TR5, or later
    • IBM i 7.4, or later.
    • IBM i supports dedicated driver for the NIC function.
    • IBM i supports native SR-IOV for the NIC function.
    • IBM i 7.4 also adds support for dedicated ROCE and native SR-IOV ROCE, which is used only by IBM Db2 Mirror for i. 'IBM i native SR-IOV ROCE' and 'IBM i dedicated ROCE' requires system FW 930 or later.

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: assignment to the VIOS supported; NIC capability only.
(#EC2T) - PCIe3 LP 2-Port 25/10Gb NIC&ROCE SR/Cu Adapter

This PCIe Gen3 Ethernet adapter provides two 25/10 Gb SFP28 ports. The adapter supports both NIC and IBTA RoCE standards. RoCE is Remote Direct Memory Access (RDMA) over Converged Ethernet. Using RoCE, the adapter can support significantly greater bandwidth with low latency and minimise CPU overhead by more efficiently using memory access. This offloads the CPU from I/O networking tasks, improving performance and scalability.

Cables: For 25GbE, IBM offers SFP28 Passive Copper 25Gb Ethernet cables up to 2m. SFP28 based transceivers are included on each end of these cables. See features EB4J, EB4K, EB4L, and EB4M for a 0.5M, 1.0M, 1.5M and 2.0M copper cable.

For 10GbE, IBM offers Direct Attach (DAC) cables up to 5m. SFP-based transceivers are included on each end of the cables. See features EN01, EN02, EN03.

Transceivers: For 25 GbE, IBM qualifies and supports SFP28 optical transceiver (FC EB47) to install into the adapter. Customers can also use their own optical cabling and SFP28 optical transceiver for the other end. The 25 Gb optical transceiver is capable up to 100 m through the OM4 cable or 70 M through OM3 cable. Either one or both of the adapter's two SFP28 ports can be populated.
Note: The (FC EB47) SFP28 25GbE transceiver only supports 25GbE speeds.

For 10 GbE, IBM qualifies and supports SFP+ optical transceiver (FC EB46) to install into the adapter. Customers can also use their own optical cabling and SFP+ optical transceiver for the other end. The 10 Gb optical transceiver is capable up to 300 M through the OM3 cable or 82 m through OM2 cable. Either one or both of the adapter's two SFP28 ports can be populated.

Feature code #EC2T and #EC2U have identical electronics and function and CCIN (58FB), but have different tail stock brackets. #EC2T is low profile and #EC2U is full high. The adapter is based on a Mellanox ConnectX-4 adapter which uses a ConnectX-4 Lx EN Network Controller.

Attributes:

  • PCI Express 3.0 (up to 8GT/s) x8
  • PCIe Gen 3.0 compliant, 1.1 and 2.0 compatible
  • RDMA over Converged Ethernet (RoCE)
  • NIC and RoCE are concurrently supported
  • RoCE supported on Linux and AIX (7.2 and later)
  • NIC supported on all OSes
  • IEEE 802.3ae (25Gb or 10Gb Ethernet), IEEE 802.3ad (Link Aggregation & Failover), IEEE 802.3az (Energy Efficient Ethernet), IEEE 802.1Q/P (VLAN Tagging), IEEE 802.10au (Congestion Notification), IEEE 802.1Qbg, IEEE 802.3Qaz D0.2 (ETS), IEEE 802.1Qbb D1.0 (PFC), IEEE 1588v2 (PTP)
  • Jumbo frame support up to 9.6KB
  • VXLAN and NVGRE Overlay Network offload support
  • TCP/UDP/IP stateless offload
  • TCP checksum offload
  • TCP segmentation offload
  • UDP checksum offload
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupt
  • NIM boot support
  • PowerVM SR-IOV support

    For SR-IOV FAQs visit https://community.ibm.com/community/user/power/viewdocument/sr-iov-faq s-t est?CommunityKey=71e6bb8a-5b34-44da-be8b-277834a183b0&tab=librarydocum ent s#Q3

  • Attributes provided: 2-port 25/10Gb Ethernet
  • Attributes required: Low profile PCIe Gen3 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX supported
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, Service Pack 3, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, Service Pack 3, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.3, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE, version 7.5, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.3, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for SAP with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE version 7.5, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.3, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.0 for Power LE, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.6, or later
    • IBM i 7.3 TR5, or later
    • IBM i 7.4, or later.
    • IBM i supports dedicated driver for the NIC function.
    • IBM i supports native SR-IOV for the NIC function.
    • IBM i 7.4 also adds support for dedicated ROCE and native SR-IOV ROCE, which is used only by IBM Db2 Mirror for i. 'IBM i native SR-IOV ROCE' and 'IBM i dedicated ROCE' requires system FW 930 or later.

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Assignment to the VIOS supported; NIC capability only.
(#EC2U) - PCIe3 2-Port 25/10Gb NIC&ROCE SR/Cu Adapter

This PCIe Gen3 Ethernet adapter provides two 25/10 Gb SFP28 ports. The adapter supports both NIC and IBTA RoCE standards. RoCE is Remote Direct Memory Access (RDMA) over Converged Ethernet. Using RoCE, the adapter can support significantly greater bandwidth with low latency and minimise CPU overhead by more efficiently using memory access. This offloads the CPU from I/O networking tasks, improving performance and scalability.

Cables: For 25GbE, IBM offers SFP28 Passive Copper 25Gb Ethernet cables up to 2m. SFP28 based transceivers are included on each end of these cables. See features EB4J, EB4K, EB4L, and EB4M for a 0.5M, 1.0M, 1.5M and 2.0M copper cable.

For 10GbE, IBM offers Direct Attach (DAC) cables up to 5m. SFP-based transceivers are included on each end of the cables. See features EN01, EN02, EN03.

Transceivers: For 25 GbE, IBM qualifies and supports SFP28 optical transceiver (FC EB47) to install into the adapter. Customers can also use their own optical cabling and SFP28 optical transceiver for the other end. The 25 Gb optical transceiver is capable up to 100 m through the OM4 cable or 70 M through OM3 cable. Either one or both of the adapter's two SFP28 ports can be populated.
Note: The (FC EB47) SFP28 25GbE transceiver only supports 25GbE speeds.

For 10 GbE, IBM qualifies and supports SFP+ optical transceiver (FC EB46) to install into the adapter. Customers can also use their own optical cabling and SFP+ optical transceiver for the other end. The 10 Gb optical transceiver is capable up to 300 M through the OM3 cable or 82 m through OM2 cable. Either one or both of the adapter's two SFP28 ports can be populated.

Feature code #EC2T and #EC2U have identical electronics and function and CCIN (58FB), but have different tail stock brackets. #EC2T is low profile and #EC2U is full high. The adapter is based on a Mellanox ConnectX-4 adapter which uses a ConnectX-4 Lx EN Network Controller.

Attributes:

  • PCI Express 3.0 (up to 8GT/s) x8
  • PCIe Gen 3.0 compliant, 1.1 and 2.0 compatible
  • RDMA over Converged Ethernet (RoCE)
  • NIC and RoCE are concurrently supported
  • RoCE supported on Linux and AIX (7.2 and later)
  • NIC supported on all OSes
  • IEEE 802.3ae (25Gb or 10Gb Ethernet), IEEE 802.3ad (Link Aggregation & Failover), IEEE 802.3az (Energy Efficient Ethernet), IEEE 802.1Q/P (VLAN Tagging), IEEE 802.10au (Congestion Notification), IEEE 802.1Qbg, IEEE 802.3Qaz D0.2 (ETS), IEEE 802.1Qbb D1.0 (PFC), IEEE 1588v2 (PTP)
  • Jumbo frame support up to 9.6KB
  • VXLAN and NVGRE Overlay Network offload support
  • TCP/UDP/IP stateless offload
  • TCP checksum offload
  • TCP segmentation offload
  • UDP checksum offload
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupt
  • NIM boot support
  • PowerVM SR-IOV support

    For SR-IOV FAQs visit https://community.ibm.com/community/user/power/viewdocument/sr-iov-faq s-t est?CommunityKey=71e6bb8a-5b34-44da-be8b-277834a183b0&tab=librarydocum ent s#Q3

  • Attributes provided: 2-port 25/10Gb Ethernet Adapter
  • Attributes required: Full high PCIe Gen3 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 192)
  • OS level required:
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, Service Pack 3, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, Service Pack 3, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.3, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE, version 7.5, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.3, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for SAP with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE version 7.5, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.3, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.0 for Power LE, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.6, or later
    • AIX supported
    • IBM i 7.3 TR5, or later
    • IBM i 7.4, or later.
    • IBM i supports dedicated driver for the NIC function.
    • IBM i supports native SR-IOV for the NIC function.
    • IBM i 7.4 also adds support for dedicated ROCE and native SR-IOV ROCE, which is used only by IBM Db2 Mirror for i. 'IBM i native SR-IOV ROCE' and 'IBM i dedicated ROCE' requires system FW 930 or later.

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Assignment to the VIOS supported; NIC capability only.
(#EC5C) - PCIe3 x8 LP 3.2 TB NVMe Flash adapter for AIX/Linux

The PCIe3 x8 3.2 TB NVMe Adapter is a Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) generation 3 (Gen3) x8 adapter. The adapter can be used in either a x8 or x16 PCIe slot in the system and uses Non-Volatile Memory Express (NVMe). NVMe is a high performance software interface that can read/write flash memory. Compared to a SAS or SATA SSD, the NVMe Flash adapter provides more read/write input/output operations per second (IOPS) and larger throughput (GB/sec).

CCIN is 58FD.

Feature #EC5C and #EC5D are identical cards except that the tailstock bracket is different. #EC5C fits a low profile PCIe slot. #EC5D fits a full high PCIe slot. See also EC5E for a card with more memory.

The nature of the workload has a great impact on the maximum write capacity. If a high percentage of more sequentially oriented writes are used instead of random writes, the maximum write capacity will be larger. To extend the life of the device, the application that is using the device must convert small random writes to larger sequential writes. Writes past the adapter's maximum write capacity will continue to work for some period of time, but much more slowly. Whether the application uses sequential or random reads from the device does not affect the life of the device. A Predictive Failure Analysis message will indicate that it is time to replace the adapter if enabled by the system administrator. Customers are recommended to monitor the smart log via their operating system where fuel gauge shows the percentage used.

IBM NVMe adapter failures will be replaced during the standard warranty and maintenance period for adapters that have not reached the maximum number of write cycles. Adapters that reach this limit may fail to operate according to specifications and must be replaced at the client's expense. Data protection is not implemented in the card; protection is provided by OS mirroring or software RAID wherever applicable.

This adapter is not supported in the PCIe I/O drawer.
Note: NVMe Flash adapters #EC5C can be used to meet minimum AIX/Linux SSD/HDD and backplane requirements.

This PCIe NVMe device can have 32 namespaces per device.

  • Attributes provided: 3.2 TB of low latency flash memory with boot capability
  • Attributes required: PCIe slot in system unit
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 7200-03-03-1914, or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-05 Technology Level and Service Pack 7100-05-04-1914, or later
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 7200-01-06-1914, or later
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 7200-02-04-1914, or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 7100-04-08-1914, or later
    • IBM i requires VIOS
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE, version 7.6, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.0 for Power LE, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 4, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Assignment to the VIOS requires VIOS 3.1.0.21, or later; VIOS 2.2.6.41, or later.
(#EC5E) - PCIe3 x8 LP 6.4 TB NVMe Flash adapter for AIX/Linux

The PCIe3 x8 6.4 TB NVMe Adapter is a Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) generation 3 (Gen3) x8 adapter. The adapter can be used in either a x8 or x16 PCIe slot in the system and uses Non-Volatile Memory Express (NVMe). NVMe is a high performance software interface that can read/write flash memory. Compared to a SAS or SATA SSD, the NVMe Flash adapter provides more read/write input/output operations per second (IOPS) and larger throughput (GB/sec).

CCIN is 58FE.

Feature #EC5E and #EC5F are identical cards except that the tailstock bracket is different. #EC5E fits a low profile PCIe slot. #EC5F fits a full high PCIe slot. See also EC5C for a card with less memory.

The nature of the workload has a great impact on the maximum write capacity. If a high percentage of more sequentially oriented writes are used instead of random writes, the maximum write capacity will be larger. To extend the life of the device, the application that is using the device must convert small random writes to larger sequential writes. Writes past the adapter's maximum write capacity will continue to work for some period of time, but much more slowly. Whether the application uses sequential or random reads from the device does not affect the life of the device. A Predictive Failure Analysis message will indicate that it is time to replace the adapter if enabled by the system administrator. Customers are recommended to monitor the smart log via their operating system where fuel gauge shows the percentage used.

IBM NVMe adapter failures will be replaced during the standard warranty and maintenance period for adapters that have not reached the maximum number of write cycles. Adapters that reach this limit may fail to operate according to specifications and must be replaced at the client's expense. Data protection is not implemented in the card; protection is provided by OS mirroring or software RAID wherever applicable.

This adapter is not supported in the PCIe I/O drawer.
Note: NVMe Flash adapters #EC5E can be used to meet minimum AIX/Linux SSD/HDD and backplane requirements.

This PCIe NVMe device can have 32 namespaces per device.

  • Attributes provided: 6.4 TB of low latency flash memory with boot capability
  • Attributes required: PCIe slot in system unit
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 7200-03-03-1914, or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-05 Technology Level and Service Pack 7100-05-04-1914, or later
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 7200-01-06-1914, or later
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 7200-02-04-1914, or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 7100-04-08-1914, or later
    • IBM i requires VIOS
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE, version 7.6, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.0 for Power LE, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 4, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Assignment to the VIOS requires VIOS 3.1.0.21, or later; VIOS 2.2.6.41, or later
(#EC5G) - PCIe3 x8 LP 1.6 TB NVMe Flash Adapter for AIX/Linux

The PCIe3 x8 1.6 TB NVMe Adapter is a Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) generation 3 (Gen3) x8 adapter. The adapter can be used in either a x8 or x16 PCIe slot in the system and uses Non-Volatile Memory Express (NVMe). NVMe is a high performance software interface that can read/write flash memory. Compared to a SAS or SATA SSD, the NVMe Flash adapter provides more read/write input/output operations per second (IOPS) and larger throughput (GB/sec).

CCIN is 58FC.

Feature #EC5G and #EC5B are identical cards except that the tailstock bracket is different. #EC5G fits a low profile PCIe slot. #EC5B fits a full high PCIe slot. See also #EC5D/EC5F for a card with more memory.

The nature of the workload has a great impact on the maximum write capacity. If a high percentage of more sequentially oriented writes are used instead of random writes, the maximum write capacity will be larger. To extend the life of the device, the application that is using the device must convert small random writes to larger sequential writes. Writes past the adapter's maximum write capacity will continue to work for some period of time, but much more slowly. Whether the application uses sequential or random reads from the device does not affect the life of the device. A Predictive Failure Analysis message will indicate that it is time to replace the adapter if enabled by the system administrator. Customers are recommended to monitor the smart log via their operating system where fuel gauge shows the percentage used.

IBM NVMe adapter failures will be replaced during the standard warranty and maintenance period for adapters that have not reached the maximum number of write cycles. Adapters that reach this limit may fail to operate according to specifications and must be replaced at the client's expense. Data protection is not implemented in the card; protection is provided by OS mirroring or software RAID wherever applicable.

This adapter is not supported in the PCIe I/O drawer.
Note: NVMe Flash adapters #EC5G can be used to meet minimum AIX/Linux SSD/HDD and backplane requirements.

This PCIe NVMe device can have 32 namespaces per device.

  • Attributes provided: 1.6 TB of low latency flash memory with boot capability
  • Attributes required: PCIe slot in system unit
  • Limitations: Not supported in PCIe Gen3 I/O drawer. Data protection not implemented in the card and protection provided by OS mirroring or software RAID.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 7200-03-03-1914, or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-05 Technology Level and Service Pack 7100-05-04-1914, or later
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 7200-01-06-1914, or later
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 7200-02-04-1914, or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 7100-04-08-1914, or later
    • IBM i requires VIOS
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE, version 7.6, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.0 for Power LE, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 4, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Assignment to the VIOS requires VIOS 3.1.0.21, or later; VIOS 2.2.6.41, or later.
(#EC5J) - Mainstream 800 GB SSD NVMe U.2 module

Mainstream 800 GB solid state drive (SSD) formatted in 4096 byte sectors (4K). The drive is U.2 2.5" 7mm form factor supporting NVMe PCIe Gen3 x 4 interface. Recommend to be used for boot support and non-write intensive workloads.

DWPD (Drive Write Per Day) rating is 2.4 calculated over a 5 year period. See the following table for the approximate lifetime Total Bytes Written (TBW) supported by each drive capacity:

Drive Capacity Total Bytes Written (TBW) in (PB)
800 GB 3.5
1.6 TB 7
3.2 TB 14

Depending on the nature of the workload, the lifetime TBW may be somewhat larger.

To read the warranty and maintenance applicable to mainstream devices on POWER9 servers, see the Terms and Conditions section or IBM Knowledge Center for additional detail.

  • Attributes provided: 800 GB low latency flash memory
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen3 slot in system unit
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported and IBM i does not support this feature as a Virtual Target Device to IBM i through VIOS
    • AIX supported
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Servr 12, Service Pack 3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, Service Pack 3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE, version 7.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for SAP with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE version 7.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.0 for Power LE, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EC5K) - Mainstream 1.6 TB SSD NVMe U.2 module

Mainstream 1.6 TB solid state drive (SSD) formatted in 4096 byte sectors (4K). The drive is U.2 2.5" 7mm form factor supporting NVMe PCIe Gen3 x 4 interface. Recommend to be used for boot support and non-write intensive workloads.

DWPD (Drive Write Per Day) rating is 2.4 calculated over a 5 year period. See the following table for the approximate lifetime Total Bytes Written (TBW) supported by each drive capacity:

Drive Capacity Total Bytes Written (TBW) in (PB)
800 GB 3.5
1.6 TB 7
3.2 TB 14

Depending on the nature of the workload, the lifetime TBW may be somewhat larger.

To read the warranty and maintenance applicable to mainstream devices on POWER9 servers, see the Terms and Conditions section or IBM Knowledge Center for additional detail.

  • Attributes provided: 1.6 TB low latency flash memory
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen3 slot in system unit
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported and IBM i does not support this feature as a Virtual Target Device to IBM i through VIOS
    • AIX supported
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Servr 12, Service Pack 3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, Service Pack 3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE, version 7.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for SAP with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE version 7.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.0 for Power LE, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EC5L) - Mainstream 3.2 TB SSD NVMe U.2 module

Mainstream 3.2 TB solid state drive (SSD) formatted in 4096 byte sectors (4K). The drive is U.2 2.5" 7mm form factor supporting NVMe PCIe Gen3 x 4 interface. Recommend to be used for boot support and non-write intensive workloads.

DWPD (Drive Write Per Day) rating is 2.4 calculated over a 5 year period. See the following table for the approximate lifetime Total Bytes Written (TBW) supported by each drive capacity:

Drive Capacity Total Bytes Written (TBW) in (PB)
800 GB 3.5
1.6 TB 7
3.2 TB 14

Depending on the nature of the workload, the lifetime TBW may be somewhat larger.

To read the warranty and maintenance applicable to mainstream devices on POWER9 servers, see the Terms and Conditions section or IBM Knowledge Center for additional detail.

  • Attributes provided: 3.2 TB low latency flash memory
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen3 slot in system unit
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported and IBM i does not support this feature as a Virtual Target Device to IBM i through VIOS
    • AIX supported
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Servr 12, Service Pack 3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12, Service Pack 3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE, version 7.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for SAP with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE version 7.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.0 for Power LE, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EC62) - PCIe4 LP 1-port 100Gb EDR IB CAPI adapter

The PCIe Gen4 x16 1-port InfiniBand EDR adapter provides high speed connectivity with other servers or IB switches. The port's maximum of 100Gb assumes no other system and/or switch bottlenecks are present. A PCIe Gen4 x16 PCIe slot is required. This adapter is sourced from Mellanox Corporation. based on ConnectX-5 technology. The adapter supports the InfiniBand Trade Association (IBTA) specification version 2.

The 100Gb port has a QSFP+ connection which supports EDR cables, either EDR DAC or EDR optical. Transceivers are included in the cables. IBM cable features EB50-EB54 (copper shorter distance) and #EB5A-EB5H (optical longer distance) are supported or their copper or optical Mellanox equivalents are supported. Other cables are not supported.

#EC62 and #EC63 adapters are electronically and functionally identical with the same CCIN of 2CF1. #EC62 is low profile and #EC63 is full high.

Limitation: Adapter does not fit in x8 PCIe slot. Adapter is not supported in a PCIe Gen3 I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: EDR InfiniBand PCIe Adapter
  • Attributes required: available x16 PCIe Gen4 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE, version 7.6, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for SAP with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE version 7.6, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.0 for Power LE, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.6, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 4, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 4, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EC64) - PCIe4 LP 2-port 100Gb EDR IB CAPI adapter

The PCIe Gen4 x16 2-port InfiniBand EDR adapter provides high speed connectivity with other servers or IB switches. Each port maximum of 100Gb assumes no other system and/or switch bottlenecks are present. A PCIe Gen4 x16 PCIe slot is required. This adapter is sourced from Mellanox Corporation. based on ConnectX-5 technology. The adapter supports the InfiniBand Trade Association (IBTA) specification version 2.

The two 100Gb ports have QSFP+ connections which support EDR cables, either EDR DAC or EDR optical. One adapter can support either or both types of cable. The user can choose to cable up just one port if they desire. Transceivers are included in the cables. IBM cable features EB50-EB54 (copper shorter distance) and #EB5A-EB5H (optical longer distance) are supported or their copper or optical Mellanox equivalents are supported. Other cables are not supported.

#EC64 and #EC65 adapters are electronically and functionally identical with the same CCIN of 2CF2. #EC64 is low profile and #EC65 is full high.

Limitation: Adapter does not fit in x8 PCIe slot. Adapter is not supported in a PCIe Gen3 I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: EDR InfiniBand PCIe Adapter
  • Attributes required: available x16 PCIe Gen4 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE, version 7.6, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for SAP with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE version 7.6, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.0 for Power LE, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.6, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 4, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 4, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EC67) - PCIe4 LP 2-port 100Gb ROCE EN LP adapter

This PCIe Gen4 Ethernet x16 adapter provides two 100 GbE QSFP28 ports. The adapter supports both NIC and IBTA RoCE standards. RoCE is Remote Direct Memory Access (RDMA) over Converged Ethernet. Using RoCE, the adapter can support significantly greater bandwidth with low latency and minimise CPU overhead by more efficiently using memory access. This offloads the CPU from I/O networking tasks, improving performance and scalability.

For 100GbE network connectivity, IBM offers either passive copper twinax cables up to 2 meters in length or active optical cables up to 100 meters in length. See features #EB5J - #EB5M for a 0.5M, 1.0M, 1.5M and 2.0M copper cable. See features #EB5R - #EB5Y for a 3M, 5M, 10M, 15M, 20M, 30M, 50M or 100M active optical cable. Transceivers are included on each end of these QSFP28 cables. Alternatively to the above supported cables, you may choose to order an IBM qualified and supported QSFP28 optical transceiver (feature #EB59) to put into the adapter ports and MTP/MPO cable 10M or 30M in length (feature #EB2J or #EB2K) optical cabling to use with your own QSP28 optical transceiver for the other end.

For 40GbE network connectivity, IBM offers either passive copper twinax cables up to 3 meters in length. See features #EB2B and EB2H for a 1.0M and 3.0M copper cable. Transceivers are included on each end of these QSFP+ cables. Alternatively to the above supported cables, you may choose to order an IBM qualified and supported QSFP+ 40G BASE-SR optical transceiver (feature #EB27) to put into the adapter ports and MTP/MPO cable 10M or 30M in length (feature #EB2J or #EB2K) optical cabling to use with your own QSP28 optical transceiver for the other end.

Either one or both of the adapter's two QSP28 ports can be populated. When two ports are filled, both can have copper cables, both can have optical cables, or one can be copper and one can be optical.

Feature code #EC66 and #EC67 have identical electronics and function and CCIN (2CF3), but have different tail stock brackets. #EC66 is high profile and #EC67 is low profile. The adapter is based on a Mellanox ConnectX-5 adapter which uses a ConnectX-5 EN Network Controller.

Attributes:

  • PCI Express 4.0 (up to 16GT/s) x16
  • PCIe Gen 4.0 compliant, 1.1, 2.0 and 3.0 compatible
  • RDMA over Converged Ethernet (RoCE)
  • NIC and RoCE are concurrently supported
  • RoCE supported on Linux and AIX
  • NIC supported on all OSes
  • TCP/UDP/IP stateless offload
  • LSO, LRO, checksum offload
  • NIM boot support
  • Backward compatible with 40Gb Ethernet when using compatible cables/transceivers
  • PowerVM SR-IOV support

For SR-IOV FAQs visit https://community.ibm.com/community/user/power/viewdocument/sr-iov-faq s-test?CommunityKey=71e6bb8a-5b34-44da-be8b-277834a183b0&tab=library document s#Q3

  • Attributes provided: Dual-port 100 GbE Adapter with RoCE capability
  • Attributes required: Available Gen4 PCIe Slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 3, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 3, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.3, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE, version 7.5, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.3, or later for Power LE version 7.5, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.3, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.0 for Power LE, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.6, or later
    • AIX supported
    • IBM i 7.3 TR6
    • IBM i 7.4, or later.
    • IBM i supports dedicated driver for the NIC function.
    • IBM i supports native SR-IOV for the NIC function.
    • IBM i 7.4 also adds support for dedicated ROCE and native SR-IOV ROCE, which is used only by IBM Db2 Mirror for i. 'IBM i native SR-IOV', 'IBM i native SR-IOV ROCE' and 'IBM i dedicated ROCE' requires system FW 930 or later.

    Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Assignment to the VIOS supported; NIC capability only.
(#EC6J) - PCIe2 LP 2-Port USB 3.0 Adapter

The PCIe Gen2 x8 short 2-port USB 3.0 adapter provides support for USB devices. In applications that require the use of an USB extension cable for keyboards, use one #4256 per port. The #EC6J and #EC6K USB adapters are electronically identical with the same 590F CCIN. They differ physically in their tailstock. #EC6J is low profile and #EC6K is full high.

  • Attributes provided: Connectivity with USB 2.0 - 3.0 capable devices
  • Attributes required: One low profile available PCIe slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)

    OS level required:

    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8, for POWER LE, version 8.3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15, Service Pack 2, or later
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-05 Technology Level or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-05 Technology Level and Service Pack 7100-05-07-2037 or later
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 7200-03-06-2038 or later (Planned Availability date February 19, 2021)
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 7200-04-03-2038 or later (Planned Availability date February 19, 2021)
    • IBM i 7.4 TR3, or later
    • IBM i 7.3 TR9, or later
    • IBM i 7.2 with 7.2 Licensed Machine Code -RS720-Q, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Assigment to the VIOS requires VIOS 3.1.2.10, or later
(#EC6K) - PCIe2 2-Port USB 3.0 Adapter

The PCIe Gen2 x8 short 2-port USB 3.0 adapter provides support for USB devices. In applications that require the use of an USB extension cable for keyboards, use one #4256 per port. The #EC6J and #EC6K USB adapters are electronically identical with the same 590F CCIN. They differ physically in their tailstock. #EC6J is low profile and #EC6K is full high.

  • Attributes provided: Connectivity with USB 2.0 - 3.0 capable devices
  • Attributes required: One low profile available PCIe slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 192)

    OS level required:

    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8, for POWER LE, version 8.3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15, Service Pack 2, or later
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-05 Technology Level or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-05 Technology Level and Service Pack 7100-05-07-2037 or later
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 7200-03-06-2038 or later (Planned Availability date February 19, 2021)
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 7200-04-03-2038 or later (Planned Availability date February 19, 2021)
    • IBM i 7.4 TR3, or later
    • IBM i 7.3 TR9, or later
    • IBM i 7.2 with 7.2 Licensed Machine Code -RS720-Q, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Assigment to the VIOS requires VIOS 3.1.2.10, or later
(#EC6U) - PCIe3 x8 LP 1.6 TB NVMe Flash Adapter for IBM i

The PCIe3 x8 LP 1.6 TB NVMe Adapter is a Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) generation 3 (Gen3) x8 adapter. The adapter can be used in either a x8 or x16 PCIe slot in the system and uses Non-Volatile Memory Express (NVMe). NVMe is a high performance software interface that can read/write flash memory. Compared to a SAS or SATA SSD, the NVMe Flash adapter provides more read/write input/output operations per second (IOPS) and larger throughput (GB/sec).

Features EC6U, and EC6V are the same adapter with different feature codes. Feature EC6U is low-profile adapter and feature EC6V is full- height adapters. Features EC6U and EC6V are supported by IBM i.

CCIN is 58FC.

The nature of the workload has a great impact on the maximum write capacity. If a high percentage of more sequentially oriented writes is used instead of random writes, the maximum write capacity will be larger. To extend the life of the device, the application that is using the device must convert small random writes to larger sequential writes. Writes past the adapter's maximum write capacity will continue to work for some period of time, but much more slowly. Whether the application uses sequential or random reads from the device does not affect the life of the device. A Predictive Failure Analysis message will indicate that it is time to replace the adapter if enabled by the system administrator. Customers are recommended to monitor the smart log via their operating system where fuel gauge shows the percentage used.

IBM NVMe adapter failures will be replaced during the standard warranty and maintenance period for adapters that have not reached the maximum number of write cycles. Adapters that reach this limit may fail to operate according to specifications and must be replaced at the client's expense. Data protection is not implemented in the card; protection is provided by OS mirroring or software RAID wherever applicable.

This adapter is not supported in the PCIe I/O drawer.

This PCIe NVMe device can have 32 namespaces per device.

  • Attributes provided: PCIe3 x8 NVMe 1.6 TB with low-profile tailstock
  • Attributes required: PCIe slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 30 (Initial order maximum: 30)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.4 TR1, or later
    • FW940, or later
    • AIX not supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Assignment to the VIOS not supported.
(#EC6W) - PCIe3 x8 LP 3.2 TB NVMe Flash Adapter for IBM i

The PCIe3 x8 3.2 TB NVMe Adapter is a Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) generation 3 (Gen3) x8 adapter. The adapter can be used in either a x8 or x16 PCIe slot in the system and uses Non-Volatile Memory Express (NVMe). NVMe is a high performance software interface that can read/write flash memory. Compared to a SAS or SATA SSD, the NVMe Flash adapter provides more read/write input/output operations per second (IOPS) and larger throughput (GB/sec).

Features EC6W, and EC6X are the same adapter with different feature codes. Feature EC6W is low-profile adapter and feature EC6X is full- height adapters. Features EC6W and EC6X are supported by IBM i.

CCIN is 58FD.

The nature of the workload has a great impact on the maximum write capacity. If a high percentage of more sequentially oriented writes is used instead of random writes, the maximum write capacity will be larger. To extend the life of the device, the application that is using the device must convert small random writes to larger sequential writes. Writes past the adapter's maximum write capacity will continue to work for some period of time, but much more slowly. Whether the application uses sequential or random reads from the device does not affect the life of the device. A Predictive Failure Analysis message will indicate that it is time to replace the adapter if enabled by the system administrator. Customers are recommended to monitor the smart log via their operating system where fuel gauge shows the percentage used.

IBM NVMe adapter failures will be replaced during the standard warranty and maintenance period for adapters that have not reached the maximum number of write cycles. Adapters that reach this limit may fail to operate according to specifications and must be replaced at the client's expense. Data protection is not implemented in the card; protection is provided by OS mirroring or software RAID wherever applicable.

This adapter is not supported in the PCIe I/O drawer.

This PCIe NVMe device can have 32 namespaces per device.

  • Attributes provided: PCIe3 x8 NVMe 3.2 TB with low-profile tailstock
  • Attributes required: PCIe slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 30 (Initial order maximum: 30)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.4 TR1, or later
    • FW940, or later
    • AIX not supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Assignment to the VIOS not supported.
(#EC6Y) - PCIe3 x8 LP 6.4 TB NVMe Flash Adapter for IBM i

The PCIe3 x8 6.4 TB NVMe Adapter is a Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) generation 3 (Gen3) x8 adapter. The adapter can be used in either a x8 or x16 PCIe slot in the system and uses Non-Volatile Memory Express (NVMe). NVMe is a high performance software interface that can read/write flash memory. Compared to a SAS or SATA SSD, the NVMe Flash adapter provides more read/write input/output operations per second (IOPS) and larger throughput (GB/sec).

Features EC6Y, and EC6Z are the same adapter with different feature codes. Feature EC6Y is low-profile adapter and feature EC6Z is full- height adapter. Features EC6Y and EC6Z are supported by IBM i.

CCIN is 58FE.

The nature of the workload has a great impact on the maximum write capacity. If a high percentage of more sequentially oriented writes is used instead of random writes, the maximum write capacity will be larger. To extend the life of the device, the application that is using the device must convert small random writes to larger sequential writes. Writes past the adapter's maximum write capacity will continue to work for some period of time, but much more slowly. Whether the application uses sequential or random reads from the device does not affect the life of the device. A Predictive Failure Analysis message will indicate that it is time to replace the adapter if enabled by the system administrator. Customers are recommended to monitor the smart log via their operating system where fuel gauge shows the percentage used.

IBM NVMe adapter failures will be replaced during the standard warranty and maintenance period for adapters that have not reached the maximum number of write cycles. Adapters that reach this limit may fail to operate according to specifications and must be replaced at the client's expense. Data protection is not implemented in the card; protection is provided by OS mirroring or software RAID wherever applicable.

This adapter is not supported in the PCIe I/O drawer.

This PCIe NVMe device can have 32 namespaces per device.

  • Attributes provided: PCIe3 x8 NVMe 6.4 TB with low-profile tailstock
  • Attributes required: PCIe slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 30 (Initial order maximum: 30)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.4 TR1, or later
    • FW940, or later
    • AIX not supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Assignment to the VIOS not supported.
(#EC77) - PCIe4 LP 2-port 100Gb Crypto Connectx-6 DX QFSP56

This Gen4 x16 adapter provides up to two ports of 100 Gb/s Ethernet connectivity. The adapter supports both the network interface card (NIC) standard and the InfiniBand trade association (IBTA) standard for remote direct memory access (RDMA) over converged Ethernet (RoCE). Using RoCE, the adapter can support significantly greater bandwidth with low latency and minimise CPU overhead by more efficiently using memory access. This offloads the CPU from I/O networking tasks, improving performance and scalability.

Feature EC77 and feature EC78 are sourced from the Mellanox Corporation and are based on the Mellanox ConnectX-6 Dx technology. They have identical electronics and function and the same CCIN of 2CFA, but they have different tailstocks. Feature EC77 is low profile and feature EC78 is full height.

Limitation:

  • The adapter runs in dedicated mode only (no PowerVM virtualization) and RoCE and IP Security (IPSEC) are supported only by IBM i.
  • Single root I/O virtualization (SR-IOV) is not supported.

Details for the ports include:

  • PCI Express Gen4 x16
  • IPSEC over RoCE
  • RoCE over overlay networks
  • NIC supported
  • Attributes provided: Two-port 100Gb/s Ethernet adapter
  • Attributes required: One low-profile PCIe slot Gen4 x16
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.3 TR11, or later
    • IBM i 7.4 TR5, or later

    Note: IBM i 7.3 supports dedicated driver for the NIC function.
    Note: IBM i 7.4 supports dedicated driver for the NIC, RoCE, and IPSEC functions (RoCE and IPSEC are only supported by IBM i Db2 Mirror).
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EC7A) - PCIe4 LP 1.6TB NVMe Flash Adapter x8 for AIX/Linux

The PCIe4 x8 1.6 TB NVMe Adapter is a Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) generation 4 (Gen4) x8 adapter. The adapter can be used in either a x8 or x16 PCIe slot in the system and uses Non-Volatile Memory Express (NVMe). NVMe is a high performance software interface that can read/write flash memory. Compared to a SAS or SATA SSD, the NVMe Flash adapter provides more read/write input/output operations per second (IOPS) and larger throughput (GB/sec).

CCIN is 594A.

Feature #EC7A and #EC7B are identical cards except that the tailstock bracket is different. #EC7A fits a low profile PCIe slot. #EC7B fits a full high PCIe slot. See also #EC7C or #EC7D for a card with more memory.

The nature of the workload has a great impact on the maximum write capacity. If a high percentage of more sequentially oriented writes are used instead of random writes, the maximum write capacity will be larger. To extend the life of the device, the application that is using the device must convert small random writes to larger sequential writes. Writes past the adapter's maximum write capacity will continue to work for some period of time, but much more slowly. Whether the application uses sequential or random reads from the device does not affect the life of the device. A Predictive Failure Analysis message will indicate that it is time to replace the adapter if enabled by the system administrator. Customers are recommended to monitor the smart log via their operating system where fuel gauge shows the percentage used.

IBM NVMe adapter failures will be replaced during the standard warranty and maintenance period for adapters that have not reached the maximum number of write cycles. Adapters that reach this limit may fail to operate according to specifications and must be replaced at the client's expense. Data protection is not implemented in the card; protection is provided by OS mirroring or software RAID wherever applicable.

This adapter is not supported in the PCIe I/O drawer.
Note: NVMe Flash adapters #EC7A or #EC7B can be used to meet minimum AIX/ Linux SSD/HDD and backplane requirements.

This PCIe NVMe device can have 64 namespaces per device.

  • Attributes provided: NVMe Flash Adapter
  • Attributes required: one slot available
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i requires VIOS
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.2 for Power LE, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 Service Pack 2, or later
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-05 Technology Level or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-05 Technology Level and Service Pack 7100-05-07-2037 or later
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 7200-03-06-2038 or later (Planned Availability date February 19, 2021)
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 7200-04-03-2038 or later (Planned Availability date February 19, 2021)
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Assigment to the VIOS requires VIOS 3.1.2.10, or later
(#EC7C) - PCIe4 LP 3.2TB NVMe Flash Adapter x8 for AIX/Linux

The PCIe4 x8 3.2 TB NVMe Adapter is a Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) generation 4 (Gen4) x8 adapter. The adapter can be used in either a x8 or x16 PCIe slot in the system and uses Non-Volatile Memory Express (NVMe). NVMe is a high performance software interface that can read/write flash memory. Compared to a SAS or SATA SSD, the NVMe Flash adapter provides more read/write input/output operations per second (IOPS) and larger throughput (GB/sec).

CCIN is 594B.

Feature #EC7C and #EC7D are identical cards except that the tailstock bracket is different. #EC7C fits a low profile PCIe slot. #EC7D fits a full high PCIe slot. See also EC7E or EC7F for a card with more memory.

The nature of the workload has a great impact on the maximum write capacity. If a high percentage of more sequentially oriented writes are used instead of random writes, the maximum write capacity will be larger. To extend the life of the device, the application that is using the device must convert small random writes to larger sequential writes. Writes past the adapter's maximum write capacity will continue to work for some period of time, but much more slowly. Whether the application uses sequential or random reads from the device does not affect the life of the device. A Predictive Failure Analysis message will indicate that it is time to replace the adapter if enabled by the system administrator. Customers are recommended to monitor the smart log via their operating system where fuel gauge shows the percentage used.

IBM NVMe adapter failures will be replaced during the standard warranty and maintenance period for adapters that have not reached the maximum number of write cycles. Adapters that reach this limit may fail to operate according to specifications and must be replaced at the client's expense. Data protection is not implemented in the card; protection is provided by OS mirroring or software RAID wherever applicable.

This adapter is not supported in the PCIe I/O drawer.
Note: NVMe Flash adapters #EC7C or #EC7D can be used to meet minimum AIX/ Linux SSD/HDD and backplane requirements.

This PCIe NVMe device can have 64 namespaces per device.

  • Attributes provided: NVMe Flash Adapter
  • Attributes required: one slot available
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i requires VIOS
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.2 for Power LE, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 Service Pack 2, or later
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-05 Technology Level or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-05 Technology Level and Service Pack 7100-05-07-2037 or later
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 7200-03-06-2038 or later (Planned Availability date February 19, 2021)
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 7200-04-03-2038 or later (Planned Availability date February 19, 2021)
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Assigment to the VIOS requires VIOS 3.1.2.10, or later
(#EC7E) - PCIe4 LP 6.4TB NVMe Flash Adapter x8 for AIX/Linux

The PCIe4 x8 6.4 TB NVMe Adapter is a Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) generation 4 (Gen4) x8 adapter. The adapter can be used in either a x8 or x16 PCIe slot in the system and uses Non-Volatile Memory Express (NVMe). NVMe is a high performance software interface that can read/write flash memory. Compared to a SAS or SATA SSD, the NVMe Flash adapter provides more read/write input/output operations per second (IOPS) and larger throughput (GB/sec).

CCIN is 594C.

Feature #EC7E and #EC7F are identical cards except that the tailstock bracket is different. #EC7E fits a low profile PCIe slot. #EC7F fits a full high PCIe slot.

The nature of the workload has a great impact on the maximum write capacity. If a high percentage of more sequentially oriented writes are used instead of random writes, the maximum write capacity will be larger. To extend the life of the device, the application that is using the device must convert small random writes to larger sequential writes. Writes past the adapter's maximum write capacity will continue to work for some period of time, but much more slowly. Whether the application uses sequential or random reads from the device does not affect the life of the device. A Predictive Failure Analysis message will indicate that it is time to replace the adapter if enabled by the system administrator. Customers are recommended to monitor the smart log via their operating system where fuel gauge shows the percentage used.

IBM NVMe adapter failures will be replaced during the standard warranty and maintenance period for adapters that have not reached the maximum number of write cycles. Adapters that reach this limit may fail to operate according to specifications and must be replaced at the client's expense. Data protection is not implemented in the card; protection is provided by OS mirroring or software RAID wherever applicable.

This adapter is not supported in the PCIe I/O drawer.
Note: NVMe Flash adapters #EC7E or #EC7F can be used to meet minimum AIX/ Linux SSD/HDD and backplane requirements.

This PCIe NVMe device can have 64 namespaces per device.

  • Attributes provided: NVMe Flash Adapter
  • Attributes required: one slot available
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i requires VIOS
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.2 for Power LE, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 Service Pack 2, or later
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-05 Technology Level or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-05 Technology Level and Service Pack 7100-05-07-2037 or later
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 7200-03-06-2038 or later (Planned Availability date February 19, 2021)
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 7200-04-03-2038 or later (Planned Availability date February 19, 2021)
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Assigment to the VIOS requires VIOS 3.1.2.10, or later
(#EC7J) - PCIe4 LP 1.6TB NVMe Flash Adapter x8 for IBM i

The PCIe4 x8 1.6 TB NVMe Adapter is a Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) generation 4 (Gen4) x8 adapter. The adapter can be used in either a x8 or x16 PCIe slot in the system and uses Non-Volatile Memory Express (NVMe).

NVMe is a high performance software interface that can read/write flash memory. Compared to a SAS or SATA SSD, the NVMe Flash adapter provides more read/write input/output operations per second (IOPS) and larger throughput (GB/sec).

Features EC7J and EC7K are the same adapter with different feature codes. Feature EC7J is low-profile adapter and feature EC7K is full- height adapters. Features EC7J and EC7K are supported by IBM i. CCIN is 594A.

The nature of the workload has a great impact on the maximum write capacity. If a high percentage of more sequentially oriented writes is used instead of random writes, the maximum write capacity will be larger. To extend the life of the device, the application that is using the device must convert small random writes to larger sequential writes. Writes past the adapter's maximum write capacity will continue to work for some period of time, but much more slowly. Whether the application uses sequential or random reads from the device does not affect the life of the device. A Predictive Failure Analysis message will indicate that it is time to replace the adapter if enabled by the system administrator. Customers are recommended to monitor the smart log via their operating system where fuel gauge shows the percentage used.

IBM NVMe adapter failures will be replaced during the standard warranty and maintenance period for adapters that have not reached the maximum number of write cycles. Adapters that reach this limit may fail to operate according to specifications and must be replaced at the client's expense. Data protection is not implemented in the card; protection is provided by OS mirroring or software RAID wherever applicable.

This adapter is not supported in the PCIe I/O drawer.

This PCIe NVMe device can have 64 namespaces per device.

  • Attributes provided: NVMe Flash Adapter
  • Attributes required: one slot available
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 30 (Initial order maximum: 30)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.4 TR3, or later
    • AIX not supported
    • Linux not supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EC7L) - PCIe4 LP 3.2TB NVMe Flash Adapter x8 for IBM i

The PCIe4 x8 3.2 TB NVMe Adapter is a Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) generation 4 (Gen4) x8 adapter. The adapter can be used in either a x8 or x16 PCIe slot in the system and uses Non-Volatile Memory Express (NVMe).

NVMe is a high performance software interface that can read/write flash memory. Compared to a SAS or SATA SSD, the NVMe Flash adapter provides more read/write input/output operations per second (IOPS) and larger throughput (GB/sec).

Features EC7L and EC7M are the same adapter with different feature codes. Feature EC7L is low-profile adapter and feature EC7M is full- height adapters. Features EC7L and EC7M are supported by IBM i. CCIN is 594B.

The nature of the workload has a great impact on the maximum write capacity. If a high percentage of more sequentially oriented writes is used instead of random writes, the maximum write capacity will be larger. To extend the life of the device, the application that is using the device must convert small random writes to larger sequential writes. Writes past the adapter's maximum write capacity will continue to work for some period of time, but much more slowly. Whether the application uses sequential or random reads from the device does not affect the life of the device. A Predictive Failure Analysis message will indicate that it is time to replace the adapter if enabled by the system administrator. Customers are recommended to monitor the smart log via their operating system where fuel gauge shows the percentage used. IBM NVMe adapter failures will be replaced during the standard warranty and maintenance period for adapters that have not reached the maximum number of write cycles. Adapters that reach this limit may fail to operate according to specifications and must be replaced at the client's expense. Data protection is not implemented in the card; protection is provided by OS mirroring or software RAID wherever applicable.

This adapter is not supported in the PCIe I/O drawer.

This PCIe NVMe device can have 64 namespaces per device.

  • Attributes provided: NVMe Flash Adapter
  • Attributes required: one slot available
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 30 (Initial order maximum: 30)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.4 TR3, or later
    • AIX not supported
    • Linux not supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EC7N) - PCIe4 LP 6.4TB NVMe Flash Adapter x8 for IBM i

The PCIe4 x8 6.4 TB NVMe Adapter is a Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) generation 4 (Gen4) x8 adapter. The adapter can be used in either a x8 or x16 PCIe slot in the system and uses Non-Volatile Memory Express (NVMe).

NVMe is a high performance software interface that can read/write flash memory. Compared to a SAS or SATA SSD, the NVMe Flash adapter provides more read/write input/output operations per second (IOPS) and larger throughput (GB/sec).

Features EC7N and EC7P are the same adapter with different feature codes. Feature EC7N is low-profile adapter and feature EC7P is full- height adapters. Features EC7N and EC7P are supported by IBM i. CCIN is 594C.

The nature of the workload has a great impact on the maximum write capacity. If a high percentage of more sequentially oriented writes is used instead of random writes, the maximum write capacity will be larger. To extend the life of the device, the application that is using the device must convert small random writes to larger sequential writes. Writes past the adapter's maximum write capacity will continue to work for some period of time, but much more slowly. Whether the application uses sequential or random reads from the device does not affect the life of the device. A Predictive Failure Analysis message will indicate that it is time to replace the adapter if enabled by the system administrator. Customers are recommended to monitor the smart log via their operating system where fuel gauge shows the percentage used.

IBM NVMe adapter failures will be replaced during the standard warranty and maintenance period for adapters that have not reached the maximum number of write cycles. Adapters that reach this limit may fail to operate according to specifications and must be replaced at the client's expense. Data protection is not implemented in the card; protection is provided by OS mirroring or software RAID wherever applicable.

This adapter is not supported in the PCIe I/O drawer.

This PCIe NVMe device can have 64 namespaces per device.

  • Attributes provided: NVMe Flash Adapter
  • Attributes required: one slot available
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 30 (Initial order maximum: 30)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.4 TR3, or later
    • AIX not supported
    • Linux not supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EC7Q) - 800GB Mainstream NVMe U.2 SSD 4k for AIX/Linux

Mainstream 800 GB NVMe SFF U.2 7mm SSD (Solid State Drive) is a Peripheral Component Interconnect Express (PCIe) generation 4 (Gen4) drive. The SSD can be used in any U.2 7mm Non-Volatile Memory Express (NVMe) PCIe Gen4 x 4 interface in the system. NVMe is a high performance architecture and command protocol that can read/write flash memory. Compared to a SAS or SATA SSD, the NVMe SSD provides more read/write input/output operations per second (IOPS) and larger throughput (GB/sec).

Feature #EC7Q has the CCIN number of 59B4 and indicates usage by AIX, Linux, or VIOS in which the SSD is formatted in 4096 byte sectors.

Mainstream 800 GB solid state drive (SSD) formatted in 4096 byte sectors (4K). This Mainstream solid-state drive is rated at 2.4 DWPD (Drive Writes Per Day) calculated over a 5-year period for 100% (4K bytes or larger) random write workloads. Use for workloads within this rating are fully supported and will maintain high reliability and MTBF.

The nature of the workload has a great impact on the maximum write capacity. If a high percentage of more sequentially oriented writes is used instead of random writes, the maximum write capacity will be larger. Writes past the SSD's maximum write capacity will continue to work for some period of time, but perform much more slowly. Whether the application uses sequential or random reads from the device does not affect the life of the device. A Predictive Failure Analysis message will indicate that it is time to replace the SSD if enabled by the operating system (OS) and system administrator. Customers are recommended to monitor SMART log critical information via the appropriate OS utility to observe drive life remaining information. IBM NVMe SSD failures will be replaced during the standard warranty and maintenance period for SSD's that have not reached the maximum number of write cycles. SSD's that reach this limit may fail to operate according to specifications and must be replaced at the client's expense. Boot supported. Data redundancy on a failed SSD may be provided by OS mirroring or software RAID wherever applicable.

  • Attributes provided: 800 GB low latency flash memory
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen3 slot in system unit
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • IBM i not supported via VIOS
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15, Service Pack 3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15, Service Pack 3, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.4, for Power LE, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for SAP with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.4, for Power LE, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECBJ) - SAS X Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure

This 3 metre SAS cable connects two PCIe2 SAS adapters or two PCIe3 SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors attach to two SAS adapters such as two #EJ0J or two #EJ0L or two #5913. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapter can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

This cable is almost identical to the #3454 3m SAS X cable, except #ECBJ connectors for the SAS adapters are more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors or between PCIe2 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors.
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECBK) - SAS X Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure

This 3 metre SAS cable connects two PCIe2 SAS adapters or two PCIe3 SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors attach to two SAS adapters such as two #EJ0J or two #EJ0L or two #5913. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapter can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

This cable is almost identical to the #3454 3m SAS X cable, except #ECBJ connectors for the SAS adapters are more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

This 6 metre SAS cable connects two SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD connectors attaches to two SAS adapters such as the #5913 1.8GB RAID SAS Adapter. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

Limitation: When this cable is ordered with a system in a rack specifying IBM Plant integration, IBM Manufacturing will ship SAS cables longer than 3 meters in a separate box and not attempt to place the cable in the rack.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors or between PCIe2 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors.
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECBL) - SAS X Cable 10m - HD Narrow 6Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This 3 metre SAS cable connects two PCIe2 SAS adapters or two PCIe3 SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors attach to two SAS adapters such as two #EJ0J or two #EJ0L or two #5913. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapter can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

This cable is almost identical to the #3454 3m SAS X cable, except #ECBJ connectors for the SAS adapters are more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

Limitation: When this cable is ordered with a system in a rack specifying IBM Plant integration, IBM Manufacturing will ship SAS cables longer than 3 meters in a separate box and not attempt to place the cable in the rack.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors or between PCIe2 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors.
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECBM) - SAS X Cable 15m - HD Narrow 3Gb 2-Adapters to Enclosure

(No Longer Available as of June 30, 2021)

This 15 metre SAS cable connects two PCIe2 SAS adapters or two PCIe3 SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four connectors, two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors attach to two SAS adapters such as two #EJ0J or two #EJ0L or two #5913. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapter can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

This cable is almost identical to the #3458 15m SAS X cable, except #ECBM connectors for the SAS adapters are more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

Limitation: When this cable is ordered with a system in a rack specifying IBM Plant integration, IBM Manufacturing will ship SAS cables longer than 3 meters in a separate box and not attempt to place the cable in the rack.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors or between PCIe2 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors.
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECBT) - SAS YO Cable 1.5m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This 1.5 metre SAS cable connects a PCIe2 SAS adapter or a PCIe3 SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #EJ0J or #EJ0L or #5913. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable.

This cable is almost identical to the #3450 1.5m SAS YO cable, except the #ECBT connector for the SAS adapters is more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors or between PCIe2 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors.
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECBU) - SAS YO Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This 3 metre SAS cable connects a PCIe2 SAS adapter or a PCIe3 SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #EJ0J or #EJ0L or #5913. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable.

This cable is almost identical to the #3451 3m SAS YO cable, except the #ECBU connector for the SAS adapters is more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors or between PCIe2 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors.
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECBV) - SAS YO Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This 6 metre SAS cable connects a PCIe2 SAS adapter or a PCIe3 SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #EJ0J or #EJ0L or #5913. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable.

This cable is almost identical to the #3452 6m SAS YO cable, except the #ECBV connector for the SAS adapters is more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

Limitation: When this cable is ordered with a system in a rack specifying IBM Plant integration, IBM Manufacturing will ship SAS cables longer than 3 meters in a separate box and not attempt to place the cable in the rack.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors or between PCIe2 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors.
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECBW) - SAS YO Cable 10m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This 10 metre SAS cable connects a PCIe2 SAS adapter or a PCIe3 SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #EJ0J or #EJ0L or #5913. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5886 EXP12S or #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable.

This cable is almost identical to the #3453 10m SAS YO cable, except the #ECBW connector for the SAS adapters is more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

Limitation: When this cable is ordered with a system in a rack specifying IBM Plant integration, IBM Manufacturing will ship SAS cables longer than 3 meters in a separate box and not attempt to place the cable in the rack.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors or between PCIe2 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors.
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECBX) - SAS YO Cable 15m - HD Narrow 3Gb Adapter to Enclosure

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This 15 metre SAS cable connects a PCIe2 SAS adapter or a PCIe3 SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and two Mini SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #EJ0J or #EJ0L or #5913. Both Mini SAS connectors attach to the same I/O drawer (enclosure) such as a #5887 EXP24S SAS I/O drawer. This cable can support up to 3Gb throughput.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable.

This cable is almost identical to the #3457 15m SAS YO cable, except the #ECBX connector for the SAS adapters is more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

Limitation

  • Does not support 6Gb throughput.
  • When this cable is ordered with a system in a rack specifying IBM Plant integration, IBM Manufacturing will ship SAS cables longer than 3 meters in a separate box and not attempt to place the cable in the rack.
  • Attributes provided: Connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors or between PCIe2 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini-SAS connectors.
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECBY) - SAS AE1 Cable 4m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This 4 metre SAS cable connects a PCIe3 SAS adapter to a SAS tape drive or DVD. The tape drive or DVD is probably in an I/O enclosure such as a bridge box or 1U media enclosure or tape library. This AE cable has two connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and one Mini-SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #EJ0X. The Mini-SAS connector attaches to a SAS tape drive enclosure or DVD. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Use #ECBY when ordering the cable as a feature code on a Power System. Alternatively the same cable can be ordered using feature code #5507 of the IBM tape enclosure or DVD.

  • Attributes provided: connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and a SAS tape drive or DVD with Mini-SAS connectors
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller such as #EJ0X, #EJ10 or #EJ11 for use with an available SAS tape drive or DVD.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECBZ) - SAS YE1 Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Enclosure

This 3 metre SAS cable connects a PCIe3 SAS adapter to one or two SAS tape drives. The tape drive(s) is probably in an I/O enclosure such as a bridge box or 1U media enclosure or tape library. This YO cable has three connectors, one Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connector and two Mini-SAS connectors. The Mini-SAS HD Narrow connector attaches to a SAS adapter such as the #EJ0X. Each Mini-SAS connector attaches to a different SAS tape drive enclosure. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Use #ECBZ when ordering the cable as a feature code on a Power System. Alternatively the same cable can be ordered using feature code #5509 of the IBM tape enclosure.

  • Attributes provided: connection between PCIe3 SAS adapter with Mini-SAS HD Narrow connectors and one or two SAS tape drives with Mini-SAS connectors.
  • Attributes required: available connectors on SAS controller such as #EJ0X, #EJ10 or #EJ11 for use with an available SAS tape drive.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECC0) - SAS AA Cable 0.6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter

This 0.6m SAS cable connects a pair of PCIe SAS adapters with write cache to each other. The pair can be two PCIe3 SAS adapters or can be two PCIe2 SAS adapters. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connectors which connect the top connectors of the two PCIe adapters providing a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Two AA cables are always required between a pair of PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache such as #EJ0L unless six (three pair) of ports or unless eight (four pair) are used to attach I/O drawers. One AA cable is always required between a pair of PCIe2 SAS adapters with write cache (pair of #5913 or a pair of #ESA3) unless all six (three pair) of ports are used to attach I/O drawers. If an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters.

This cable is almost identical to the #5918 0.6m SAS AA cable, except #ECC0 connectors for the SAS adapters are more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

  • Attributes provided: high speed connection between two PCIe2 or two PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache
  • Attributes required: available top connectors on pair of PCIe2 or PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECC2) - SAS AA Cable 1.5m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter

This 1.5m SAS cable connects a pair of PCIe SAS adapters with write cache to each other. The pair can be two PCIe3 SAS adapters or can be two PCIe2 SAS adapters. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connectors which connect the top connectors of the two PCIe adapters providing a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Two AA cables are always required between a pair of PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache such as #EJ0L unless six (three pair) of ports or unless eight (four pair) are used to attach I/O drawers. One AA cable is always required between a pair of PCIe2 SAS adapters with write cache (pair of #5913 or a pair of #ESA3) unless all six (three pair) of ports are used to attach I/O drawers. If an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters.

This cable is almost identical to the #5917 1.5m SAS AA cable, except #ECC2 connectors for the SAS adapters are more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

  • Attributes provided: high speed connection between two PCIe2 or two PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache
  • Attributes required: available top connectors on pair of PCIe2 or PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECC3) - SAS AA Cable 3m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter

This 3m SAS cable connects a pair of PCIe SAS adapters with write cache to each other. The pair can be two PCIe3 SAS adapters or can be two PCIe2 SAS adapters. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connectors which connect the top connectors of the two PCIe adapters providing a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Two AA cables are always required between a pair of PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache such as #EJ0L unless six (three pair) of ports or unless eight (four pair) are used to attach I/O drawers. One AA cable is always required between a pair of PCIe2 SAS adapters with write cache (pair of #5913 or a pair of #ESA3) unless all six (three pair) of ports are used to attach I/O drawers. If an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters.

This cable is almost identical to the #5915 3m SAS AA cable, except #ECC3 connectors for the SAS adapters are more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

  • Attributes provided: high speed connection between two PCIe2 or two PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache
  • Attributes required: available top connectors on pair of PCIe2 or PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECC4) - SAS AA Cable 6m - HD Narrow 6Gb Adapter to Adapter

This 6m SAS cable connects a pair of PCIe SAS adapters with write cache to each other. The pair can be two PCIe3 SAS adapters or can be two PCIe2 SAS adapters. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) Narrow connectors which connect the top connectors of the two PCIe adapters providing a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable can support up to 6Gb throughput.

Two AA cables are always required between a pair of PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache such as #EJ0L unless six (three pair) of ports or unless eight (four pair) are used to attach I/O drawers. One AA cable is always required between a pair of PCIe2 SAS adapters with write cache (pair of #5913 or a pair of #ESA3) unless all six (three pair) of ports are used to attach I/O drawers. If an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters.

This cable is almost identical to the #5916 6m SAS AA cable, except #ECC4 connectors for the SAS adapters are more narrow allowing it to fit onto the newer PCIe3 SAS adapters.

  • Attributes provided: high speed connection between two PCIe2 or two PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache
  • Attributes required: available top connectors on pair of PCIe2 or PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECC6) - 2M Optical Cable Pair for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

The 2.0 metre active optical cable (AOC) pair connects a PCIe3 module in the PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer to a PCIe3 Optical Converter Adapter in the system unit. There are two identical cables in the cable pair, each with two CXP connectors. One of the cables attaches to the top CXP port of the PCIe3 module and to the top CXP port of the PCIe3 Optical Converter Adapter. The other cable attaches to the bottom CXP ports. See also other AOC cable length options such as the feature #ECC8 (10 metre). The 2 metre length is suggested only for intra-rack connections.

  • Attributes provided: Pair of 2 metre active optical cables
  • Attributes required: CXP ports on a PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter (#EJ07) and on a PCIe3 module such as a #EMXF in a PCIe Gen3 Expansion Drawer (#EMX0)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECC8) - 10M Optical Cable Pair for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

The 10.0 metre active optical cable (AOC) pair connects a PCIe3 module in the PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer to a PCIe3 Optical Converter Adapter in the system unit. There are two identical cables in the cable pair, each with two CXP connectors. One of the cables attaches to the top CXP port of the PCIe3 module and to the top CXP port of the PCIe3 Optical Converter Adapter. The other cable attaches to the bottom CXP ports. See also other AOC cable length options such as the feature #ECC6 (2 metre). The 10 metre length is suggested for cabling to a different rack.

  • Attributes provided: Pair of 10 metre active optical cables
  • Attributes required: CXP ports on a PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter (#EJ07) and on a PCIe3 module such as a #EMXF in a PCIe Gen3 Expansion Drawer (#EMX0)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECC9) - 20M Optical Cable Pair for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

The 20 metre active optical cable (AOC) pair connects a PCIe3 module in the PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer to a PCIe3 Optical Converter Adapter in the system unit. There are two identical cables in the cable pair, each with two CXP connectors. One of the cables attaches to the top CXP port of the PCIe3 module and to the top CXP port of the PCIe3 Optical Converter Adapter. The other cable attaches to the bottom CXP ports.

See also other AOC cable length options such as the feature #ECC8 (10 metre). The 20 metre length is suggested only for extra-rack connections.

  • Attributes provided: Pair of 20 metre active optical cables
  • Attributes required: CXP ports on a PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter and on a PCIe3 module in a PCIe Gen3 Expansion Drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECCR) - 2M Active Optical Cable Pair for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer

The 2.0 metre active optical cable (AOC) pair connects a PCIe3 module in the PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer to a PCIe3 Optical Converter Adapter in the system unit. There are two identical cables in the cable pair, each with two CXP connectors. One of the cables attaches to the top CXP port of the PCIe3 module and to the top CXP port of the PCIe3 Optical Converter Adapter. The other cable attaches to the bottom CXP ports. See also other AOC cable length options such as the feature feature #ECCY (10 metre) or #ECCZ (20 metre). The 2 metre length is suggested only for intra-rack connections.

  • Attributes provided: Pair of 2 metre active optical cables
  • Attributes required: CXP ports on a PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter and on a PCIe3 module in a PCIe Gen3 Expansion Drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECCY) - 10M Active Optical Cable Pair for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer

The 10.0 metre active optical cable (AOC) pair connects a PCIe3 module in the PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer to a PCIe3 Optical Converter Adapter in the system unit. There are two identical cables in the cable pair, each with two CXP connectors. One of the cables attaches to the top CXP port of the PCIe3 module and to the top CXP port of the PCIe3 Optical Converter Adapter. The other cable attaches to the bottom CXP ports.

  • Attributes provided: Pair of 10 metre active optical cables
  • Attributes required: CXP ports on a PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter and on a PCIe3 module in a PCIe Gen3 Expansion Drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECCZ) - 20M Active Optical Cable Pair for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer

The 20 metre active optical cable (AOC) pair connects a PCIe3 module in the PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer to a PCIe3 Optical Converter Adapter in the system unit. There are two identical cables in the cable pair, each with two CXP connectors. One of the cables attaches to the top CXP port of the PCIe3 module and to the top CXP port of the PCIe3 Optical Converter Adapter. The other cable attaches to the bottom CXP ports. See also other AOC cable length options such as the feature #ECCR (2 metre) or feature #ECCY (10 metre). The 20 metre length is suggested only for extra-rack connections.

  • Attributes provided: Pair of 20 metre active optical cables
  • Attributes required: CXP ports on a PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter and on a PCIe3 module in a PCIe Gen3 Expansion Drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECDJ) - 3.0M SAS X12 Cable (Two Adapter to Enclosure)

This 3 metre SAS cable connects two SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connectors. Two of connectors attach to two SAS adapters such as in the PCIe3 SAS Adapter. The other two connectors attach to one SAS I/ O Enclosure such as the EXP12SX (#ESLL/#ELLL ) or EXP24SX (#ESLS/ #ELLS). This cable is designed for high speed (DHS) to support up to 12Gb throughput if the adapter has that capability.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/ O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapter can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

Limitation: This cable cannot be used with the EXP24S I/O drawer (#5887 or# EL1S) which uses Mini-SAS connectors which are not HD.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between two SAS adapters with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS HD connectors
  • Attributes required: Available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECDK) - 4.5M SAS X12 Active Optical Cable (Two Adapter to Enclosure)

This 4.5 metre SAS cable connects two SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connectors. Two of connectors attach to two SAS adapters such as in the PCIe3 SAS Adapter. The other two connectors attach to one SAS I/ O Enclosure such as the EXP12SX (#ESLL/#ELLL ) or EXP24SX (#ESLS/ #ELLS). This cable is designed for high speed (DHS) to support up to 12Gb throughput if the adapter has that capability.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/ O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapter can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

Limitation: This cable cannot be used with the EXP24S I/O drawer (#5887 or# EL1S) which uses Mini-SAS connectors which are not HD.
Note: AOC cables require minimum level of SAS Adapter firmware. Refer to the latest prerequisites at

http://www-912.ibm.com/e_dir/eServerPrereq.nsf
  • Attributes provided: Connection between two SAS adapters with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS HD connectors
  • Attributes required: Available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECDL) - 10M SAS X12 Active Optical Cable (Two Adapter to Enclosure)

This 10 metre SAS cable connects two SAS adapters to a SAS I/O enclosure. This X cable has four Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connectors. Two of connectors attach to two SAS adapters such as in the PCIe3 SAS Adapter. The other two connectors attach to one SAS I/ O Enclosure such as the EXP12SX (#ESLL/#ELLL ) or EXP24SX (#ESLS/ #ELLS). This cable is designed for high speed (DHS) to support up to 12Gb throughput if the adapter has that capability.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/ O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapter can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

Limitation: This cable cannot be used with the EXP24S I/O drawer (#5887 or# EL1S) which uses Mini-SAS connectors which are not HD.
Note: AOC cables require minimum level of SAS Adapter firmware. Refer to the latest prerequisites at

http://www-912.ibm.com/e_dir/eServerPrereq.nsf
  • Attributes provided: Connection between two SAS adapters with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS HD connectors
  • Attributes required: Available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECDT) - 1.5M SAS YO12 Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)

This 1.5 metre SAS cable connects one SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connectors. One of connectors attach to a SAS adapter such as in the PCIe3 SAS Adapter. The other two connectors attach to one SAS I/O Enclosure such as the EXP12SX (#ESLL/#ELLL ) or EXP24SX (#ESLS/ #ELLS). This cable is designed for high speed (DHS) to support up to 12Gb throughput if the adapter has that capability.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/ O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapter can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

Limitation: This cable cannot be used with the EXP24S I/O drawer (#5887 or# EL1S) which uses Mini-SAS connectors which are not HD.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between a SAS adapters with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS HD connectors
  • Attributes required: Available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECDU) - 3.0M SAS YO12 Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)

This 3 metre SAS cable connects one SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connectors. One of connectors attach to a SAS adapter such as in the PCIe3 SAS Adapter. The other two connectors attach to one SAS I/O Enclosure such as the EXP12SX (#ESLL/#ELLL ) or EXP24SX (#ESLS/ #ELLS). This cable is designed for high speed (DHS) to support up to 12Gb throughput if the adapter has that capability.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/ O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapter can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

Limitation: This cable cannot be used with the EXP24S I/O drawer (#5887 or# EL1S) which uses Mini-SAS connectors which are not HD.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between a SAS adapters with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS HD connectors
  • Attributes required: Available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECDV) - 4.5M SAS YO12 Active Optical Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)

This 4.5 metre SAS cable connects one SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connectors. One of connectors attach to a SAS adapter such as in the PCIe3 SAS Adapter. The other two connectors attach to one SAS I/O Enclosure such as the EXP12SX (#ESLL/#ELLL ) or EXP24SX (#ESLS/ #ELLS). This cable is designed for high speed (DHS) to support up to 12Gb throughput if the adapter has that capability.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/ O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapter can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

Limitation: This cable cannot be used with the EXP24S I/O drawer (#5887 or# EL1S) which uses Mini-SAS connectors which are not HD.
Note: AOC cables require minimum level of SAS Adapter firmware. Refer to the latest prerequisites at

http://www-912.ibm.com/e_dir/eServerPrereq.nsf
  • Attributes provided: Connection between a SAS adapters with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS HD connectors
  • Attributes required: Available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECDW) - 10M SAS YO12 Active Optical Cable (Adapter to Enclosure)

This 10 metre SAS cable connects one SAS adapter to a SAS I/O enclosure. This YO cable has three Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connectors. One of connectors attach to a SAS adapter such as in the PCIe3 SAS Adapter. The other two connectors attach to one SAS I/O Enclosure such as the EXP12SX (#ESLL/#ELLL ) or EXP24SX (#ESLS/ #ELLS). This cable is designed for high speed (DHS) to support up to 12Gb throughput if the adapter has that capability.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the adapter and the I/ O drawer. See SAS cabling documentation for the length of each leg of the cable. The SAS adapters can be in the same or in different PCIe I/O drawers. Or one adapter can be in a supported Power System CEC and the other adapter can be in a PCIe I/O drawer. Or both adapters can be in a supported Power System CEC.

Limitation: This cable cannot be used with the EXP24S I/O drawer (#5887 or# EL1S) which uses Mini-SAS connectors which are not HD.
Note: AOC cables require minimum level of SAS Adapter firmware. Refer to the latest prerequisites at

http://www-912.ibm.com/e_dir/eServerPrereq.nsf
  • Attributes provided: Connection between a SAS adapters with Mini-SAS HD connectors and a SAS I/O drawer with Mini SAS HD connectors
  • Attributes required: Available connectors on SAS controllers and SAS I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECE0) - 0.6M SAS AA12 Cable (Adapter to Adapter)

This 0.6 metre SAS cable connects a pair of SAS adapters to each other. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connectors which connect the top connectors of two PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cachce such as #EJ0L or #EJ14. The cable provides a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable is designed for high speed to support up to 12Gb throughput. Note EJ0L/EJ14 support 6Gb.

Two AA cables are always required between a pair of PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache when just one or two I/O drawers are attached. One AA cable is required if three I/O drawers are attached. If four drawers are attached or if an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth. AA cables are not used with SAS adapters with no write cache.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters.

The 6Gb version of this cable is feature #5918. #5918 and #ECE0 can be mixed on the same PCIe3 adapter pair.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between two SAS adapters with Mini-SAS HD connectors
  • Attributes required: Available connectors on SAS controllers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECE3) - 3.0M SAS AA12 Cable

This 3.0 metre SAS cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connectors, and is designed for high speed to support up to 12Gb throughput. This is a straight cable (in contrast with X or YO cables) that has two distinct uses:

  1. For Elastic Storage Server (ESS) solutions that have a 5147-024 I/O drawer, this cable is used to attach the 5147-024 to its controller.
  2. For POWER Servers with #5887, #EL1S, #ESLS, #ESLL, #ELLS, or #ELLL I/O drawers driven by paired PCIe controllers with write cache such as #EJ0L or #EJ14, this cable is used to connect the top connectors of the paired controllers. The cable provides a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card.

Note that X or YO cables are always used to attach I/O drawers #5887, #EL1S, #ESLS, #ESLL, #ELLS, or #ELLL to controllers on POWER Servers. Straight cables (such as #ECE3) are not allowed to directly attach to I/O drawers on POWER Servers.

Two AA cables are always required between a pair of PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache when just one or two I/O drawers are attached. One AA cable is required if three I/O drawers are attached. If four drawers are attached or if an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth. On POWER Servers, AA cables are not used with SAS adapters with no write cache.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters.

The 6Gb version of this cable is feature #5915. #5915 and #ECE3 can be mixed on the same PCIe3 adapter pair.

  • Attributes provided: For ESS solutions, connection between a SAS controller and one 5174-024 I/O drawer. For POWER Systems, connection between two paired SAS controllers with write cache and Mini-SAS HD connectors.
  • Attributes required: For ESS solutions, a 5147-024 I/O drawer and appropriate controller. For POWER Systems, available connectors on SAS controllers.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECE4) - 4.5M SAS AA12 Active Optical Cable (Adapter to Adapter)

This 4.5 metre SAS cable connects a pair of SAS adapters to each other. This AA cable has two Mini-SAS HD (High Density) connectors which connect the top connectors of two PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cachce such as #EJ0L or #EJ14. The cable provides a high performance path of all the dual controller communication including mirroring the write cache and status awareness of each card. This cable is designed for high speed to support up to 12Gb throughput. Note EJ0L/EJ14 support 6Gb.

Two AA cables are always required between a pair of PCIe3 SAS adapters with write cache when just one or two I/O drawers are attached. One AA cable is required if three I/O drawers are attached. If four drawers are attached or if an AA cable fails or is disconnected, then the information it was carrying is then sent over the cables attached to the I/O drawers, sharing their bandwidth. AA cables are not used with SAS adapters with no write cache.

Multiple cable length feature codes are available. Choose the cable length that best matches the distance between the two adapters.
Note: AOC cables require minimum level of SAS Adapter firmware. Refer to the latest prerequisites at

http://www-912.ibm.com/e_dir/eServerPrereq.nsf
  • Attributes provided: Connection between two SAS adapters with Mini-SAS HD connectors
  • Attributes required: Available connectors on SAS controllers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EC37) - PCIe3 LP 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SFP+ Copper Adapter

This PCIe Gen3 adapter provides two 10 Gb SFP+ ports for copper twinax cabling/transceivers. The adapter supports both NIC and IBTA RoCE standards. RoCE is Remote Direct Memory Access (RDMA) over Converged Ethernet. Using RoCE, the adapter can support significantly greater bandwidth with low latency and minimise CPU overhead by more efficiently using memory access. This offloads the CPU from I/O networking tasks, improving performance and scalability.

Active Copper twinax cables up to 5 meters in length are supported such as provided by feature #EN01, #EN02 or #EN03. These cables also include copper transceivers. Active cables differ from passive cables.

Feature code #EC37 and #EC38 have identical electronics and function and CCIN (57BC), but have different tail stocks. #EC37 is low profile and #EC38 is full high. Compared to EC2M/EC2N, the EC37/ EC38 have identical application capability, but different cabling (optical fibre vs copper twinax). The EC37/EC38 is based on the Mellanox ConnectX-3 Pro ASIC and is newer technology than previous features EC27/EC28.

LIMITATION: This adapter supports RoCE and NIC functions but not concurrently on the same adapter.

Details for the ports include:

  • AIX NIM and Linux Network Install are supported.
  • IBTA RoCE v2 support.
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10Gb Ethernet), IEEE 802.3ad (Link Aggregation & Failover), IEEE 802.3az (Energy Efficient Ethernet), IEEE 802.1Q/P (VLAN Tagging), IEEE 802.10au (Congestion Notification), IEEE 802.1Qbg, IEEE 802.3Qaz D0.2 (ETS), IEEE 802.1Qbb D1.0 (PFC), IEEE 1588v2 (PTP)
  • Jumbo frame support up to 9.6KB
  • VXLAN and NVGRE Overlay Network offload support
  • TCP/UDP/IP stateless offload
  • TCP checksum offload
  • TCP segmentation offload
  • UDP checksum offload
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrup
  • Attributes provided: 2-port 10Gb Ethernet Adapter with NIC and/or RoCE capability
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen3 or Gen2 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
  • OS level required: Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i supported only with VIOS. Only virtual ethernet NIC supported
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.6 for Power LE (p8compat), or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for SAP with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE version 7.6, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.0 for Power LE, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.6, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 4, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 4, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 4 , or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: supports NIC capability only.
(#EC38) - PCIe3 2-port 10GbE NIC&RoCE SFP+ Copper Adapter

This PCIe Gen3 adapter provides two 10 Gb SFP+ ports for copper twinax cabling/transceivers. The adapter supports both NIC and IBTA RoCE standards. RoCE is Remote Direct Memory Access (RDMA) over Converged Ethernet. Using RoCE, the adapter can support significantly greater bandwidth with low latency and minimise CPU overhead by more efficiently using memory access. This offloads the CPU from I/O networking tasks, improving performance and scalability.

Active Copper twinax cables up to 5 metre in length are supported such as provided by feature #EN01, #EN02 or #EN03. These cables also include copper transceivers. Active cables differ from passive cables.

Feature code #EC37 and #EC38 have identical electronics and function and CCIN (57BC), but have different tail stocks. #EC37 is low profile and #EC38 is full high. Compared to EC2M/EC2N, the EC37/ EC38 have identical application capability, but different cabling (optical fibre vs copper twinax). The EC37/EC38 is based on the Mellanox ConnectX-3 Pro ASIC and is newer technology than previous features EC27/EC28.

Details for the ports include:

  • AIX NIM and Linux Network Install are supported.
  • IBTA RoCE v2 support.
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10Gb Ethernet), IEEE 802.3ad (Link Aggregation & Failover), IEEE 802.3az (Energy Efficient Ethernet), IEEE 802.1Q/P (VLAN Tagging), IEEE 802.10au (Congestion Notification), IEEE 802.1Qbg, IEEE 802.3Qaz D0.2 (ETS), IEEE 802.1Qbb D1.0 (PFC), IEEE 1588v2 (PTP)
  • Jumbo frame support up to 9.6KB
  • VXLAN and NVGRE Overlay Network offload support
  • TCP/UDP/IP stateless offload
  • TCP checksum offload
  • TCP segmentation offload
  • UDP checksum offload
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrup
  • Attributes provided: 2-port 10Gb Ethernet Adapter with NIC and/or RoCE capability
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen3 or Gen2 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i supported only with VIOS. Only virtual ethernet NIC supported
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.6 for Power LE (p8compat), or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for SAP with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE version 7.6, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.0 for Power LE, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.6, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 4, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 4, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 4 , or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Supports NIC capability only.
(#EC3A) - PCIe3 LP 2-Port 40GbE NIC RoCE QSFP+ Adapter

(No longer available as of February 28, 2020)

PCIe Gen3 adapter provides two 40 Gb Ethernet QSFP+ ports. NIC and IBTA RoCE protocols are supported.

RoCE is Remote Direct Memory Access (RDMA) over Converged Ethernet. RoCE can support significantly greater bandwidth with low latency and minimise CPU overhead by more efficiently using memory access. This offloads the CPU from I/O networking tasks, improving performance and scalability.

The #EC3A/EC3B adapter does not include transceivers. Shorter distance copper cables include transceivers on the end of the QSFP+ cable (see #EB2B (1m), #EB2H (3m), #ECBN (5m)). For longer distance use two optical SR transceiver (two #EB27). QSFP+ optical cables to be used with the #EB27 transceiver are #EB2J (10m) or #EB2K (30m). Do not mix copper and optical on the same adapter.

Feature code #EC3A and #EC3B have identical electronics and function and the same CCIN (57BD), but they have different tail stocks. #EC3A is low profile and #EC3B is full height.

AIX NIM and Linux Network Install are supported.

  • Attributes provided: 2-Port 40GbE NIC and RoCE (no transceiver)
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen2 or Gen3 slot (Gen3 preferred); Two Transceivers; QSFP+ cabling
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX supported
    • IBM i requires VIOS. Only standard NIC is supported.
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 4, with Mellanox OFED 4.5-2.2.0.1, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE, version 7.6, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5-2.2.0.1, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for SAP with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE version 7.6, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5-2.2.0.1, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.0 for Power LE, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.6, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 4, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5-2.2.0.1, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 4, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5-2.2.0.1, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: VIOS supported, NIC capability only
(#EC3B) - PCIe3 2-Port 40GbE NIC RoCE QSFP+ Adapter

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

PCIe Gen3 adapter provides two 40 Gb Ethernet QSFP+ ports. NIC and IBTA RoCE protocols are supported.

RoCE is Remote Direct Memory Access (RDMA) over Converged Ethernet. RoCE can support significantly greater bandwidth with low latency and minimise CPU overhead by more efficiently using memory access. This offloads the CPU from I/O networking tasks, improving performance and scalability.

The #EC3A/EC3B adapter does not include transceivers. Shorter distance copper cables include transceivers on the end of the QSFP+ cable (see #EB2B (1m), #EB2H (3m), #ECBN (5m)). For longer distance use two optical SR transceiver (two #EB27). QSFP+ optical cables to be used with the #EB27 transceiver are #EB2J (10m) or #EB2K (30m). Do not mix copper and optical on the same adapter.

Feature code #EC3A and #EC3B have identical electronics and function and the same CCIN (57BD), but they have different tail stocks. #EC3A is low profile and #EC3B is full height.

AIX NIM and Linux Network Install are supported.

  • Attributes provided: 2-Port 40GbE NIC and RoCE (no transceiver)
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen2 or Gen3 slot (Gen3 preferred). Two Transceivers; QSFP+ cabling
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 192)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX supported
    • IBM i requires VIOS. Only standard NIC is supported.
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 4, with Mellanox OFED 4.5-2.2.0.1, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE, version 7.6, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5-2.2.0.1, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for SAP with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE version 7.6, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5-2.2.0.1, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.0 for Power LE, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.6, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 4, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5-2.2.0.1, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 4, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5-2.2.0.1, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: VIOS supported, NIC capability only
(#EC3E) - PCIe3 LP 2-port 100Gb EDR IB Adapter x16

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

The PCIe Gen3 x16 2-port InfiniBand EDR adapter provides high speed connectivity with other servers or IB switches. Each port maximum of 100Gb assumes no other system and/or switch bottlenecks are present. A PCIe Gen3 x16 PCIe slot is required. This adapter is sourced from Mellanox Corporation. based on ConnectX-4 technology. The adapter supports the InfiniBand Trade Association (IBTA) specification version 2.

The two 100Gb ports have QSFP+ connections which support EDR cables, either EDR DAC or EDR optical. One adapter can support either or both types of cable. The user can choose to cable up just one port if they desire. Transceivers are included in the cables. IBM cable features EB50-EB54 (copper shorter distance) and #EB5A-EB5H (optical longer distance) are supported or their copper or optical Mellanox equivalents are supported. Other cables are not supported.

#EC3E and #EC3F adapters are electronically and functionally identical with the same CCIN of 2CEA. #EC3E has a low profile tailstock bracket. #EC3F has a full high tailstock bracket. See also #EC3T and #EC3U for a 1-port version of this adapter. Limitation: Adapter does not fit in x8 PCIe slot. Adapter is not supported in a PCIe Gen3 I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: EDR InfiniBand PCIe Adapter
  • Attributes required: available x16 PCIe Gen3 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE, version 7.6, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for SAP with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE version 7.6, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.0 for Power LE, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.6, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 4, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 4, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Limitation: Not supported by VIOS.
(#EC3L) - PCIe3 LP 2-port 100GbE (NIC& RoCE) QSFP28 Adapter x16

(No longer available as of June 25, 2021)

This PCIe Gen3 Ethernet x16 adapter provides two 100 Gb QSFP28 ports. The adapter supports both NIC and IBTA RoCE standards. RoCE is Remote Direct Memory Access (RDMA) over Converged Ethernet. Using RoCE, the adapter can support significantly greater bandwidth with low latency and minimise CPU overhead by more efficiently using memory access. This offloads the CPU from I/O networking tasks, improving performance and scalability.

IBM offers either passive copper twinax cables up to 2 metre in length or active optical cables up to 100 meters in length. See features #EB5J - #EB5M for a 0.5M, 1.0M, 1.5M and 2.0M copper cable. See features #EB5R - #EB5Y for a 3M, 5M, 10M, 15M, 20M, 30M, 50M or 100M active optical cable. Transceivers are included on each end of these QSFP28 cables. Alternatively to the above supported cables, you may chose to order an IBM qualified and supported QSFP28 optical transceiver (feature #EB59) to put into the adapter and provide your own 100GE optical cabling with your own QSP28 optical transceiver for the other end.

Either one or both of the adapter's two QSP28 ports can be populated. When two ports are filled, both can have copper cables, both can have optical cables, or one can be copper and one can be optical.

Feature code #EC3L and #EC3M have identical electronics and function and CCIN (2CEC), but have different tail stock brackets. #EC3L is low profile and #EC3M is full high. The adapter is based on a Mellanox ConnectX-4 adapter which uses a ConnectX-4 EN Network Controller.

Attributes:

  • PCI Express 3.0 (up to 8GT/s) x16
  • PCIe Gen 3.0 compliant, 1.1 and 2.0 compatible
  • RDMA over Converged Ethernet (RoCE)
  • NIC and RoCE are concurrently supported
  • RoCE supported on Linux and AIX (7.2 and later)
  • NIC supported on all OSes
  • TCP/UDP/IP stateless offload
  • LSO, LRO, checksum offload
  • NIM boot support
  • Backward compatible with 40Gb Ethernet when using compatible cables/transceivers.
  • PowerVM SR-IOV support

    For SR-IOV FAQs visit https://community.ibm.com/community/user/power/viewdocument/sr-iov-faq s-t est?CommunityKey=71e6bb8a-5b34-44da-be8b-277834a183b0&tab=librarydocum ent s#Q3

  • Attributes provided: 2-port 100Gb Ethernet
  • Attributes required: x16 PCIe Gen3 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX supported
    • IBM i 7.3 TR5, or later
    • IBM i 7.4, or later.
    • IBM i supports dedicated driver for the NIC function.
    • IBM i supports native SR-IOV for the NIC function.
    • IBM i 7.4 also adds support for dedicated ROCE and native SR-IOV ROCE, which is used only by IBM Db2 Mirror for i. 'IBM i native SR-IOV ROCE' and 'IBM i dedicated ROCE' requires system FW 930 or later.
    • AIX 7.2 with the 7200-01 Technology level or later supports both Ethernet and RoCE capability. AIX 6.1, 7.1 and VIOS support Ethernet capability only.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Assignment to the VIOS supported. VIOS supports NIC capability only.
(#EC3T) - PCIe3 LP 1-port 100Gb EDR IB Adapter x16

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

The PCIe Gen3 x16 1-port InfiniBand EDR adapter provides high speed connectivity with other servers or IB switches. The port's maximum of 100Gb assumes no other system and/or switch bottlenecks are present. A PCIe Gen3 x16 PCIe slot is required. This adapter is sourced from Mellanox Corporation. based on ConnectX-4 technology. The adapter supports the InfiniBand Trade Association (IBTA) specification version 2.

The 100Gb port has a QSFP+ connection which supports EDR cables, either EDR DAC or EDR optical. Transceivers are included in the cables. IBM cable features EB50-EB54 (copper shorter distance) and #EB5A-EB5H (optical longer distance) are supported or their copper or optical Mellanox equivalents are supported. Other cables are not supported. #EC3T and #EC3U adapters are electronically and functionally identical with the same CCIN of 2CEB. #EC3T has a low profile tailstock bracket. Limitation: Adapter does not fit in x8 PCIe slot. Adapter is not supported in a PCIe Gen3 I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: EDR InfiniBand PCIe Adapter
  • Attributes required: available x16 PCIe Gen3 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX not supported
    • IBM i not supported
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE, version 7.6, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for SAP with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE version 7.6, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.0 for Power LE, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.6, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 4, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 4, or later, with Mellanox OFED 4.5, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Limitation: Not supported by VIOS.
(#EC45) - PCIe2 LP 4-Port USB 3.0 Adapter

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

The PCIe Gen2 x8 short 4-port USB 3.0 adapter provides support for USB devices. In applications that require the use of an USB extension cable for keyboards, use one #4256 per port. The #EC45 and #EC46 USB adapters are electroncially identical with the same 58F9 CCIN. They differ physically in their tailstock. #EC45 is low profile and #EC46 is full high.

  • Attributes provided: Connectivity with USB 2.0 - 3.0 capable devices
  • Attributes required: One low profile available PCIe slot.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: VIOS supported.
(#EC46) - PCIe2 4-Port USB 3.0 Adapter

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

The PCIe Gen2 x8 short 4-port USB 3.0 adapter provides support for USB devices. In applications that require the use of an USB extension cable for keyboards, use one #4256 per port. The #EC45 and #EC46 USB adapters are electroncially identical with the same 58F9 CCIN. They differ physically in their tailstock. #EC45 is low profile and #EC46 is full high.

  • Attributes provided: Connectivity with USB 2.0 - 3.0 capable devices
  • Attributes required: One available full height PCIe slot.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 192)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux supported
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: VIOS supported.
(#ECJ5) - 4.3m (14-Ft) PDU to Wall 3PH/24A 200-240V Delta-wired Power Cord

This power cord feature ECJ5 contains an Amphenol type of connector and only supported on PDUs ECJK or ECJL, and ECJP or ECJQ.

ECJ5 has a 4-pin IEC 60309 style plug, 430P9W. It contains three line conductors and a protective earth, but no neutral. ECJ5 is supported in countries that use a delta electrical distribution. ECJ5 is not supported in China, Hong Kong, and other countries that use a wye electrical distribution.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: PDU features ECJK or ECJL, and ECJP or ECJQ.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECJ6) - 4.3m (14-Ft) PDU to Wall 3PH/40A 200-240V Power Cord

This power cord goes from the chassis to a wall-type outlet. The line cord has a 200-240V, CS8365 50A Plug (de-rated to 40A) and Amphenol inlet compatible with PDU FCs ECJL and ECJQ. The following countries/regions use the #ECJ6 power cord to power the system: United States and Canada only.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord PDU to Wall
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECJ7) - 4.3m (14-Ft) PDU to Wall 3PH/48A 200-240V Delta-wired Power Cord

This power cord feature ECJ7 contains an Amphenol type of connector and only supported on PDUs ECJK or ECJL, and ECJP or ECJQ.

ECJ7 has a 4-pin IEC 60309 style plug, 460P9W. It contains three line conductors and a protective earth, but no neutral. ECJ7 is supported in countries that use a delta electrical distribution. ECJ7 is not supported in China, Hong Kong, and other countries that use a wye electrical distribution.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: PDU features ECJK or ECJL, and ECJP or ECJQ.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECJJ) - High Function 9xC19 Single-Phase or Three-Phase Wye PDU plus

This is an intelligent, switched 200-240 volt single-phase or 380-415/220-240 volt three-phase wye AC Power Distribution Unit (PDU) plus with nine C19 receptacles on the front of the PDU. The PDU is mounted on the rear of the rack making the nine C19 receptacles easily accessible. Each receptacle has a 20 amp circuit breaker. Depending on country wiring standards the PDU is single-phase or three-phase wye. Three-phase wye-wired connectors have 5-pins and use three line conductors, a neutral, and a protective earth. The input is 380-415 volt line-to-line and the output is 220-240 volt line-to-neutral for three-phase wye PDUs.

See three-phase #ECJK/ECJL for countries which do not use wye wiring.

The PDU can be mounted vertically in rack side pockets or it can be mounted horizontally. If mounted horizontally, it uses 1 EIA (1U) of rack space. See feature #EPTH for horizontal mounting hardware.

Device power cords with a C20 plug connect to C19 PDU receptacles and are ordered separately. One country-specific wall line cord is also ordered separately and attaches to a UTG524-7 connector on the front of the PDU. Supported line cords include features #6489, #6491, #6492, #6653, #6654, #6655, #6656, #6657, #6658, and #6667.

Two RJ45 ports on the front of the PDU enable the client to monitor each receptacle's electrical power usage and to remotely switch any receptacle on or off. The PDU is shipped with a generic PDU password and IBM strongly urges clients to change it upon installation.

There are also three C13 receptacles on the rear of the PDU positioned toward the middle of the rack. These are generally not easily accessed and therefore IBM does not generally recommend their use.

#ECJG and #ECJJ are identical PDUs. Up to one lower price #ECJG can be ordered with a new 7014-T42/T00 rack in place of a no-charge #9188 PDU.

For comparison, this is most similar to the earlier generation #EPTJ PDU.

  • Limitation: Some configurations of the Elastic Storage Server (ESS) are delivered with an Intelligent PDU. At this time, the intelligent management capabilities of this PDU are not configured or used by the ESS system. If the ESS Customer would like to use this capability, it is the Customers responsibility to configure this PDU. In any case the ethernet port on the Intelligent PDU must not be connected to the ESS Management switch.
  • Attributes provided: Nine C19 PDU plus - switched, power monitoring
  • Attributes required: PDU wall line cord and space in 19-inch rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECJL) - High Function 9xC19 PDU plus 3-Phase Delta

This is an intelligent, switched 200-240 volt 3-phase delta AC Power Distribution Unit (PDU) plus with nine C19 receptacles on the front of the PDU. The PDU is mounted on the rear of the rack making the nine C19 receptacles easily accessible. Each receptacle has a 20 amp circuit breaker. Three-phase delta-wired connectors have 4-pins and use three line conductors and a protective earth. The input is 200-240 volt line-to-line and the output is 200-240 volt line-to-line for three-phase delta PDUs.

The PDU can be mounted vertically in rack side pockets or it can be mounted horizontally. If mounted horizontally, it uses 1 EIA (1U) of rack space. See feature #EPTH for horizontal mounting hardware.

Device power cords with a C20 plug connect to C19 PDU receptacles and are ordered separately. One wall line cord is also ordered separately and attaches to the Amphenol inlet connector. Supported line cords include features #ECJ5 and #ECJ7.

Two RJ45 ports on the front of the PDU enable the client to monitor each receptacle's electrical power usage and to remotely switch any receptacle on or off. The PDU is shipped with a generic PDU password and IBM strongly urges clients to change it upon installation.

There are also three C13 receptacles on the rear of the PDU positioned toward the middle of the rack. These are generally not easily accessed and therefore IBM does not generally recommend their use.

#ECJK and #ECJL are identical PDUs. Up to one lower price #ECJK can be ordered with a new 7014-T42/T00 rack in place of a no-charge #9188 PDU.

For comparison, this is most similar to the earlier generation #EPTL PDU.

Not supported in China, Hong Kong, and other countries that use a wye electrical distribution.

  • Limitation: Some configurations of the Elastic Storage Server (ESS) are delivered with an Intelligent PDU. At this time, the intelligent management capabilities of this PDU are not configured or used by the ESS system. If the ESS Customer would like to use this capability, it is the Customers responsibility to configure this PDU. In any case the ethernet port on the Intelligent PDU must not be connected to the ESS Management switch.
  • Attributes provided: Nine C19 PDU plus - switched, power monitoring
  • Attributes required: space in rack, 3-phase 208V AC delta electrical service
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECJN) - High Function 12xC13 Single-Phase or Three-Phase Wye PDU plus

This is an intelligent, switched 200-240 volt single-phase or 380-415/220-240 volt three-phase wye AC Power Distribution Unit (PDU) plus with twelve C13 receptacles on the front of the PDU. The PDU is mounted on the rear of the rack making the twelve C13 receptacles easily accessible. Each receptacle has a 20 amp circuit breaker. Depending on country wiring standards the PDU is single-phase or three-phase wye. Three-phase wye-wired connectors have 5-pins and use three line conductors, a neutral, and a protective earth. The input is 380-415 volt line-to-line and the output is 220-240 volt line-to- neutral for three-phase wye PDUs.

See three-phase #ECJP/ECJQ for countries which do not use wye wiring.

The PDU can be mounted vertically in rack side pockets or it can be mounted horizontally. If mounted horizontally, it uses 1 EIA (1U) of rack space. See feature #EPTH for horizontal mounting hardware.

Device power cords with a C14 plug connect to C13 PDU receptacles and are ordered separately. One country-specific wall line cord is also ordered separately and attaches to a UTG524-7 connector on the front of the PDU. Supported line cords include features #6489, #6491, #6492, #6653, #6654, #6655, #6656, #6657, #6658, and #6667.

Two RJ45 ports on the front of the PDU enable the client to monitor each receptacle's electrical power usage and to remotely switch any receptacle on or off. The PDU is shipped with a generic PDU password and IBM strongly urges clients to change it upon installation.

Feature #ECJM and #ECJN are identical PDUs. Up to one lower price #ECJM can be ordered with a new 7014-T42/T00 rack in place of a no- charge #9188 PDU.

For comparison, this is most similar to the earlier generation #EPTN PDU.

  • Limitation: Some configurations of the Elastic Storage Server (ESS) are delivered with an Intelligent PDU. At this time, the intelligent management capabilities of this PDU are not configured or used by the ESS system. If the ESS Customer would like to use this capability, it is the Customers responsibility to configure this PDU. In any case the ethernet port on the Intelligent PDU must not be connected to the ESS Management switch.
  • Attributes provided: Twelve C13 PDU plus - switched, power monitoring
  • Attributes required: PDU wall line cord and space in 19-inch rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECJQ) - High Function 12xC13 PDU plus 3-Phase Delta

This is an intelligent, switched 200-240 volt 3-phase delta AC Power Distribution Unit (PDU) plus with twelve C13 receptacles on the front of the PDU. The PDU is mounted on the rear of the rack making the twelve C13 receptacles easily accessible. Each receptacle has a 20 amp circuit breaker. Three-phase delta-wired connectors have 4-pins and use three line conductors and a protective earth. The input is 200-240 volt line-to-line and the output is 200-240 volt line-to-line for three-phase delta PDUs.

The PDU can be mounted vertically in rack side pockets or it can be mounted horizontally. If mounted horizontally, it uses 1 EIA (1U) of rack space. See feature #EPTH for horizontal mounting hardware.

Device power cords with a C20 plug connect to C19 PDU receptacles and are ordered separately. One wall line cord is also ordered separately and attaches to the Amphenol inlet connector. Supported line cords include features #ECJ5 and #ECJ7.

Two RJ45 ports on the front of the PDU enable the client to monitor each receptacle's electrical power usage and to remotely switch any receptacle on or off. The PDU is shipped with a generic PDU password and IBM strongly urges clients to change it upon installation.

#ECJP and #ECJQ are identical PDUs. Up to one lower price #ECJP can be ordered with a new 7014-T42/T00 rack in place of a no-charge #9188 PDU.

For comparison, this is most similar to the earlier generation #EPTP PDU.

Not supported in China, Hong Kong, and other countries that use a wye electrical distribution.

  • Limitation: Some configurations of the Elastic Storage Server (ESS) are delivered with an Intelligent PDU. At this time, the intelligent management capabilities of this PDU are not configured or used by the ESS system. If the ESS Customer would like to use this capability, it is the Customers responsibility to configure this PDU. In any case the ethernet port on the Intelligent PDU must not be connected to the ESS Management switch.
  • Attributes provided: Twelve C13 PDU plus - switched, power monitoring
  • Attributes required: space in rack, 3-phase 208V AC delta electrical service
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECP0) - Cloud Private Solution

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

This feature indicates that it is a Cloud Private Solution.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES:
(#ECR0) - 2.0 Metre Slim Rack

Provides a 19-inch, 2.0 metre high rack with 42 EIA units of total space for installing rack mounted CECs and/or expansion units. The ECR0 rack does not come equipped with a standard front door, rear door or side covers. The following features are required for every #ECR0 rack:

  • 1x #ECRF (high-end appearance front door ) or ECRM (Basic Front Door)
  • 1x #ECRG (Rear Door)
  • 2x ECRJ (Side Covers)

The following optional feature is also offered for the ECR0 rack:

  • ECRK - Rack Rear Extension.

Up to four vertically mounted Power Distribution Units (PDU) are supported and every vertically mounted PDU requires #ELC0. Each PDU beyond four will consume 1U of rack space.

  • Attributes provided: 19 inch, 2.0M, 42 EIA Rack
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: One of feature #ECRF, and one of feature #ECRG and two of feature #ECRJ are required per one #ECR0 ordered.
(#ECRA) - Rack Acoustic Front Door (IBM)

This feature provides Rack Acoustic front door (IBM).

  • Attributes provided: Acoustic door
  • Attributes required: 7965-S42 with one or more servers.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: )
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES:
(#ECRF) - Rack Front Door High-End appearance

This feature provides a front door in High-End appearance with an IBM logo for the S42 rack. A front door such as #ECRF is recommended on the S42 rack. A front door is required on ECR0 rack. IBM ships rack with the handle on the right and hinges on the left viewed facing the front of the rack.

The door comes with a lock which is keyed the same as the rear door or side panels. Uniquely keyed locks can be obtained by the client directly from Southco, the vendor from whom IBM purchased the lock.

  • Attributes provided: Front Door with lock
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECRG) - Rack Rear Door Black

This feature provides a rear door in flat black colour for the S42 rack. Feature number ECRF and ECR0 rack and ECRG are recommended on the S42 rack. A front and rear door is required on the ECR0 rack.

The door is the full width of the rack and the hinges and lockplate can be moved from side to side allowing the door to be opened on the left or on the right. IBM ships rack with the handle on the right and hinges on the left viewed facing the rear of the rack.

The front doors , rear doors and side panels come with a lock which is keyed the same as the front door or side panels. Uniquely keyed locks can be obtained by the client directly from Southco, the vendor from whom IBM purchased the lock.

  • Attributes provided: Rear Door with lock
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECRJ) - Rack Side Cover

This feature provides one side panels in black colour for the S42 or feature #ECR0 rack. Each side panel can cover either the left or the right side of the rack. These side covers are optional but recommended on S42 rack. 2x ECRJ are required on every ECR0 for optimal airflow through a rack and for physical security.

The front door, rear doors and side panels come with a lock which is keyed the same as the front door or side panels. Uniquely keyed locks can be obtained by the client directly from Southco, the vendor from whom IBM purchased the lock.

  • Attributes provided: One side panel for rack.
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECRK) - Rack Rear Extension 5-In
  • Attributes provided: Rack Rear Extension
  • Attributes required: Maximum one per feature #ECR0 rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECRM) - Rack Front Door for Rack (Black/Flat)
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECSF) - Custom Service Specify, Montpellier, France

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

Having #ECSF on the order, will cause the order to be routed to France and the machine to be internally routed to the CSC build area.

  • Attributes provided: Customization
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

For China only

(#ECSJ) - NeuCloud Indicator/Specify

(No longer available as of October 9, 2018)

This is a no-charge specify code for helping IBM track orders for reporting purposes

  • Attributes provided: none
  • Attributes required: used in mainland China
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ECSM) - Custom Service Specify, Mexico

Having #ECSM on the order, will cause the order to be routed to Mexico and the machine to be internally routed to the CSC build area.

  • Attributes provided: Customization
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#ECSP) - Custom Service Specify, Poughkeepsie, USA

Having #ECSP on the order, will cause the order to be routed to Poughkeepsie, USA and the machine to be internally routed to the CSC build area.

  • Attributes provided: Customization
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#ECSS) - Integrated Solution Packing

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

This is a routing indicator for Solution packing.

  • Attributes provided: Routing instruction for manufacturing
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#ECW0) - Optical Wrap Plug

A wrap plug is a small connector designed to perform a diagnostic test called a loopback test. This wrap plug is inserted into a SR optical port on a PCIe Fibre Channel adapter or a SR or LR optical port on a PCIe Ethernet adapter

This is a multi-mode LC fibre optic wrap plug with an inside/ outside optics diameter of 50/125. Its IBM part number as of early 2016 is 12R9314. An earlier equivalent function IBM part number which is no longer shipped is 11P3847.

It is strongly recommended that Fibre Channel adapters (HBAs) fill any empty adapter ports with a wrap plug. There is no technical issue leaving a port empty. However, filling all ports with a cable to a device/switch or with a wrap plug can speed the booting/IPLing of a partition and can avoid error messages uselessly pointing to a planned empty port.

There is no technical issue leaving an Ethernet port empty. Whether an Ethernet port is empty or contains a wrap plug should not impact boot/IPL time or impact empty-port messages.

  • Attributes provided: Wrap plug
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EF20) - 128GB DDR4 Memory (4X32GB) CDIMMs

Memory Feature is a total of 128 GB of memory. 4 each 32 GB CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 8 GBIT DDR4 DRAM, Short with Extender.

  • Attributes provided: 128 GB of memory
  • Attributes required: Four empty CDIMM slots on the memory slots
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EF21) - 256GB DDR4 Memory (4X64GB) CDIMMs

Memory Feature is a total of 256 GB of memory. 4 each 64 GB CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 8 GBIT DDR4 DRAM, Short with Extender.

  • Attributes provided: 256 GB of memory
  • Attributes required: Four empty CDIMM slots on the memory slots
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EF22) - 512GB DDR4 Memory (4X128GB) CDIMMs

Memory Feature is a total of 512 GB of memory. 4 each 128 GB CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 8 GBIT DDR4 DRAM, Short with Extender.

  • Attributes provided: 512 GB of memory
  • Attributes required: Four empty CDIMM slots on the memory slots
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EF23) - 1024GB DDR4 Memory (4X256GB) CDIMMs

Memory Feature is a total of 1024 GB of memory. 4 each 256 GB CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 8 GBIT DDR4 DRAM, Short with Extender.

  • Attributes provided: 1024 GB of memory
  • Attributes required: Four empty CDIMM slots on the memory slots
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EF24) - 2048GB DDR4 Memory (4X512GB) CDIMMs

Memory Feature is a total of 2048 GB of memory. 4 each 512 GB CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 8 GBIT DDR4 DRAM, Short with Extender.

  • Attributes provided: 2048 GB of memory
  • Attributes required: Four empty CDIMM slots on the memory slots
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EF2R) - Single 5250 Enterprise Enablement

Feature provides one processor cores worth of 5250 OLTP capacity which can be spread across multiple physical processor cores or multiple partitions. A permanently activated processor core and adequate IBM i processor license entitlements are prerequisites.

  • Attributes provided: One Processor of 5250 Enterprise Enablement
  • Attributes required: IBM i environment
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EF30) - Full 5250 Enterprise Enablement

Feature provides 5250 OLTP capacity for all permanently activated processor cores. Adequate IBM i processor licenses are a prerequisite for the 5250 OLTP usage.

  • Attributes provided: Full 5250 Enterprise Enablement
  • Attributes required: IBM i environment
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFA1) - 1 GB Memory Activation (Upgrade from P8)

1 GB Static Memory Activation upgraded from POWER8.

  • Attributes provided: 1 GB Activation Code Number
  • Attributes required: Memory FCs
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 65536 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFA2) - 100 GB Memory Activation (Upgrade from P8)

100 GB Static Memory Activation upgraded from POWER8.

  • Attributes provided: 100 GB Activation Code Number
  • Attributes required: Memory FCs
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 655 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFB0) - CBU server specify

This specify code indicates this system has been properly registered as a Capacity BackUp system. and has, through that registration been authorized to temporarily receive AIX and IBM i Operating System License Entitlements and 5250 Processor Enablement entitlements, from a primary system under the conditions specified at the time the system was registered. This feature is an indicator only. Authorization to use this system as a backup is obtained only by registering the system with IBM on the CBU website at:

www.ibm.com/systems/power/hardware/cbu

This specify code is also associated with no-charge system nodes and no-charge Elastic CoD processor and memory days.

  • Attributes provided: Indicates the system has been registered for use as a CBU system
  • Attributes required: PowerHA for AIX and/or IBM i
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFB1) - CBU for Power Enterprise Systems Typical 3.9 to 4.0 GHz (max), 32-core POWER9 processor

This feature provides thirty two core Typical 3.9 to 4.0 GHz POWER9 processor planar containing four eight-core processor SCMs. Each processor core has 512 KB of L2 cache and 10 MB of L3 cache. There are 8 CDIMM slots per processor and a total of 32 CDIMM slots per system node for a Capacity Backup (CBU) system in deployment for the high availability or disaster recovery operation.

Each processor feature will deliver a set of four identical processors that populate four sockets in a given system node. All processors in the system node must be identical. Activations are applied per core with a minimum of eight activation.

  • Attributes provided: Four 8-core Typical 3.9 to 4.0 GHz (max) SCMs providing 32-core system node for a CBU Power Enterprise System
  • Attributes required: Feature EFB0
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.2 TR9 or later and 7.3 TR5 or later
    • AIX - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFB2) - CBU for Power Enterprise Systems Typical 3.7 to 3.9 GHz (max), 40-core POWER9 processor

This feature provides forty core Typical 3.7 to 3.9 GHz (max) POWER9 processor planar containing four ten-core processor SCMs. Each processor core has 512 KB of L2 cache and 10 MB of L3 cache. There are 8 CDIMM slots per processor and a total of 32 CDIMM slots per system node for a Capacity Backup (CBU) system in deployment for the high availability or disaster recovery operation.

Each processor feature will deliver a set of four identical processors that populate four sockets in a given system node. All processors in the system node must be identical. Activations are applied per core with a minimum of eight activation.

  • Attributes provided: Four 10-core Typical 3.7 to 3.9 GHz (max) SCMs providing 40-core system node for a CBU Power Enterprise System
  • Attributes required: Feature EFB0
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.2 TR9 or later and 7.3 TR5 or later
    • AIX - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFB3) - CBU for Power Enterprise Systems Typical 3.55 to 3.9 GHz (max), 48-core POWER9 processor

This feature provides forty-eight core Typical 3.55 to 3.9 GHz POWER9 processor planar containing four twelve-core processor SCMs. Each processor core has 512 KB of L2 cache and 10 MB of L3 cache. There are 8 CDIMM slots per processor and a total of 32 CDIMM slots per system node for a Capacity Backup (CBU) system in deployment for the high availability or disaster recovery operation.

Each processor feature will deliver a set of four identical processors that populate four sockets in a given system node. All processors in the system node must be identical. Activations are applied per core with a minimum of eight activation.

  • Attributes provided: Four 12-core Typical 3.55 to 3.9 GHz (max) SCMs providing 48-core system node for a CBU Power Enterprise System
  • Attributes required: Feature EFB0
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.2 TR9 or later and 7.3 TR5 or later
    • AIX - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFB4) - CBU for Power Enterprise Systems Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max), 44-core POWER9 processor

This feature provides forty-four core Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max) POWER9 processor planar containing four eleven-core processor SCMs. Each processor core has 512 KB of L2 cache and 10 MB of L3 cache. There are 8 CDIMM slots per processor and a total of 32 CDIMM slots per system node for a Capacity Backup (CBU) system in deployment for the high availability or disaster recovery operation.

Each processor feature will deliver a set of four identical processors that populate four sockets in a given system node. All processors in the system node must be identical. Activations are applied per core with a minimum of eight activation.

  • Attributes provided: Four 11-core Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max) SCMs providing 44-core system node for a CBU Power Enterprise System
  • Attributes required: Feature EFB0
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.2 TR9 or later and 7.3 TR5 or later
    • AIX - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFBK) - 2 x SMP cable brackets for non-IBM Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFBZ) - CBU for Power Enterprise Systems Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max), 24

-core POWER9 processor

  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.2 TR9 or later, IBM i 7.3 TR6 or later, and IBM 7.4 or later
    • AIX - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFCA) - System Node to System Control Unit Cable Set for Drawer 1

Provides cables required to connect the system node with the system control unit; this configuration does not require SMP cables. Includes: 2 x 1m FSP Cable (Right & Left), 2 x 330mm Power/UPIC Cable (Right & Left), 1.05m USB Cable. Clock Cables in 9080-M9S have been eliminated.

  • Attributes provided: System Node to System Control Unit cable set for Drawer1.
  • Attributes required: System Node Drawer 1 and System Control Unit
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFCB) - System Node to System Control Unit Cable Set for Drawer 2

Provides cables required to connect a second system node with the system control unit. Includes: 2 x 1m FSP Cable (Right & Left), 4x0.88m SMP Cable, 8x1.005m SMP Cable, 4x1.225m SMP Cable (there are a total of 2 UPIC cables that are inlcuded in EFCA). Clock Cables in 9080-M9S have been eliminated

  • Attributes provided: System Node to System Control Unit Cable set for Drawer 2
  • Attributes required: System Node Drawer 2 and System Control Unit
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFCC) - System Node to System Control Unit Cable Set for Drawer 3

Provides cables required to connect a third system node with the system control unit. Includes: 2 x 1m FSP Cable (Right & Left), 8x1.225m SMP Cable. Clock Cables in 9080-M9S have been eliminated

  • Attributes provided: System Node to System Control Unit Cable set for Drawer 3
  • Attributes required: System Node Drawer 3 and System Control Unit
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFCD) - System Node to System Control Unit Cable Set for Drawer 4

Provides cables required to connect a fourth system node with the system control unit. Includes: 2 x 1m FSP Cable (Right & Left), 4x0.880m SMP Cable, 4x1.005m SMP Cable, 8x1.225m SMP Cable, 4x1.425m SMP Cable, 4x1.625m SMP Cable. Clock Cables in 9080-M9S have been eliminated

  • Attributes provided: System Node to System Control Unit Cable set for Drawer 4
  • Attributes required: System Node Drawer 4 and System Control Unit
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFCR) - Captive Rack identifier
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFFP) - Flexible service processor
  • Minimum required: 2
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EHLU) - IBM Power Systems for SAS Viya (Linux)

(No Longer Available as of March 23, 2021)

This feature is applicable to IBM Power Systems for SAS Viya deals only. This is a no-cost feature for tracking purposes of the offering.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.4
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EHLV) - IBM Power Systems for SAS 9.4 Grid (AIX)

(No Longer Available as of March 23, 2021)

This feature is applicable to IBM Power Systems for SAS 9.4 Grid deals only. This is a no-cost feature for tracking purposes of the offering.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX Version 7.2, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFN1) - 5U System node Indicator drawer

This feature provides a 5U system node drawer. It includes the drawer, labels, 4 CPU Sockets, 32 DIMM Slots, 8 Low profile PCIe Slots, 4 NVME slots.

  • Attributes provided: One 5U system node drawer
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFP0) - 24-core (4x6) Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max) POWER9 Processor with 5U system node drawer

Twenty-four core Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max) POWER9 processor planar containing four six-core processor SCMs. Each processor core has 512 KB of L2 cache and 10 MB of L3 cache. There are 4 CDIMM slots per processor and a total of 8 CDIMM slots per system node.

Each processor feature will deliver a set of four identical processors that populate all the sockets in a given system node. All processors in the system node must be identical. Activations are applied per core with a minimum of eight activation.

  • Attributes provided: Four 6-core Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max) SCMs providing 24-core system node
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.2 TR9 or later, IBM i 7.3 TR6 or later, and IBM 7.4 or later, and IBM i 7.1 TR11, or later with latest PTFs - IBM i 7.1 requires VIOS, the IBM i 7.1 partitions must be set to restricted I/O mode, and requires HW feature #EB3V - IBM i 7.1 Activation for E980
    • AIX - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFP1) - 32-core (4x8) Typical 3.9 to 4.0 GHz (max) POWER9 Processor with 5U system node drawer

Thirty-two core Typical 3.9 to 4.0 GHz (max) POWER9 processor planar containing four eight-core processor SCMs. Each processor core has 512 KB of L2 cache and 10 MB of L3 cache. There are 4 CDIMM slots per processor and a total of 8 CDIMM slots per system node. Each processor feature will deliver a set of four identical processors that populate all the sockets in a given system node. All processors in the system node must be identical. Activations are applied per core with a minimum of eight activation.

  • Attributes provided: Four 8-core Typical 3.9 to 4.0 GHz (max) SCMs providing 32-core system node
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.2 TR9 or later and 7.3 TR5 or later, and IBM 7.4 or later, and IBM i 7.1 TR11, or later with latest PTFs - IBM i 7.1 requires VIOS, the IBM i 7.1 partitions must be set to restricted I/O mode, and requires HW feature #EB3V - IBM i 7.1 Activation for E980
    • AIX - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFP2) - 40-core (4x10) Typical 3.7 to 3.9 GHz (max) POWER9 Processor with 5U system node drawer

Forty core Typical 3.7 to 3.9 GHz (max) POWER9 processor planar containing four ten-core processor SCMs. Each processor core has 512 KB of L2 cache and 10 MB of L3 cache. There are 4 CDIMM slots per processor and a total of 8 CDIMM slots per system node. Each processor feature will deliver a set of four identical processors that populate all the sockets in a given system node. All processors in the system node must be identical. Activations are applied per core with a minimum of eight activation

  • Attributes provided: Four 10-core Typical 3.7 to 3.9 GHz (max) SCMs providing 40-core system node
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.2 TR9 or later and 7.3 TR5 or later, and IBM 7.4 or later, and IBM i 7.1 TR11, or later with latest PTFs - IBM i 7.1 requires VIOS, the IBM i 7.1 partitions must be set to restricted I/O mode, and requires HW feature #EB3V - IBM i 7.1 Activation for E980
    • AIX - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFP3) - 48-core (4x12) Typical 3.55 to 3.9 GHz (max) POWER9 Processor with 5U system node drawer

Forty-eight core Typical 3.55 to 3.9 GHz (max) POWER9 processor planar containing four twelve-core processor SCMs. Each processor core has 512 KB of L2 cache and 10 MB of L3 cache. There are 4 CDIMM slots per processor and a total of 8 CDIMM slots per system node. Each processor feature will deliver a set of four identical processors that populate all the sockets in a given system node. All processors in the system node must be identical. Activations are applied per core with a minimum of eight activation.

  • Attributes provided: Four 12-core Typical 3.55 to 3.9 GHz (max) SCMs providing 48-core system node
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.2 TR9 or later and 7.3 TR5 or later, and IBM 7.4 or later, and IBM i 7.1 TR11, or later with latest PTFs - IBM i 7.1 requires VIOS, the IBM i 7.1 partitions must be set to restricted I/O mode, and requires HW feature #EB3V - IBM i 7.1 Activation for E980
    • AIX - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFP4) - 44-core (4x11) Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max) POWER9 Processor with 5U system node drawer

Forty-four core Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max) POWER9 processor planar containing four eleven-core processor SCMs. Each processor core has 512 KB of L2 cache and 10 MB of L3 cache. There are 4 CDIMM slots per processor and a total of 8 CDIMM slots per system node. Each processor feature will deliver a set of four identical processors that populate all the sockets in a given system node. All processors in the system node must be identical. Activations are applied per core with a minimum of eight activation.

  • Attributes provided: Four 11-core Typical 3.58 to 3.9 GHz (max) SCMs providing 44-core system node
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.2 TR9 or later and 7.3 TR5 or later, and IBM 7.4 or later, and IBM i 7.1 TR11, or later with latest PTFs - IBM i 7.1 requires VIOS, the IBM i 7.1 partitions must be set to restricted I/O mode, and requires HW feature #EB3V - IBM i 7.1 Activation for E980
    • AIX - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFP9) - 1 core Processor Activation for #EFP4

Each occurrence of this feature will permanently activate one processor core on Processor Card #EFP4

  • Attributes provided: One processor core activation for #EFP4
  • Attributes required: #EFP4 with inactive processor cores
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 176 (Initial order maximum: 176)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFPA) - 1 core Processor Activation for #EFP1

Each occurrence of this feature will permanently activate one processor core on Processor Card #EFP1

  • Attributes provided: One processor core activation for #EFP1
  • Attributes required: #EFP1 with inactive processor cores
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFPB) - 1 core Processor Activation for #EFP2 and #EHC6

Each occurrence of this feature will permanently activate one processor core on Processor Card #EFP2

  • Attributes provided: One processor core activation for #EFP2
  • Attributes required: #EFP2 with inactive processor cores
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 160 (Initial order maximum: 160)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFPC) - 1 core Processor Activation for #EFP3

Each occurrence of this feature will permanently activate one processor core on Processor Card #EFP3 and #EHC6

  • Attributes provided: One processor core activation for #EFP3 and #EHC6
  • Attributes required: #EFP3 or ECH6 with inactive processor cores
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 192)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFPD) - Mobile processor activation for M9S

Mobile processor activation upgrade for M9S/80H

  • Attributes provided: Processor activation code number
  • Attributes required: Processor FCs
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 184 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFPE) - 1 core Mobile-enabled Processor Activation for #EFP1/#EFP5

Static processor core activation which can be converted to a mobile activation at lower charge with a future MES conversion order.

Use this feature with an initial server order when mobile activations are not available. Once a server is established as part of a Power Enterprise Pool, additional mobile activations can be ordered directly without using this "two-step" order.

  • Attributes provided: Processor core activation
  • Attributes required: #EFP1/#EFP5 processor core
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 120 (Initial order maximum: 120)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFPF) - 1 core Mobile-enabled Processor Activation for #EFP2/#EFP6

Static processor core activation which can be converted to a mobile activation at lower charge with a future MES conversion order.

Use this feature with an initial server order when mobile activations are not available. Once a server is established as part of a Power Enterprise Pool, additional mobile activations can be ordered directly without using this "two-step" order.

  • Attributes provided: Processor core activation
  • Attributes required: #EFP2/#EFP6 processor core
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 152 (Initial order maximum: 152)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFPG) - 1 core Mobile-enabled Processor Activation for #EFP3/#EFP7

Static processor core activation which can be converted to a mobile activation at lower charge with a future MES conversion order.

Use this feature with an initial server order when mobile activations are not available. Once a server is established as part of a Power Enterprise Pool, additional mobile activations can be ordered directly without using this "two-step" order.

  • Attributes provided: Processor core activation
  • Attributes required: #EFP3/#EFP7 processor core
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 184 (Initial order maximum: 184)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFPH) - Mobile processor activation for M9S (Upgrade from P7)

Mobile processor activation upgrade from POWER7

  • Attributes provided: Processor activation code number
  • Attributes required: Processor FCs
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 184 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFPN) - 1 core Mobile-enabled Processor Activation for #EFP4/#EFP8

Static processor core activation which can be converted to a mobile activation at lower charge with a future MES conversion order.

Use this feature with an initial server order when mobile activations are not available. Once a server is established as part of a Power Enterprise Pool, additional mobile activations can be ordered directly without using this "two-step" order.

  • Attributes provided: Processor core activation
  • Attributes required: #EFP4/#EFP8 processor core
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFPQ) - 1-core Processor Activation for #EFP0
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFPR) - 1-core Mobile-enabled processor activation (CSE) for #EFP0
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EFW0) - Initial FW 920.10 indicator

(No longer available as of November 9, 2018)

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EH0E) - Model upgrade indictor from POWER8 to POWER9
  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EH35) - Mobile Enablement

Enterprise Pool Enablement

  • Attributes provided: Enterprise Pool Enablement Code
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EHC6) - Solution Edition for Healthcare typical 3.7 to 3.9 GHz, 40-core Processor with 5U system node drawer

Solution Edition for Healthcare 2.8GHZ, 40-CORE Processor

Forty core 2.8 GHz POWER9 processor planar containing four eight- core processor SCMs for the Power E980 Solution Edition for Healthcare.

  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.2 TR9 or later and 7.3 TR5 or later, and IBM 7.4 or later, and IBM i 7.1 TR11, or later with latest PTFs - IBM i 7.1 requires VIOS, the IBM i 7.1 partitions must be set to restricted I/O mode, and requires HW feature #EB3V - IBM i 7.1 Activation for E980
    • AIX - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EHKV) - SAP HANA TRACKING FEATURE

SAP HANA tracking feature that defines manufacturing routing.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EHR1) - Boot Drive / Load Source in EXP12SX Specify (in #ESLL or #ELLL)

Indicates that boot drive (disks or SSDs) are placed in an EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure

  • Attributes provided: Boot drive location specify
  • Attributes required: Available SAS bay and supported disk/SSD
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EHR2) - Boot Drive / Load Source in EXP24SX Specify (in #ESLS or #ELLS)

Indicates that boot drive or load source (disks or SSDs) are placed in an EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure

  • Attributes provided: Boot drive / load source location specify
  • Attributes required: Available SAS bay and supported disk/SSD
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EHS2) - SSD Placement Indicator - #ESLS/#ELLS

This is an IBM internal automatic generated SSD specify indicator for placement and it is not selectable.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - Supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJ07) - PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

PCIe3 x16 adapter provides two optical CXP ports for the attachment of two active optical cables (AOC). One adapter supports the attachment of one PCIe3 module in a PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer. CCIN is 6B52.

EJ07 is similar to EJ05 and EJ08, but has different packaging and different CCIN.

  • Attributes provided: PCIe3 adapter with two CXP ports to attach two active optical cables
  • Attributes required:

    PCIe3 x16 slot in system unit plus a pair of active optical cables (one optical pair feature such as #ECC6 or #ECC8)

  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJ0J) - PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8

The PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapter is a high performance SSD/HDD controller using PCIe Gen3 x8 technology. The adapter does not have write cache and thus pairing with another PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapter (#EJ0J or #EJ0M) is optional. Pairing can provide controller redundancy and enhance performance. There are no batteries in the adapter to maintain.

The adapter provides four Mini-SAS HD (high density) narrow connectors for the attachment of SAS drives located in the EXP24S, EXP12SX, or EXP24SX storage enclosures or #5802/5803/EL36 12X PCIe I/ O drawers. X, YO or AT SAS cables with HD narrow connectors are used to attach to these drawers. A max of 4 EXP24S/EXP12SX/EXP24SX can be attached. A maximum of 48 SSD can be attached and a maximum of 96 HDD can be attached per adapter or per adapter pair.

The adapter provides RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6 and RAID 10 for AIX and Linux and VIOS. The adapter provides RAID 5 and RAID 6 for all levels of IBM i and also provides RAID 10 for later levels of IBM i. IBM i provides both OS mirroring and data spreading. AIX/Linux/VIOS provide OS mirroring (LVM).

Features #EJ0J and #EJ0M are electronically identical with the same CCIN of 57B4. #EJ0J has a full-high tailstock bracket and air baffle. #EJ0M has a low profile tailstock bracket. #EJ10/#EJ11 are identical with #EJ0J/#EJ0M, but have different feature codes to identify their use as tape/DVD controllers to IBM configurator tools instead of disk/SSD controllers.

Both 5xx and 4k byte sector HDD/SSD are supported for POWER8/POWER9 servers. 5xx byte sector HDD/SSD are supported for earlier generation servers. 5xx and 4k drives cannot be mixed in the same array.

Limitations:

  • HDD/SSD workloads which are performance sensitive to WRITES should use the #EJ14 or #EJ0L controller which provides write cache.
  • HDD and SSD cannot be mixed on the same SAS port, but can be mixed on the same adapter.
  • #5886 3.5-inch SAS Storage Drawer is not supported.
  • 177GB SSD are not supported.
  • Running SAS bays for both a #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer and a 12X-attached #5802/5803 I/O drawer on the same adapter or adapter pair is not supported. Note mixing EXP24S or EXP12SX or EXP24SX is supported.
  • If controlling drives in a #5802/5803/EL36 as a single controller, the #EJ0J must be located in that #5802/5803/EL36. If controlling drives in a #5802/5803/EL36 as a pair of controllers, at least one of the SAS adapter pairs must be located in that #5802/ 5803/EL36.
  • Tape/DVD cannot be mixed with disk/SSD on the same adapter.
  • Attributes provided: full high PCIe3 four port x8 SAS RAID adapter with no write cache and optional pairing
  • Attributes required: One PCIe slot per adapter and Mini-SAS HD narrow connector SAS cables such as #ECBJ-ECBL, #ECBT-ECBV, #ECCO-ECC4 or 12Gb cables such as #ECDJ, ECDT or #ECDU.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: VIOS supported.
(#EJ0L) - PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8

The PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter provides high performance HDD and/or SSD controller function using PCIe Gen3 technology. A pair of adapters are required to provide mirrored write cache data and adapter redundancy. Integrated flash memory provides protection of the write cache without batteries in case of power failure. Effectively up to 12GB of write cache is provided using compression of 4 GB of physical cache.

The adapter provides four Mini-SAS HD (high density) narrow connectors for the attachment of SAS drives located in the SAS EXP24S or EXP12SX or EXP24SX storage enclosures or#5802/5803/EL36 12X PCIe I/O drawers. X, YO or AT SAS cables with HD narrow connectors are used to attach to these drawers. A max of 4 EXP24S/ EXP12SX/EXP24SX can be attached with a maximum of 96 HDD or a maximum of 48 SSD. Two AA SAS cable with HD narrow connectors are attached to the #EJ0L pair to communicate status and cache content information and are required unless three or four ports are being used to attach HDD/SSD.

The #EJ0L provides RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6 and RAID 10 for AIX and Linux and VIOS. The adapter provides RAID 5 and RAID 6 for all levels of IBM i and also provides RAID 10 for later levels of IBM i. IBM i provides both OS mirroring and data spreading. AIX/Linux/VIOS provide OS mirroring (LVM). This adapter can also support the Easy Tier function (RAID 52T, 62T or 102T) for AIX and Linux. The adapter's CCIN is 57CE.

Both 5xx and 4k byte sector HDD/SSD are supported for POWER8 servers. 5xx byte sector HDD/SSD are supported for earlier generation servers. 5xx and 4k drives can not be mixed in the same array.

Limitations:

  • HDD and SSD can not be mixed on the same SAS port, but can be mixed on the same adapter.
  • #5886 3.5-inch SAS I/O Drawer is not supported.
  • 177GB SSD are not supported.
  • Running SAS bays for both a #5887 EXP24S I/O drawer and a 12X-attached #5802/5803 I/O drawer on the same adapter pair is not supported. Note: Mixing EXP24S or EXP12SX or EXP24SX is supported.
  • If controlling drives in a #5802/5803/EL36 at least one of he #EJ0L pairs must be located in that #5802/5803/EL36
  • Attributes provided: Full high PCIe3 four port x8 adapter with up to 12GB write cache
  • Attributes required: One PCIe slot per adapter and Mini-SAS HD narrow connector SAS cables such as #ECBJ-ECBL, #ECBT-ECBV, #ECCO-ECC4 or 12Gb cables such as ECDT or #ECDU.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJ0M) - PCIe3 LP RAID SAS Adapter Quad-Port 6Gb x8

The PCIe3 RAID SAS LP Adapter is a high performance SSD/HDD controller using PCIe Gen3 x8 technology. The adapter does not have write cache and thus pairing with another PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapter (#EJ0M or #EJ0J) is optional. Pairing can provide controller redundancy and enhance performance. There are no batteries in the adapter to maintain.

The adapter provides four Mini-SAS HD (high density) narrow connectors for the attachment of SAS drives located in the EXP24S, EXP12SX, or EXP24SX storage enclosure or #5802/EL36 12X PCIe I/O drawers. X, YO or AT SAS cables with HD narrow connectors are used to attach to these drawers. A max of 4 EXP24S/EXP12SX/EXP24SX can be attached. A maximum of 48 SSD can be attached and a maximum of 96 HDD can be attached per adapter or per adapter pair.

The adapter provides RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6 and RAID 10 for AIX and Linux and VIOS. The adapter provides RAID 5 and RAID 6 for all levels of IBM i and also provides RAID 10 for later levels of IBM i. IBM i provides both OS mirroring and data spreading. AIX/ Linux/VIOS provide OS mirroring (LVM).

Features #EJ0J and #EJ0M are electronically identical with the same CCIN of 57B4. #EJ0J has a full-high tailstock bracket and air baffle. #EJ0M has a low profile tailstock bracket. #EJ10 / #EJ11 are identical with #EJ0J / #EJ0M respectively, but have different feature codes to identify their use to IBM configurator tools as tape/DVD controllers instead of disk/SSD controllers.

Both 5xx and 4k byte sector HDD/SSD are supported for POWER8/POWER9 servers. 5xx byte sector HDD/SSD are supported for earlier generation servers. 5xx and 4k drives cannot be mixed in the same array.

Limitations:

  • HDD/SSD workloads which are performance sensitive to WRITES should use the #EJ14 or #EJ0L controller which provides write cache.
  • HDD and SSD cannot be mixed on the same SAS port, but can be mixed on the same adapter.
  • #5886 3.5-inch SAS Storage Drawer is not supported.
  • 177GB SSD are not supported.
  • Running SAS bays for both a EXP24S storage drawer and a 12X-attached #5802/5803 I/O drawer on the same adapter or adapter pair is not supported. Note mixing EXP24S or EXP12SX or EXP24SX is supported.
  • A single #EJ0M cannot control drives in a #5802/5803/EL36 because the adapter must be located in that #5802/5803/ EL36 in a full high slot. However, if controlling drives in a #5802/5803/EL36 as a pair of controllers, one #EJ0J can be located in that #5802/ 5803/EL36 and one #EJ0M can be in the system's low profile slot.
  • Tape/DVD cannot be mixed with disk/SSD on the same adapter.
  • Attributes provided: low profile PCIe3 four port x8 SAS RAID adapter with no write cache and optional pairing
  • Attributes required: One low profile PCIe slot per adapter and Mini-SAS HD narrow connector SAS cables such as #ECBJ-ECBL, #ECBT-ECBV, #ECCO-ECC4 or 12Gb cables such as #ECDJ, ECDT or #ECDU.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: VIOS supported.
(#EJ10) - PCIe3 SAS Tape/DVD Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8

The PCIe3 SAS Adapter is a high performance SAS tape controller using PCIe Gen3 x8 technology. The adapter supports external SAS tape drives such as the LTO-5, LTO-6, LTO-7, and LTO-8 found in the IBM 7226-1U3 Multimedia drawers, or tape units such as the TS2250, TS2260, TS2270, and TS2280 single External Tape Drive, TS2900, TS3100, TS3200, and TS3310. Other removable media devices supported include IBM SAS/SATA DVD RAM drive features available on the IBM 7226-1U3 Storage Enclosure. The adapter provides four Mini-SAS HD (high density) connectors to which AE1 SAS cables such as #ECBY and/ or YE1 SAS Cables such as #ECBZ with HD narrow connectors can be attached. A max of 4 tape drives per adapter can be attached using four AE1 cables. A max of 8 tape drives can be attached using four YE1 cables.

#EJ10 (full high) and #EJ11 (low profile) are electronically the same adapter with the same 57B4 CCIN, but differ in that their tailstocks fit different size PCIe slots.

#EJ0J and #EJ10 are the same adapter with the same 57B4 CCIN, but have different feature code numbers to indicate different usage to IBM configurator tools. #EJ10 runs SAS LTO-5 or later tape drives and DVD. Support of both tape/DVD and HDD/SSD on the same adapter is not supported.
Note: The original #EJ0X adapter does not support DVD but also has the same CCIN.
Note: Adapter uses a Mini-SAS HD narrow connector and AE1 #ECBZ or YE1 #ECBY SAS cable.

Limitation: LTO-4 or earlier drives are not supported.

  • Attributes provided: full high PCIe3 four port x8 SAS adapter
  • Attributes required: One PCIe slot per adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: VIOS supported.
(#EJ11) - PCIe3 LP SAS Tape/DVD Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8

The PCIe3 Low Profile SAS Adapter is a high performance SAS tape controller using PCIe Gen3 x8 technology. The adapter supports external SAS tape drives such as the LTO-5, LTO-6, LTO-7, and LTO-8 found in the IBM 7226-1U3 Multimedia drawers, or tape units such as the TS2250, TS2260, TS2270, and TS2280 single External Tape Drive, TS2900, TS3100, TS3200, and TS3310. Other removable media devices supported include IBM SAS/SATA DVD RAM drive features available on the IBM 7226-1U3 Storage Enclosure. The adapter provides four Mini-SAS HD (high density) connectors to which AE1 SAS cables such as #ECBY and/or YE1 SAS Cables such as #ECBZ with HD narrow connectors can be attached. A max of 4 tape drives per adapter can be attached using four AE1 cables. A max of 8 tape drives can be attached using four YE1 cables.

#EJ10 (full high) and #EJ11 (low profile) are electronically the same adapter with the same 57B4 CCIN, but differ in that their tailstocks fit different size PCIe slots.

#EJ0M and #EJ11 are the same adapter with the same 57B4 CCIN, but have different feature code numbers to indicate different usage to IBM configurator tools. #EJ11 runs SAS LTO-5 or later tape drives and DVD. Support of both tape/DVD and HDD/SSD on the same adapter is not supported.
Note: Adapter uses a Mini-SAS HD narrow connector and AE1 #ECBZ or YE1 #ECBY SAS cable.

Limitation: LTO-4 or earlier drives are not supported.

  • Attributes provided: low profile PCIe3 four port x8 SAS adapter
  • Attributes required: One low profile PCIe slot per adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: VIOS supported
(#EJ14) - PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID PLUS SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8

The PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID PLUS SAS Adapter provides high performance HDD and/or SSD controller function using PCIe Gen3 technology. A pair of #EJ14 adapters are required to provide mirrored write cache data and adapter redundancy. Integrated flash memory provides protection of the write cache without batteries in case of power failure. Effectively up to 12GB of write cache is provided using compression of 4 GB of physical cache. The #EJ14 provides four Mini-SAS HD (high density) narrow connectors for the attachment of SAS drives located in the SAS EXP24S, EXP12SX, or EXP24SX storage enclosures. X, YO or AT SAS cables with HD narrow connectors are used to attach to these drawers. A max of 4 EXP24S can be attached with a maximum of 96 HDD or a maximum of 72 SSD per pair of #EJ14. If more than 48 SSD are attached, no HDD can be attached. A mix of EXP24S, EXP12SX or EXP24SX is supported on the same adapter pair. Two AA SAS cable with HD narrow connectors are attached to the #EJ14 pair to communicate status and cache content information and are required unless three or four ports are being used to attach HDD/SSD. Feature #EJ14 provides RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6, and RAID 10, RAID 5T2, RAID 6T2, and RAID 10T2 for AIX and Linux and VIOS. Two tier arrays (5T2, 6T2 and 10T2) combine both HDD and SSD into a single array with Easy Tier functionality. AIX/Linux/VIOScan also provide OS mirroring (LVM). On systems that support IBM i, the adapter provides RAID 5 and RAID 6 for IBM i. RAID 10 is supported by IBM i 7.2. IBM i provides both OS mirroring and data spreading. This adapter is very similar to the #EJ0L SAS adapter, but #EJ14 uses a second CPU chip in the card to provide more IOPS capacity and can attach more SSD. The #EJ14 adapter's CCIN is 57B1. Both 5xx and 4k byte sector HDD/SSD are supported. 5xx and 4k drives cannot be mixed in the same array. Limitations:

  • Not supported on POWER7/POWER7+ servers.
  • HDD and SSD cannot be mixed on the same SAS port, but can be mixed on the same adapter.
  • Attributes provided: Full high PCIe3 four port x8 adapter with up to 12 GB write cache
  • Attributes required: One PCIe slot per adapter and Mini-SAS HD narrow connector SAS cables such as #ECBJ-ECBL, #ECBT-ECBV, #ECCO-ECC4 or 12Gb cables such as ECDT or #ECDU.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: VIOS supported
(#EJ19) - PCIe x16 to CXP Optical or CU converter Adapter for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer

PCIe3 x16 adapter provides two optical CXP ports for the attachment of two active optical cables (AOC). One adapter supports the attachment of one PCIe3 module in a PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer. CCIN is 6B53.

Feature EJ19 is a follow on product to the EJ07. Feature EJ19 is only supported on I/O expansion drawer with PCIe3 6-slot fanout module (feature #EMXH).

  • Attributes provided: PCIe3 adapter with two CXP ports to attach two active optical cables
  • Attributes required: PCIe3 x16 slot in system unit plus a pair of active optical cables (one optical pair feature such as #ECCR, #ECCY, or #ECCZ)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i supported
    • Linux supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJ1N) - PCIe1 LP SAS Tape/DVD Dual-port 3Gb x8 Adapter

(No longer available as of December 31, 2021)

This is a PCIe Gen1 short x8 form factor adapter. It supports the attachment of SAS tape and DVD using a pair of mini SAS 4x connectors. The PCIe1 can be used for external tape drives which are not supported on the newer and faster 4-port 6Gb PCIe3 adapter (see feature code #EJ10/EJ11/EL60). The adapter supports external SAS tape drives such as the DAT72, DAT160, LTO-4, LTO-5, LTO-6, and LTO-7 found in the IBM multimedia drawers such as the 7226-1U3 or 7214-1U2 or tape units such as the TS2240, TS2340, TS3100, TS3200, and TS3310. Other removable media devices supported include IBM SAS/ SATA DVD-ROM/RAM drives.

SAS adapter-to-enclosure (AE) 3Gb cables with mini-SAS connectors are used to attach these drives. See feature codes #3684 (3 metre) and #3685 (6 metre). The same AE cables can often alternatively be ordered under the tape enclosure or multimedia drawer.

Feature EJ1N and EJ1P are electrically and functionally identical with the same CCIN of 57B3. EJ1N has a low profile tailstock bracket and EJ1P has a full-high tailstock bracket. Feature EJ1N/EJ1P is the same adapter as #5278/5901 but designates to IBM configurator tools that the usage will be tape/DVD and will not be used for disk.

  • Attributes provided: Two mini SAS 4x connectors
  • Attributes required: One PCIe slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX supported
    • IBM i supported
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE, version 7.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for SAP with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE version 7.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.0 for Power LE, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: VIOS supported
(#EJ1P) - PCIe1 SAS Tape/DVD Dual-port 3Gb x8 Adapter

(No longer available as of December 31, 2021)

This is a PCIe Gen1 short x8 form factor adapter. It supports the attachment of SAS tape and DVD using a pair of mini SAS 4x connectors. The PCIe1 can be used for external tape drives which are not supported on the newer and faster 4-port 6Gb PCIe3 adapter (see feature code #EJ10/EJ11/EL60). The adapter supports external SAS tape drives such as the DAT72, DAT160, LTO-4, LTO-5, LTO-6, and LTO-7 found in the IBM multimedia drawers such as the 7226-1U3 or 7214-1U2 or tape units such as the TS2240, TS2340, TS3100, TS3200, and TS3310. Other removable media devices supported include IBM SAS/ SATA DVD-ROM/RAM drives.

SAS adapter-to-enclosure (AE) 3Gb cables with mini-SAS connectors are used to attach these drives. See feature codes #3684 (3 metre) and #3685 (6 metre). The same AE cables can often alternatively be ordered under the tape enclosure or multimedia drawer.

Feature EJ1P and EJ1N are electrically and functionally identical with the same CCIN of 57B3. EJ1P has a full-high tailstock bracket and EJ1N has a low profile tailstock bracket. Feature EJ1P/EJ1N is the same adapter as #5901/5278 but designates to IBM configurator tools that the usage will be tape/DVD and will not be used for disk.

  • Attributes provided: Two mini SAS 4x connectors
  • Attributes required: One PCIe slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 192)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i supported
    • AIX supported
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE, version 7.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for SAP with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE version 7.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.0 for Power LE, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 3, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15, or later
    • Ubuntu not supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: VIOS supported
(#EJ33) - PCIe3 Crypto Coprocessor BSC-Gen3 4767

(No longer available as of December 31, 2021)

Secure-key adapter provides both cryptographic coprocessor and cryptographic accelerator functions in a single PCIe card. The adapter is well suited to applications requiring high-speed, security- sensitive, RSA acceleration, cryptographic operations for data encryption and digital signing, secure management, and use of cryptographic keys, or custom cryptographic applications. It provides secure storage of cryptographic keys in a tamper-resistant hardware security module designed to meet FIPS 140-2 level 4 security requirements. The adapter is a PCIe Gen 1 x4 full height - short card. The adapter runs in dedicated mode only (no PowerVM virtualization).

#EJ32 and #EJ33 are both feature codes representing the same physical card with the same CCIN of 4767. Different feature codes are used to indicate if a blind swap cassette is used and its type. #EJ32 indicates no blind swap cassette. #EJ33 indicates a Gen 3 blind swap cassette.

IBM PCIe Cryptographic Coprocessor adapter highlights

  • Integrated Dual processors that operate in parallel for higher reliability, often 2x performance improvement over prior generation crypto cards
  • Uses newer level Power Processor (PPC) processor than previous generation cards
  • Supports IBM Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA 5.3) and PKCS#11 standard
  • Ability to configure adapter as coprocessor or accelerator
  • Support for smart card applications using Europay, MasterCard and Visa
  • Cryptographic key generation and random number generation
  • PIN processing - generation, verification, translation
  • Encrypt/Dectrypt using AES and DES keys

Please refer to the following URL for the latest firmware and software updates http://www-03.ibm.com/security/cryptocards/

  • Attributes provided: Cryptographic Coprocessor and Accelerator Functions
  • Attributes required: One full-high PCIe Gen3 slot which uses a blind swap cassette
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 192)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJ37) - PCIe3 Crypto Coprocessor BSC-Gen3 4769

The 4769 PCIe Cryptographic Coprocessor has a PCIe local-bus- compatible interface. The coprocessor holds a security-enabled subsystem module and batteries for backup power. The hardened encapsulated subsystem contains two sets of two 32-bit PowerPC 476FP reduced instruction set computer (RISC) processors running in lockstep with cross-checking to detect soft errors in the hardware. It also contains a separate service processor used to manage self-test and firmware updates; RAM; flash memory and battery-powered memory; secure time-of-day; cryptographic quality random number generator; AES; DES; Triple DES; HMAC; CMAC; MD5; multiple SHA hashing methods; modular- exponentiation hardware, such as RSA and ECC; and full-duplex direct memory access (DMA) communications.

A security-enabled code-loading arrangement allows control program and application program loading and refreshes after coprocessor installation in your server. IBM offers an embedded subsystem control program and a cryptographic application programming interface (API) that implements the IBM CCA.

The IBM Common Cryptographic Architecture Support Program can be accessed from the internet at no charge to the user. See the IBM CCA Basic Services Reference and Guide, which can be found at the IBM Cryptocards Library for a full explanation of the CCA API.

For details on future updates to the versions of operating systems that are supported by the 4769 PCIe Cryptographic Coprocessor, see the IBM Cryptocards website https://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards.

Feature #EJ35 and #EJ37 are both feature codes representing the same physical card with the same CCIN of C0AF. Different feature codes are used to indicate if a blind swap cassette is used and its type. #EJ35 indicates no blind swap cassette. #EJ37 indicates a Gen 3 blind swap cassette.

The 4769 PCIe Cryptographic Coprocessor is designed to deliver the following functions:

  • X.509 certificate services support
  • ANSI X9 TR34-2019 key exchange services that exploit the public key infrastructure (PKI)
  • ECDSA secp256k1
  • CRYSTALS-Dilithium, a quantum-safe algorithm for digital signature generation and verification
  • Rivest-Shamir-Adleman (RSA) algorithm for digital signature generation and verification with keys up to 4096 bits in length
  • High-throughput Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA), MD5 message digest algorithm, Hash-Based Message Authentication Code (HMAC), Cipher-based Message Authentication Code (CMAC), Data Encryption Standard (DES), Triple Data Encryption Standard (Triple DES), and Advanced Encryption Standard (AES)-based encryption for data integrity assurance and confidentiality, including AES Key Wrap (AESKW) that conforms to ANSI X9.102
  • Elliptic-curve cryptography (ECC) for digital signature and key agreement
  • Support for smart card applications and personal identification number (PIN) processing
  • Secure time-of-day
  • Visa Data Secure Platform (DSP) point-to-point encryption (P2PE) with standard Visa format-preserving encryption (FPE) and format- preserving, Feistel-based Format Preserving Encryption (FF1, FF2, FF2.1). Format Preserving Counter Mode (FPCM) as defined in x9.24 Part 2
  • Attributes provided: Cryptographic Coprocessor and Accelerator Functions
  • Attributes required: One full-high PCIe Gen3 slot which uses a blind swap cassette
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 192)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.4 TR5, or later
    • IBM i 7.3 TR11, or later
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-05 Technology Level and Service Pack 7200-05-03-2136, or later
    • AIX Version 7.1 with the 7100-05 Technology Level and Service Pack 9 7100-05-09-2136, or later
    • AIX Version 7.2 with the 7200-04 Technology Level and Service Pack 7200-04-05-2148, or later (planned availability February 11, 2022)
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJR1) - Specify Mode-1 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 1 and be using one PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter (#EJ0J/ EJ0M/EL3B ) and one 6G YO SAS Cable.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, one PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter, one SAS YO cable
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJR2) - Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 1 and be using two (one pair) PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters (#EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B) and two 6G YO SAS Cables.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, two PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters, two SAS YO cables
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJR3) - Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (2) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using two (one pair) RAID PCIe3 SAS adapters (#EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B) and two 6G X SAS Cables.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, two PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters, two SAS X cables
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 6.1 and 7.1 or later supported
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Linux supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJR4) - Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using four (two pair) PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters (#EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B) and two 6G X SAS Cables.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, four PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters, two SAS X cables
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJR5) - Specify Mode-4 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 4 and be using four (unpaired) PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters (#EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B) and two 6G X SAS Cables

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, four PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters, two SAS X cables
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJR6) - Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (2) YO for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using one PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter (#EJ0J/ EJ0M/EL3B) and two 6G YO SAS Cables.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawe, one PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter,two SAS YO cables
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJR7) - Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (2) YO for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using two (nonpaired) PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters (#EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B) and two 6G YO SAS Cables.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, two PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters, two SAS YO cables
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJRA) - Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (1) YO for EXP24S (#5887/El1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using one PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter (#EJ0J/ EJ0M/EL3B) and one 6G YO SAS Cables.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the EXP24S. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJR7.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, one PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapter, one 6G YO SAS cable
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJRB) - Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B & (1) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using two PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters (#EJ0J ) and one 6G X SAS Cable.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the EXP24S. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJR4.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, two PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapters, one 6G X SAS cable
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJRC) - Specify Mode-4 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 4 and be using one PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter (#EJ0J/ EJ0M/EL3B) and one 6G X SAS Cables. One leg of the X cable is left unattached at the adapter end.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the EXP24S. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJR5, #EJRD or #EJRE.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, one PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapter, one 6G X SAS cable
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJRD) - Specify Mode-4 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 4 and be using two (nonpaired) PCIe RAID SAS adapters (#EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B) and one 6G X SAS Cables.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the EXP24S. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJR5 or #EJRE.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, two PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapters, one 6G X SAS cable
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJRE) - Specify Mode-4 & (3)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B for EXP24S (#5888/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 4 and be using three (nonpaired) PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter (#EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B) and two 6G X SAS Cables. One leg of one X cable is left unattached at the adapter end.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the EXP24S. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJR5.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, three PCIe3 RAID SAS Adapters, two 6G X SAS cables
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJRF) - Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ14 for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 1 and be using two PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID PLUS SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8 (#EJ14) and two 6G YO SAS Cables.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer in mode1, two PCIe3 #EJ14, two SAS YO cables
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required: IBM i supported, refer to #EJ14 for IBM i levels
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJRG) - Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ14 & (2) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using two PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID PLUS SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8 (#EJ14) and two 6G X SAS Cables.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer in mode 2, two PCIe3 #EJ14, two SAS X cables
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to #EJ14
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJRH) - Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ14 & (1) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using two PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID PLUS SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8 (#EJ14) and one 6G X SAS Cable.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the EXP24S. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer in mode2, two PCIe3 #EJ14, one SAS X cable
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to #EJ14
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJRJ) - Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ14 for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using four PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID PLUS SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb x8 (#EJ14) and two 6G X SAS Cable.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer in mode2, four PCIe3 #EJ14, two SAS X cables
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported
    • Refer to #EJ14
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJRL) - Non-paired Indicator EJ14 PCIe SAS RAID+ Adapter

Feature EJRL must be added for every instance of a non-paired SAS RAID adapter #EJ14. It identifies a specific high availability configuration supported by AIX or Linux which has one #EJ14 on one system and the paired #EJ14 located on a second system. IBM i does not support paired adapter on different servers.

SAS RAID adapter firmware disables write cache until a second SAS RAID adapter is recognised as its pair. This specify indicates the pairing will not be on just one server.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Only one #EJ14 on a server and its pair on a different server.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required: Refer to #EJ14
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJRP) - Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0L for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 1 and be using two PCIe3 12GB Cache RAID SAS adapters (#EJ0L) and two 6G YO SAS Cables.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, two PCIe3 12GB Cache SAS RAID adapters, two SAS YO cables
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJRR) - Specify mode-2 & (4) EJ0L for EXP24S #5887/EL1S

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

Specify feature EJRR (Specify mode-2 & (4 )EJ0L for EXP24S #5887 or #EL1S) directs manufacturing to configure SFF drawer to mode 2 (two sets of 12 SFF bays) and four PCIe2 12GB Cache RAID SAS Adapter Quad-port 6Gb. Select #EJ0L and two appropriate length HD narrow X cable (#ECBJ -#ECBM). Include two AA cables (#ECCO - #ECC4) between each pair of SAS adapters (total of 4 AA cables). Note: IBM does not provide changes to the mode setting after #5887 or #EL1S is shipped.

  • Attributes provided: Configure #5887/EL1S in Mode 2
  • Attributes required: Two dual X cables, four AA cables and one port on each of four #EJ0Ls dedicated to the single #5887/EL1S.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EJRS) - Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0L & (2) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using two PCIe3 12GB RAID SAS adapters (#EJ0L) and two 6G X SAS Cables.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, two PCIe3 12GB Cache SAS RAID adapters, two SAS X cables
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJRT) - Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0L & (1) X for EXP24S (#5887/EL1S)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24S SFF Gen2-bay Drawer (#5887/#EL1S) should be configured in Mode 2 and be using two 12GB Cache RAID SAS adapters (#EJ0L ) and one 6G X SAS Cable.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the EXP24S. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: EXP24S Drawer, two PCIe3 12GB Cache SAS RAID adapters, one SAS X cable
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 64)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i not supported.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJRU) - Non-paired Indicator EJ0L PCIe SAS RAID Adapter

Feature EJRU must be added for every instance of a non-paired SAS RAID adapter #EJ0L. It identifies a specific high availability configuration supported by AIX or Linux which has one #EJ0L on one system and the paired #EJ0L located on a second system. IBM i does not support paired adapter on different servers.

  • Attributes provided: SAS RAID adapter firmware disables write cache until a second SAS RAID adapter is recognised.
  • Attributes required: Every #EJ0L requires a 6Gb/s SAS RAID adapter (#EJ0L) on both this server and on another server that will pair up the SAS RAID adapter and enable the onboard caches to function.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJV1) - Specify Mode-1 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

(No Longer Available as of December 31, 2021)

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (one group of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to one #EJ0J/#EL59/#EJ0M/ #EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter.

One YO12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECDT, #ECDU, #ECDV or #ECDW.

One specify feature should be ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJV2) - Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

(No Longer Available as of December 31, 2021)

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (one group of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to two (one pair) #EJ0J/ #EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two YO12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclsoure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECDT, #ECDU, #ECDV or #ECDW.

One specify feature should be ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJV3) - Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

(No Longer Available as of December 31, 2021)

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 6 drive bays). It will be connected to two (one pair) #EJ0J/#EL59/ #EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or #ECBL.

One specify feature should be ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJV4) - Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

(No Longer Available as of December 31, 2021)

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 6 drive bays). It will be connected to four (two pair) #EJ0J/ #EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or #ECBL.

One specify feature should be ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJV5) - Specify Mode-4 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

(No Longer Available as of December 31, 2021)

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 4 (four groups of 3 drive bays). It will be connected to four (unpaired) #EJ0J/#EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or #ECBL.

One specify feature should be ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJV6) - Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

(No Longer Available as of December 31, 2021)

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 6 drive bays). It will be connected to one #EJ0J/#EL59/#EJ0M/ #EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter.

Two YO12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclsoure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECDT, #ECDU, #ECDV or #ECDW.

One specify feature should be ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJV7) - Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

(No Longer Available as of December 31, 2021)

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 6 drive bays). It will be connected to two (nonpaired) #EJ0J/ #EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two YO12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBT, #ECBU, #ECBV or #ECBW.

One specify feature should be ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJVA) - Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

(No Longer Available as of December 31, 2021)

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 6 drive bays). It will be connected to one #EJ0J/#EL59/#EJ0M/ #EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter.

One YO12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBT, #ECBU, #ECBV or #ECBW.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the SAS Storage Enclosure. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJV7.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJVB) - Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

(No Longer Available as of December 31, 2021)

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 6 drive bays). It will be connected to two (one pair) #EJ0J/#EL59/ #EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

One X12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or #ECBL.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the SAS Storage Enclosure. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJV4.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJVC) - Specify Mode-4 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

(No Longer Available as of December 31, 2021)

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 4 (four groups of 3 drive bays). It will be connected to one #EJ0J/#EL59/ #EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter.

One X12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or #ECBL. One leg of the X12 cable is left unattached at the adapter end.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the SAS Storage Enclosure. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJV5, #EJVD or #EJVE. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP12SX Drawer (#ESLL/ELLL) should be configured in Mode 4 and be using one PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter (#EJ0J/EL59/EJ0M/EL3B) and one X12 SAS Cables. One leg of the X cable is left unattached at the adapter end.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the EXP12SX. If adapters/ cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJV5, #EJVD or #EJVE.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJVD) - Specify Mode-4 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

(No Longer Available as of December 31, 2021)

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 4 (four groups of 3 drive bays). It will be connected to Two (nonpaired) #EJ0J/#EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

One X12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or#ECBL.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the SAS Storage Enclosure. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJV5 or #EJVE.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJVE) - Specify Mode-4 & (3)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

(No Longer Available as of December 31, 2021)

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 4 (four groups of 3 drive bays). It will be connected to Three (nonpaired) #EJ0J/#EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or #ECBL. One leg of one of the two X12 cables is left unattached at the adapter end.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the SAS Storage Enclosure. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJV5.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJVF) - Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ14 & (2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

(No Longer Available as of December 31, 2021)

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (one group of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to two #EJ14 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two YO12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclsoure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECDT, #ECDU, #ECDV or #ECDW.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJVP) - Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0L & (2)YO12 for EXP12SX #ESLL/ELLL

(No Longer Available as of June 30, 2021)

Feature indicates that EXP12SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLL or #ELLL) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (one group of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to two #EJ0L PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two YO12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclsoure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECDT, #ECDU, #ECDV or #ECDW.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration with a subset of adapters and cables is used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ESLL or #ELLL to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJW1) - Specify Mode-1 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (one group of 24 drive bays). It will be connected to one #EJ0J/#EL59/#EJ0M/ #EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter.

One YO12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECDT, #ECDU, #ECDV or #ECDW.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration when a subset of adapters and cables are used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJW2) - Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (one group of 24 drive bays). It will be connected to two (one pair) #EJ0J/ #EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two YO12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclsoure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECDT, #ECDU, #ECDV or #ECDW.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration when a subset of adapters and cables are used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required:
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJW3) - Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to two (one pair) #EJ0J/ #EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or #ECBL.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration when a subset of adapters and cables are used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJW4) - Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to four (two pair) #EJ0J/ #EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or #ECBL.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration when a subset of adapters and cables are used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJW5) - Specify Mode-4 & (4)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 4 (four groups of 6 drive bays). It will be connected to four (unpaired) #EJ0J/#EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or #ECBL.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration when a subset of adapters and cables are used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJW6) - Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to one #EJ0J/#EL59/#EJ0M/ #EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter.

Two YO12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclsoure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECDT, #ECDU, #ECDV or #ECDW.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration when a subset of adapters and cables are used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJW7) - Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to two (nonpaired) #EJ0J/ #EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two YO12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBT, #ECBU, #ECBV or #ECBW.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration when a subset of adapters and cables are used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJWA) - Specify Mode-2 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to one #EJ0J/#EL59/#EJ0M/ #EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter.

One YO12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBT, #ECBU, #ECBV or #ECBW.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the SAS Storage Enclosure. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJW7.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJWB) - Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to two (one pair) #EJ0J/ #EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

One X12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or#ECBL.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a "partioal" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the SAS Storage Enclosure. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJW4.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJWC) - Specify Mode-4 & (1)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 4 (four groups of 6 drive bays). It will be connected to one #EJ0J/#EL59/ #EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter.

One X12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or #ECBL. One leg of the X12 cable is left unattached at the adapter end.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the SAS Storage Enclosure. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJW5, #EJWD or #EJWE. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing that in this configuration one EXP24SX Drawer (#ESLS/ELLS) should be configured in Mode 4 and be using one PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter (#EJ0J/EL59/EJ0M/ EL3B) and one X12 SAS Cables. One leg of the X cable is left unattached at the adapter end.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the EXP24SX. If adapters/ cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJW5, #EJWD or #EJWE.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJWD) - Specify Mode-4 & (2)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (1)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 4 (four groups of 6 drive bays). It will be connected to Two (nonpaired) #EJ0J/#EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

One X12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or #ECBL.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the SAS Storage Enclosure. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJW5 or #EJWE.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJWE) - Specify Mode-4 & (3)EJ0J/EJ0M/EL3B/EL59 & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 4 (four groups of 6 drive bays). It will be connected to Three (nonpaired) #EJ0J/#EL59/#EJ0M/#EL36 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or #ECBL. One leg of one of the two X12 cables is left unattached at the adapter end.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the SAS Storage Enclosure. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJW5.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJWF) - Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ14 & (2)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (one group of 24 drive bays). It will be connected to two #EJ14 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two YO12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclsoure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECDT, #ECDU, #ECDV or #ECDW.

One specify feature should be ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration when a subset of adapters and cables are used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJWG) - Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ14 & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to two #EJ14 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or #ECBL.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration when a subset of adapters and cables are used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJWH) - Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ14 & (1)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to two #EJ14 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

One X12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or#ECBL.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the SAS Storage Enclosure. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJWG.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJWJ) - Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ14 & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to four #EJ14 PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or #ECBL.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration when a subset of adapters and cables are used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJWP) - Specify Mode-1 & (2)EJ0L & (2)YO12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

(No Longer Available as of June 30, 2021)

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 1 (one group of 24 drive bays). It will be connected to two #EJ0L PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two YO12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclsoure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECDT, #ECDU, #ECDV or #ECDW.

One specify feature should ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration when a subset of adapters and cables are used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJWR) - Specify Mode-2 & (4)EJ0L & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to four #EJ0L PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or #ECBL.

One specify feature should be ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration when a subset of adapters and cables are used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJWS) - Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0L & (2)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

(No Longer Available as of June 30, 2021)

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to two #EJ0L PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

Two X12 cables connect the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or #ECBL.

One specify feature should be ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This specify feature indicates a full set of adapters plus SAS cables is used for the enclosure. A different specify feature code is used to indicate a "partial" configuration when a subset of adapters and cables are used.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EJWT) - Specify Mode-2 & (2)EJ0L& (1)X12 for EXP24SX #ESLS/ELLS

(No Longer Available as of June 30, 2021)

Feature indicates that EXP24SX SAS Storage Enclosure (#ESLS or #ELLS) will be configured by IBM Manufacturing in Mode 2 (two groups of 12 drive bays). It will be connected to two #EJ0L PCIe3 RAID SAS adapters.

One X12 cable connects the SAS Storage Enclosure to the SAS adapter ports. Use the cable length appropriate to the configuration and select from features such as #ECBJ, #ECBK or #ECBL.

One specify feature should be ordered with each SAS Storage Enclosure. This feature does not order or ship any hardware, but indicates to IBM config tools and to IBM Manufacturing the combination of enclosure mode, SAS adapter and SAS cable type which will be used.

This indicates a "partial" configuration where there are not enough adapters/cables to run all the SAS bays in the SAS Storage Enclosure. If adapters/cables are MES added later to support the rest of the SAS bays, then this specify code should be removed and the appropriate specify feature added to help IBM config tools understand the expanded usage, probably specify feature #EJWG.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate configuration information to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: SAS Storage Enclosure, PCIe3 RAID SAS adapter(s) and SAS cable(s) as indicated in description
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 168 (Initial order maximum: 168)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • Refer to #ESLS or #ELLS to find the supported O/S levels.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELAU) - Base processor activation (20) for #EHC6

BaseProcessor Activation (20) for #EHC6

  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELBK) - Power Linux processor activation for #EFP1/#EFP5

This feature delivers one linux processor activation for #EFP1

  • Attributes provided: One linux only processor activation
  • Attributes required: Linux OS on server
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • AIX - not supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELBL) - Power Linux processor activation for #EFP2/#EFP6

This feature delivers one linux processor activation for #EFP2

  • Attributes provided: One linux only processor activation
  • Attributes required: Linux OS on server
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 160 (Initial order maximum: 160)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • AIX - not supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELBM) - Power Linux processor activation for #EFP3/#EFP7

This feature delivers one linux processor activation for #EFP3

  • Attributes provided: One linux only processor activation
  • Attributes required: Linux OS on server
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 192)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • AIX - not supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELBN) - PowerVM for Linux indicator for M9S
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 192)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • AIX - not supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELBQ) - Power Linux processor activation for #EFP4/#EFP8

This feature delivers one linux only processor activation for #EFP4

  • Attributes provided: One linux only processor activation
  • Attributes required: Linux OS on server
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 176 (Initial order maximum: 176)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • AIX - not supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELBS) - 1 core Linux Processor Activation for EFP0
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • AIX - not supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELC0) - PDU Access Cord 0.38m

This 0.38 metre (14 inch) cord is used with a vertically mounted PDU (Power Distribution Unit) such as a #EPTJ, #EPTN, #7188 or #7109 when the PDU is located in a 7965-S42, 7965-94Y, or #ER05 Slim Rack. One end of this power cord connects to the PDU. The other end of this cord connects to the power cord running to the wall outlet or electrical power source.

One PDU Access Cord is required per vertically mounted PDU. Without a PDU Access Cord, inserting and removing the wall outlet power cord into the PDU can be very difficult in the narrow side pockets of the Slim Rack. A PDU Access Cord is not required for PDUs in wider racks such as the 7014-T42 or #0553.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELC1) - 4.3m (14-Ft) PDU to Wall 24A 200-240V Power Cord North America

This power cord goes from the chassis to a wall-type outlet. The line cord has a 200-240V, IEC309 30A P+N+G Plug (de-rated to 24A) and Souriau inlet compatible with PDU FCs ECJJ and ECJN. The following countries/regions use the #ELC1 power cord to power the system: United States, Canada, Mexico.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord PDU to Wall
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELC2) - 4.3m (14-Ft) PDU to Wall 3PH/24A 415V Power Cord North America

This power cord goes from the chassis to a wall-type outlet. The line cord has a 3-phase wye-wired 415/240V, IEC309 30A 3P+N+G Plug (de-rated to 24A per phase) and Souriau inlet compatible with PDU FCs ECJJ and ECJN. The following countries/regions use the #ELC2 power cord to power the system: United States, Canada, Mexico.

  • Attributes provided: Power Cord PDU to Wall
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELC5) - Power Cable - Drawer to IBM PDU (250V/10A)

This feature permits manufacturing to select the optimum PDU power jumper cord length (2.8M or 4.3M) for rack integration. This feature is mandatory for servers that use power supplies with C14 inlets that are going to be factory integrated with IBM racks (such as with 7014-T00 or T42 racks) that contains C19 PDU types.

Feature is not valid on initial order with non-factory integrated feature 4650. Power jumper cord has C13 on one end (for C14 power supply connector on system unit or I/O drawer) and C20 on the other end (for IBM PDU C19 receptacle). MES orders of FC #ELC5 will ship 4.3m length. If MES customers want 2.8m length should order #6665.

  • Attributes provided: Power jumper cord (2.8m or 4.3m)
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELKM) - ESKM Load Source Specify (931GB SSD SFF-2)

This specify code indicates that a #ESKM Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature ESKM
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: See feature ESKM
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELKR) - ESKR Load Source Specify (1.86TB SSD SFF-2)

This specify code indicates that a #ESKR Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature ESKR
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: See feature ESKR
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELKV) - ESKV Load Source Specify (3.72TB SSD SFF-2)

This specify code indicates that a #ESKV Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature ESKV
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: See feature ESKV
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELKZ) - ESKZ Load Source Specify (7.44TB SSD SFF-2)

This specify code indicates that a #ESKZ Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature ESKZ
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: See feature ESKZ
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELMD) - 512 GB Power Linux Memory Activations for M9S/80H

This feature delivers 512 GM Memory linux only for M9S/80H

  • Attributes provided: 512 GM Memory linux only for M9S/80H
  • Attributes required: Linux OS on server
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • AIX - not supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELSH) - #ES0H Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2)

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

This specify code indicates that a #ES0H Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: #ES0H
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELSN) - #ESDN Load Source Specify (571GB 15K RPM SFF-2 )

This specify code indicates that a #ESDN disk drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: #ESDN
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i - refer to feature #ESDN
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELSR) - #ES0R Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2 4K)

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

This specify code indicates that a #ES0R SSD is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: #ES0R
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux - not supported
    • AIX - not supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELST) - #ES0T Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2 4K)

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

This specify code indicates that a #ES0T SSD is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: #ES0T
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux - not supported
    • AIX - not supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELT1) - #ES81 Load Source Specify (1.9TB SFF-2 SSD)

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

This specify code indicates that a #ES81 Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: #ES81
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • Refer to #ES81
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELT2) - #ESF2 Load Source Specify (1.1TB HDD SFF-2)

This specify code indicates that a #ESF2 disk drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: #ESF2
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELT6) - #ES86 Load Source Specify (387GB SFF-2 SSD 4k for IBM i)

(No longer available as of January 18, 2019)

Specify code indicates a #ES86 solid state drive (SSD) is used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: #ES86
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: Refer to feature #ES86
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELT9) - #ES79 Load Source Specify (387GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx for IBM i)

(No longer available as of January 18, 2019)

Specify code indicates a #ES79 solid state drive (SSD) is used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: #ES79
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ES79
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELTD) - #ES8D Load Source Specify (775GB SFF-2 SSD 4k for IBM i)

(No longer available as of January 18, 2019)

Specify code indicates a #ES8D solid state drive (SSD) is used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: #ES8D
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ES8D
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELTF) - #ES7F Load Source Specify (775GB SFF-2 SSD 5xx for IBM i)

(No longer available as of January 18, 2019)

Specify code indicates a #ES7F solid state drive (SSD) is used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: #ES7F
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: Refer to #ES7F
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELTG) - #ES8G Load Source Specify (1.55TB SFF-2 SSD 4k for IBM i)

(No longer available as of January 18, 2019)

Specify code indicates a #ES8G solid state drive (SSD) is used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: #ES8G
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • Refer to #ES8G
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELTN) - #ESFN Load Source Specify (571GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K 4224)

(No longer available as of November 9, 2018)

This specify code indicates that a #ESFN Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Load source specify
  • Attributes required: #ESFN
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux - not supported
    • AIX - not supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELTS) - #ESFS Load Source Specify (1.7TB HDD SFF-2)

This specify code indicates that a #ESF5 disk drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: #ESFS
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELTU) - #ESEU Load Source Specify (571GB HDD SFF-2)

This specify code indicates that a #ESEU disk drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: #ESEU
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELTY) - #ESEY Load Source Specify (283GB 15K RPM SAS SFF-2 4K 4224)

(No longer available as of November 9, 2018)

This specify code indicates that a #ESEY Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Load source specify
  • Attributes required: #ESEY
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • Linux - not supported
    • AIX - not supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELU9) - ESK9 Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2)

This specify code indicates that a #ESK9 Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature ESK9
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: See feature ESK9
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELUD) - ESKD Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2)

This specify code indicates that a #ESKD Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature ESKD
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: See feature ESKD
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELUH) - ESKH Load Source Specify (1.55TB SSD SFF-2)

This specify code indicates that a #ESKH Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature ESKH
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: See feature ESKH
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELUK) - ESJK Load Source Specify (931GB SSD SFF-2)

(No Longer Available as of September 30, 2021)

This specify code indicates that a #ESJK Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature ESJK
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELUL) - #ESNL Load Source Specify (283GB HDD SFF-2)

This specify code indicates that a #ESNL Hard Disk Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature #ESNL
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: see feature ESNL
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELUM) - ESJM Load Source Specify (1.86TB SSD SFF-2)

(No Longer Available as of September 30, 2021)

This specify code indicates that a #ESJM Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature ESJM
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELUP) - ESJP Load Source Specify (3.72TB SSD SFF-2)

(No Longer Available as of September 30, 2021)

This specify code indicates that a #ESJP Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature ESJP
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELUQ) - #ESNQ Load Source Specify (571GB HDD SFF-2)

This specify code indicates that a #ESNQ Hard Disk Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature #ESNQ
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: see feature ESNQ
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELUR) - ESJR Load Source Specify (7.44TB SSD SFF-2)

(No Longer Available as of September 30, 2021)

This specify code indicates that a #ESJR Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature ESJR
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELVJ) - EC7J Load Source Specify (1.6TB SSD NVMe adapter for IBM i)

Specify code indicates a #EC7J solid state drive (SSD) NVMe adapter is used as the Load Source.

The IBM i NVMe Load Source Namespace specify codes #ENSA and #ENSB are used with this specify code.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature #EC7J
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: See feature EC7J
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELVL) - EC7L Load Source Specify (3.2TB SSD NVMe adapter for IBM i)

Specify code indicates a #EC7L solid state drive (SSD) NVMe adapter is used as the Load Source.

The IBM i NVMe Load Source Namespace specify codes #ENSA and #ENSB are used with this specify code.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature #EC7L
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: See feature EC7L
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELVN) - EC7N Load Source Specify (6.4TB SSD NVMe adapter for IBM i)

Specify code indicates a #EC7N solid state drive (SSD) NVMe adapter is used as the Load Source.

The IBM i NVMe Load Source Namespace size specify codes #ENSA and #ENSB are used with this specify code.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature #EC7N
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: See feature EC7N
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELZ5) - ES95 Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This specify code indicates that a #ES95 Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature ES95
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: see feature #ES95
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELZ6) - #ESG6 Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2)

(No longer available as of August 30, 2019)

This specify code indicates that a #ESG6 Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature #ESG6
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELZ7) - #ES97 Load Source Specify (1.86TB SSD SFF-2)

(No longer available as of January 18, 2019)

This specify code indicates that a #ES97 Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature #ES97
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: see feature ES97
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELZ8) - #ESE8 Load Source Specify (3.72TB SSD SFF-2)

(No longer available as of January 18, 2019)

This specify code indicates that a #ESE8 Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature #ESE8
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: see feature ESE8
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELZ9) - #ESM9 Load Source Specify (3.72 TB SSD 4k SFF-2)

(No longer available as of August 30, 2019)

This specify code indicates that a #ESM9 Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature ESM9
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: See feature ESM9
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELZB) - ESNB Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This specify code indicates that a #ESNB Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature ESNB
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: see feature #ESNB
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELZC) - #ESGC Load Source Specify (387GB SSD SFF-2)

(No longer available as of August 30, 2019)

This specify code indicates that a #ESGC Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature #ESGC
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELZF) - ESNF Load Source Specify (1.55TB SSD SFF-2)

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This specify code indicates that a #ESNF Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature ESNF
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: see feature #ESNF
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELZG) - #ESGG Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2)

(No longer available as of August 30, 2019)

This specify code indicates that a #ESGG Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature #ESGG
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELZK) - #ESHK Load Source Specify (931 GB SSD 4k SFF-2)

(No longer available as of August 30, 2019)

This specify code indicates that a #ESHK Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature ESHK
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: See feature ESHK
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELZL) - #ESGL Load Source Specify (775GB SSD SFF-2)

(No longer available as of August 30, 2019)

This specify code indicates that a #ESGL Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature #ESGL
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELZM) - #ESHM Load Source Specify (1.86 TB SSD 4k SFF-2)

(No longer available as of August 30, 2019)

This specify code indicates that a #ESHM Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature ESHM
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: see feature ESHM
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELZQ) - #ESGQ Load Source Specify (1.55TB SSD SFF-2)

(No longer available as of August 30, 2019)

This specify code indicates that a #ESGQ Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature #ESGQ
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#ELZZ) - #ES8Z Load Source Specify (931GB SSD SFF-2)

(No longer available as of January 18, 2019)

This specify code indicates that a #ES8Z Solid State Drive is being used as the Load Source.

  • Attributes provided: Communicate location of load source to IBM Manufacturing
  • Attributes required: Feature #ES8Z
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: see feature ES8Z
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EM21) - 128GB (4X32GB) CDIMMs, 1600MHZ

Memory Feature is a total of 128GB of memory. 4 each 32GB CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DRAM, Short with Extender.
Note: EM21 is password protected for initial orders. Please contact Asim M Khan/US/IBM@IBM for additional information

  • Attributes provided: 128GB of memory.
  • Attributes required: 4 empty CDIMM slots on the processor module
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Memory is offered with base memory configuration of 16 CDIMMs (4 memory features).
    • Initial Order minimum is equal to two identical features (4x32GB CDIMM) per processor drawer.
    • Minimum of 50% of Initial memory orders must be activated via memory activation feature #EMAT and #EMAU at the time of purchase.
    • MES order quantity can equal one memory feature (4 CDIMMs) per processor drawer.
    • Memory sizes can differ across CPU modules, but the eight CDIMM slots connected to the same processor module must be filled with identical CDIMMs.
    • CDIMMs must be evenly distributed across processor modules within a drawer, always filling up four or eight CDIMM slots per module, and balanced across drawers; placement order must take into account the number of drawers.
    • If memory is either removed and/or moved to another system, none of that memory carries with it any activations. All CoD activations remain with the system unless authorization to remove the activations is obtained from the CoD project office and installed.
(#EM22) - 256GB (4X64GB) CDIMMs, 1600MHZ

Memory Feature is a total of 256GB of memory. 4 each 64GB CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DRAM, DDP Short with Extender.
Note: EM22 is password protected for initial orders. Please contact Asim M Khan/US/IBM@IBM for additional information

  • Attributes provided: 256GB of memory.
  • Attributes required: 4 empty CDIMM slots on the processor module
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note:

    • Memory is offered with base memory configuration of 16 CDIMMs (4 memory features).
    • Initial Order minimum is equal to two identical features (4x64GB CDIMM) per processor drawer.
    • Minimum of 50% of Initial memory orders must be activated via memory activation feature #EMAT and #EMAU at the time of purchase.
    • MES order quantity can equal one memory feature (4 CDIMMs) per processor drawer.
    • Memory sizes can differ across CPU modules, but the eight CDIMM slots connected to the same processor module must be filled with identical CDIMMs.
    • CDIMMs must be evenly distributed across processor modules within a drawer, always filling up four or eight CDIMM slots per module, and balanced across drawers; placement order must take into account the number of drawers.
    • If memory is either removed and/or moved to another system, none of that memory carries with it any activations. All CoD activations remain with the system unless authorization to remove the activations is obtained from the CoD project office and installed.
(#EM23) - 512GB (4X128GB) CDIMMs, 1600MHZ

Memory Feature is a total of 512GB of memory. 4 each 128GB CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DRAM, DDP Short with Extender.

  • Attributes provided: 512GB of memory.
  • Attributes required: 4 empty CDIMM slots on the processor module
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Memory is offered with base memory configuration of 16 CDIMMs (4 memory features).
    • Initial Order minimum is equal to two identical features (4x128GB CDIMM) per processor drawer.
    • Minimum of 50% of Initial memory orders must be activated via memory activation feature #EMAT and #EMAU at the time of purchase.
    • MES order quantity can equal one memory feature (4 CDIMMs) per processor drawer.
    • Memory sizes can differ across CPU modules, but the eight CDIMM slots connected to the same processor module must be filled with identical CDIMMs.
    • CDIMMs must be evenly distributed across processor modules within a drawer, always filling up four or eight CDIMM slots per module, and balanced across drawers; placement order must take into account the number of drawers.
    • If memory is either removed and/or moved to another system, none of that memory carries with it any activations. All CoD activations remain with the system unless authorization to remove the activations is obtained from the CoD project office and installed.
(#EM89) - Active Memory expansion enablement for M9S

Feature number EM82 instructs manufacturing to enable memory expansion on the system.

  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EM8J) - 64GB (4X16GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DDR3 DRAM

(No longer available as of January 17, 2020)

Memory Feature is a total of 64GB of memory. 4 each 16GB CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DDR3 DRAM, Short with Extender.

  • Attributes provided: 64GB of memory.
  • Attributes required: 4 empty CDIMM slots on the processor module
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Memory is offered with base memory configuration of 16 CDIMMs (4 memory features).
    • Initial Order minimum is equal to two identical features (4x16GB CDIMM) per processor drawer.
    • Minimum of 50% of Initial memory orders must be activated via memory activation feature #EMA5 and #EMA6 at the time of purchase.
    • MES order quantity can equal one memory feature (4 CDIMMs) per processor drawer.
    • Memory sizes can differ across CPU modules, but the eight CDIMM slots connected to the same processor module must be filled with identical CDIMMs.
    • CDIMMs must be evenly distributed across processor modules within a drawer, always filling up four or eight CDIMM slots per module, and balanced across drawers; placement order must take into account the number of drawers.
    • If memory is either removed and/or moved to another system, none of that memory carries with it any activations. All CoD activations remain with the system unless authorization to remove the activations is obtained from the CoD project office and installed.

    Note: #EM8J is orderable only as part of a PEX order and not generally available
(#EM8K) - 128GB (4X32GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DDR3 DRAM

(No longer available as of June 30, 2020)

Memory Feature is a total of 128GB of memory. 4 each 32GB CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DDR3 DRAM, Short with Extender.

  • Attributes provided: 128GB of memory.
  • Attributes required: 4 empty CDIMM slots on the processor module
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Memory is offered with base memory configuration of 16 CDIMMs (4 memory features).
    • Initial Order minimum is equal to two identical features (4x32GB CDIMM) per processor drawer.
    • Minimum of 50% of Initial memory orders must be activated via memory activation feature #EMA5 and #EMA6 at the time of purchase.
    • MES order quantity can equal one memory feature (4 CDIMMs) per processor drawer.
    • Memory sizes can differ across CPU modules, but the eight CDIMM slots connected to the same processor module must be filled with identical CDIMMs.
    • CDIMMs must be evenly distributed across processor modules within a drawer, always filling up four or eight CDIMM slots per module, and balanced across drawers; placement order must take into account the number of drawers.
    • If memory is either removed and/or moved to another system, none of that memory carries with it any activations. All CoD activations remain with the system unless authorization to remove the activations is obtained from the CoD project office and installed.

    Note: #EM8K is orderable only as part of a PEX order and not generally available
(#EM8L) - 256GB (4X64GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DDR3 DRAM

(No longer available as of January 17, 2020)

Memory Feature is a total of 256GB of memory. 4 each 64GB CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DDR3 DRAM, DDP Short with Extender.

  • Attributes provided: 256GB of memory.
  • Attributes required: 4 empty CDIMM slots on the processor module
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Memory is offered with base memory configuration of 16 CDIMMs (4 memory features).
    • Initial Order minimum is equal to two identical features (4x64GB CDIMM) per processor drawer.
    • Minimum of 50% of Initial memory orders must be activated via memory activation feature #EMA5 and #EMA6 at the time of purchase.
    • MES order quantity can equal one memory feature (4 CDIMMs) per processor drawer.
    • Memory sizes can differ across CPU modules, but the eight CDIMM slots connected to the same processor module must be filled with identical CDIMMs.
    • CDIMMs must be evenly distributed across processor modules within a drawer, always filling up four or eight CDIMM slots per module, and balanced across drawers; placement order must take into account the number of drawers.
    • If memory is either removed and/or moved to another system, none of that memory carries with it any activations. All CoD activations remain with the system unless authorization to remove the activations is obtained from the CoD project office and installed.

    Note: #EM8L is orderable only as part of a PEX order and not generally available
(#EM8M) - 512GB (4X128GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DDR3 DRAM

(No longer available as of January 17, 2020)

Memory Feature is a total of 512GB of memory. 4 each 128GB CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT DDR3 DRAM, DDP Tall.

  • Attributes provided: 512GB of memory.
  • Attributes required: 4 empty CDIMM slots on the processor module
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Memory is offered with base memory configuration of 16 CDIMMs (4 memory features).
    • Initial Order minimum is equal to two identical features (4x128GB CDIMM) per processor drawer.
    • Minimum of 50% of Initial memory orders must be activated via memory activation feature #EMA5 and #EMA6 at the time of purchase.
    • MES order quantity can equal one memory feature (4 CDIMMs) per processor drawer.
    • Memory sizes can differ across CPU modules, but the eight CDIMM slots connected to the same processor module must be filled with identical CDIMMs.
    • CDIMMs must be evenly distributed across processor modules within a drawer, always filling up four or eight CDIMM slots per module, and balanced across drawers; placement order must take into account the number of drawers.
    • If memory is either removed and/or moved to another system, none of that memory carries with it any activations. All CoD activations remain with the system unless authorization to remove the activations is obtained from the CoD project office and installed.

    Note: #EM8M is orderable only as part of a PEX order and not generally available.
(#EM8U) - 64 GB DDR4 Memory (4x16GB CDIMMs)

Feature ships four 16GB CDIMMs providing 64GB of DDR4 memory. DRAM is 8Gb and 1600 MHz.

Limitations:

  • DDR4 memory cannot be mixed on the same system node with DDR3 memory.
  • Only one size CDIMM can be placed on one SCM. (multiple size CDIMM can be placed on one node)
  • Firmware level FW860.10 (SC860_056), or later
  • Attributes provided: 4 CDIMMs
  • Attributes required: Four empty CDIMM slots and Firmware level FW860.10 (SC860_056), or later
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EM8V) - 128 GB DDR4 Memory (4x32GB CDIMMs)

Feature ships four 32GB CDIMMs providing 128GB of DDR4 memory. DRAM is 8Gb and 1600 MHz.

Limitations:

  • DDR4 memory cannot be mixed on the same system node with DDR3 memory.
  • Only one size CDIMM can be placed on one SCM. (multiple size CDIMM can be placed on one node)
  • Firmware level FW860.10 (SC860_056), or later
  • Attributes provided: 4 CDIMMs
  • Attributes required: Four empty CDIMM slots and Firmware level FW860.10 (SC860_056), or later
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EM8W) - 256 GB DDR4 Memory (4x64GB CDIMMs)

Feature ships four 64GB CDIMMs providing 256GB of DDR4 memory. DRAM is 8Gb and 1600 MHz.

Limitations:

  • DDR4 memory cannot be mixed on the same system node with DDR3 memory.
  • Only one size CDIMM can be placed on one SCM. (multiple size CDIMM can be placed on one node)
  • Firmware level FW860.10 (SC860_056), or later
  • Attributes provided: 4 CDIMMs
  • Attributes required: Four empty CDIMM slots and Firmware level FW860.10 (SC860_056), or later
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Memory is offered with base memory configuration of 16 CDIMMs (4 memory features).
    • Initial Order minimum is equal to two identical features (4x256GB CDIMM) per processor drawer.
    • Minimum of 50% of Initial memory orders must be activated via memory activation feature #EMA5 and #EMA6 at the time of purchase.
    • MES order quantity can equal one memory feature (4 CDIMMs) per processor drawer.
    • Memory sizes can differ across CPU modules, but the eight CDIMM slots connected to the same processor module must be filled with identical CDIMMs.
    • CDIMMs must be evenly distributed across processor modules within a drawer, always filling up four or eight CDIMM slots per module, and balanced across drawers; placement order must take into account the number of drawers.
    • If memory is either removed and/or moved to another system, none of that memory carries with it any activations. All CoD activations remain with the system unless authorization to remove the activations is obtained from the CoD project office and installed.
(#EM8X) - 512 GB DDR4 Memory (4x128GB CDIMMs)

Feature ships four 128GB CDIMMs providing 512GB of DDR4 memory. DRAM is 8Gb and 1600 MHz.

Limitations:

  • DDR4 memory cannot be mixed on the same system node with DDR3 memory.
  • Only one size CDIMM can be placed on one SCM. (multiple size CDIMM can be placed on one node)
  • Firmware level FW860.10 (SC860_056), or later
  • Attributes provided: 4 CDIMMs
  • Attributes required: Four empty CDIMM slots and Firmware level FW860.10 (SC860_056), or later
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Memory is offered with base memory configuration of 16 CDIMMs (4 memory features).
    • Initial Order minimum is equal to two identical features (4x256GB CDIMM) per processor drawer.
    • Minimum of 50% of Initial memory orders must be activated via memory activation feature #EMA5 and #EMA6 at the time of purchase.
    • MES order quantity can equal one memory feature (4 CDIMMs) per processor drawer.
    • Memory sizes can differ across CPU modules, but the eight CDIMM slots connected to the same processor module must be filled with identical CDIMMs.
    • CDIMMs must be evenly distributed across processor modules within a drawer, always filling up four or eight CDIMM slots per module, and balanced across drawers; placement order must take into account the number of drawers.
    • If memory is either removed and/or moved to another system, none of that memory carries with it any activations. All CoD activations remain with the system unless authorization to remove the activations is obtained from the CoD project office and installed.
(#EM8Y) - 1024GB (4x256GB) CDIMMs, 1600 MHz, 4GBIT, DDR4 DRAM

Feature ships four 256GB CDIMMs providing 1024GB of DDR4 memory. DRAM is 8Gb and 1600 MHz.

Limitations:

  • For the FW840 levels, DDR4 memory cannot be mixed in the same system with DDR3 memory.
  • For the FW860 levels, DDR4 memory can be mixed in the same system, but no mixing of DDR3 and DDR4 is allowed in a node.
  • Only one size CDIMM can be placed on one SCM and all CDIMMS must be the same size with FW840.23 (SC840_118).
  • Only one size CDIMM can be placed on one SCM, but multiple size CDIMM can be place on one node with Firmware level 860.10 (SC860_056), or later.
  • Attributes provided: 4 CDIMMS
  • Attributes required:
    • Four empty CDIMM slots on the processor module
    • Firmware level FW840.23 (SC840_118), or later
    • Firmware level FW860.10 (SC860_056), or later for mixing DDR4 and DDR3 in a system but no mixing in a node.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Memory is offered with base memory configuration of 16 CDIMMs (4 memory features).
    • Initial Order minimum is equal to two identical features (4x256GB CDIMM) per processor drawer.
    • Minimum of 50% of Initial memory orders must be activated via memory activation feature #EMA5 and #EMA6 at the time of purchase.
    • MES order quantity can equal one memory feature (4 CDIMMs) per processor drawer.
    • Memory sizes can differ across CPU modules, but the eight CDIMM slots connected to the same processor module must be filled with identical CDIMMs.
    • CDIMMs must be evenly distributed across processor modules within a drawer, always filling up four or eight CDIMM slots per module, and balanced across drawers; placement order must take into account the number of drawers.
    • If memory is either removed and/or moved to another system, none of that memory carries with it any activations. All CoD activations remain with the system unless authorization to remove the activations is obtained from the CoD project office and installed.
(#EM9V) - 90 Days Temporary Elastic memory Enablement for M9S

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

The 90 Days Elastic CoD Memory Enablement (#EM9V) feature can be ordered to enable your server for Elastic Capacity on Demand. You must sign an Elastic Capacity on Demand contract and the Sales Channel has to register the server before an MES order can be fulfilled for #EM9V. Feature code #EM9V provides access to Elastic CoD memory resources for 90 days. Access to these resources is measured in GB-days. For example, if there are 100 GBs of inactive, CoD memory installed, this feature will enable usage of 9000 GB-days (9 TB-days) before disabling Elastic CoD access to the inactive memory. After usage of this feature has been exhausted, additional temporary usage of Elastic CoD memory resources may be activated by ordering another Elastic CoD enablement code, #EM9V. Before ordering a fourth enablement code, after the system maximum of 3 has been reached, the current code must be RPO deleted from the configuration file with a MES delete order.

  • Attributes provided: This feature provides access to Elastic inactive CoD memory resources for 90 days
  • Attributes required: Inactive CoD Memory
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Customer is limited to select a quantity between 0 and 4 for this feature on a single MES order.
(#EMAD) - 100 GB Mobile Enabled Memory Activations

One #EMAD feature is ordered for each 100 GB mobile memory activation. With this feature, the memory can be enabled at a later time.

  • Attributes provided: Enabled activation of 100 GB mobile memory.
  • Attributes required: Inactive Memory available for temporary use installed
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 480 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EMAR) - 100 GB Mobile Memory Activation (Upgrade from P8

One #EMAR feature is ordered for each 100 GB mobile memory activation upgrade from POWER8

  • Attributes provided: Enabled activation of 100 GB mobile memory upgrade from POWER8.
  • Attributes required: Inactive Memory available for temporary use installed
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 480 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EMAS) - Base Memory activation (512) for #EHC6

Each occurrence of feature #EMAS will permanently activate 512 GB of DDR4 POWER9 memory on a Power E980 Solution Edition for Healthcare system. One (1) #EMAS Base Memory Activation (512GB) feature may be ordered with each #EHC6 processor feature.

  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EMAT) - 1 GB Memory activation for M9S

Each occurrence of this feature will permanently activate 1 GB of DDR4, POWER9 memory.

  • Attributes provided: 1GB Memory Activation
  • Attributes required: DDR4 memory
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 65536 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EMAU) - 100 GB Memory activation for M9S

Each occurrence of this feature will permanently activate 100 GB of DDR4, POWER9 memory

  • Attributes provided: Quantity 100 of 1GB Memory Activation.
  • Attributes required: DDR4 memory
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 655 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EMAV) - 100 GB Mobile Memory activation for M9S/80H

One #EMAV feature is ordered for each 100 GB DDR3/DDR4 mobile memory activation.

  • Attributes provided: Enabled activation of 100 GB DDR3/DDR4 mobile memory.
  • Attributes required: Inactive Memory available for temporary use installed
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 480 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EMAY) - 100 GB Mobile Memory activation for M9S/80H (Upgrade

from P7)

One #EMAY feature is ordered for each 100 GB DDR3/DDR4 mobile memory activation upgrade from POWER8.

  • Attributes provided: Enabled activation of 100 GB DDR3/DDR4 mobile memory upgrade from POWER8.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 480 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EMB6) - Bundle of eight #EM8M, 512GB 1600 MHz Memory

(No longer available as of January 17, 2020)

This CoD memory feature ships 32 128GB CDIMMS equivalent to eight FC #EM8M, 512 GB of 1600 MHz POWER8 system memory.

When ordering #EMB6, a quantity of 8 of #EMB7 must be ordered for each #EMB6 ordered.

Memory CoD activations will activate memory hardware only in the system serial number for which they are purchased. If you move memory hardware to another system, the memory may not be functional in that system until arrangements are made to move the memory activations or purchase additional memory activations.

  • Attributes provided: 4TB of memory.
  • Attributes required: 32 empty CDIMM slots on the processor module
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: #EMB6 is not supported in China and Korea.
    Note: #EMB6 is orderable only as part of a PEX order and not generally available.
(#EMB7) - Memory Activations for #EMB6 or #EMBA

(No longer available as of October 22, 2019)

This feature makes available 512GB of DDR3/DDR4, POWER8 memory activations.

It must be ordered in quantities of 8 (providing a total of 4TB of memory activation).

This feature must be ordered with #EMB6. For each #EMB6 ordered a quantity of 8 #EMB7 features must be ordered.

This feature must be ordered with #EMBA. For each #EMBA ordered a quantity of 16 #EMB7 features must be ordered.

Memory CoD activations will activate memory hardware only in the system serial number for which they are purchased. If you move memory hardware to another system, the memory may not be functional in that system until arrangements are made to move the memory activations or purchase additional memory activations.

  • Attributes provided: Activates memory hardware only in the system serial number for which they are purchased.
  • Attributes required: Feature #EMB6 or #EMBA bundle memory.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 64 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: #EMB7 is not supported in China and Korea.
(#EMBA) - Bundle of eight #EM8Y, 1024GB 1600 MHz DDR4 Memory

(No Longer Available as of September 30, 2021)

This CoD memory feature ships 32 256GB CDIMMs equivalent to eight of feature code #EM8Y, 1024 GB of 1600 MHz POWER8 system DDR4 memory.

When ordering #EMBA, static activation EMA5 or EMA6 or EMB7 must be ordered for each #EMBA ordered.

  • Feature #EMA5 will permanently activate 1 GB of memory.
  • Feature #EMA6 will permanently activate 100 GB of memory.
  • Feature #EMB7 makes available 512GB of memory activations (It must be ordered in quantities of 8 (providing a total of 4 TB of memory activation).

    Memory CoD activations will activate memory hardware only in the system serial number for which they are purchased. If you move memory hardware to another system, the memory may not be functional in that system until arrangements are made to move the memory activations or purchase additional memory activations.

    • Attributes provided: 8 TB of DDR4 memory
    • Attributes required: 32 empty CDIMM slots on the processor module
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required:
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No
(#EMBF) - 512 GB Memory Activations for M9S

One #EMBF feature is ordered for each 512 GB memory activation for M9S

  • Attributes provided: Enabled activation of 512 GB memory for M9S.
  • Attributes required: Inactive Memory available for temporary use installed
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 128 (Initial order maximum: 128)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EMBG) - 500 GB Mobile Enabled Memory Activations

One #EMBG feature is ordered for each 500 GB mobile enable memory activation for M9S

  • Attributes provided: Enabled activation of 500 GB mobile enable memory for M9S.
  • Attributes required: Inactive Memory available for temporary use installed
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 131 (Initial order maximum: 131)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EMBH) - 500 GB Mobile Memory Activations

One #EMBH feature is ordered for each 500 GB mobile memory activation for M9S

  • Attributes provided: Enabled activation of 500 GB mobile memory for M9S.
  • Attributes required: Inactive Memory available for temporary use installed
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 131 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#EME0) - 100GB Static to Mobile Memory Auto Conversion

This feature is used to order automatic conversion of a mobile enabled (static) activation to a 100GB mobile activation without IBM intervention. The term "static activations" also includes Mobile Enabled activations which are technically static. Firmware 840 or later is a pre-requisite. Use of this feature on servers with firmware 830 or earlier will require IBM intervention through the pcod@us.ibm.com

  • Attributes provided: 100GB Automated conversion
  • Attributes required: Firmware 840
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 246 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EME5) - 500GB Static to Mobile Memory Auto Conversion

This feature is used to order automatic conversion of a mobile enabled ( static ) activation to a 500GB mobile activation without IBM intervention. The term "static activations" also includes Mobile Enabled activations which are technically static. Firmware 840 or later is a pre-requisite. Use of this feature on servers with firmware 830 or earlier will require IBM intervention through the pcod@us.ibm.com

  • Attributes provided: 500GB Automated conversion
  • Attributes required: Firmware 840
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 246 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EMJ4) - 8 GB-Day billing for Elastic CoD memory

(No longer available as of April 1, 2021)

Provides 8 GB-Day of billing based on the usage of #EM9T/EM9V - 90 Days Elastic CoD Memory Enablement

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: Elastic Capacity on Demand contract
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Customer is limited to select a quantity between 0 and 4 for this feature on a single MES order.
(#EMJ5) - 800 GB-Day billing for Elastic CoD memory

(No longer available as of April 1, 2021)

Provides 800 GB-Days of billing based on the usage of #EM9T/EM9V - 90 Days Elastic CoD Memory Enablement.

  • Attributes provided: N/A
  • Attributes required: Elastic Capacity on Demand contract
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Customer is limited to select a quantity between 0 and 4 for this feature on a single MES order.
(#EMX0) - PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer

This 19-inch, 4U (4 EIA) enclosure provides PCIe Gen3 slots outside of the system unit. It has two module bays. One 6-Slot Fanout Module (#EMXF or #EMXG) can be placed in each module bay. Two 6-slot modules provide a total of 12 PCIe Gen3 slots. Each fanout module is connected to a PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter located in the system unit over an active optical CXP cable (AOC) pair or CXP copper cable pair.

The PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer has two redundant, hotplug power supplies. Each power supply has its own separately ordered power cord. The two power cords plug into a Power supply conduit which connects to the power supply. The single-phase AC power supply is rated at 1030 Watt and can use 100-120V or 200-240V. If using 100-120V, then the maximum is 950 Watt. It's recommended the power supply connect to a PDU in the rack. Power Systems PDUs are designed for 200-240V electrical source.

The drawer has fixed rails which can accommodate racks with depths from 27.5 inches to 30.5 inches.

Limitations:

  • #EMX0 has a cable management bracket located at the rear of the drawer which swings up to provide service access to the PCIe adapters. 2U (2 EIA) of space is required to swing up the bracket. Thus the drawer cannot be placed in the very top 2U of a rack.
  • There is a power cord access consideration with vertically mounted PDUs on the right hand side of the rack when viewed from the rear of the rack. The #EMX0 cable management bracket makes accessing some of the PDU outlets located at the same rack height as the #EMX0 drawer more challenging. Using a horizontally mounted PDU or locating the PDU or #EMX0 at a different vertical location is recommended.
  • Attributes provided: 19-inch 4U (4 EIA) PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer
  • Attributes required: One or two PCIe Optical Cable Adapters (#EJ07/#EJ05/#EJ08), one or two PCIe3 fanout modules (#EMXF), one or two CXP cable pairs (such as #ECC6 or #ECC8 or #ECCS), one power supply conduit (such as #EMXA).
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EMXA) - AC Power Supply Conduit for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer

Provides two 320-C14 inlet electrical connections for two separately ordered AC power cords with C13 connector plugs. Conduit provides electrical power connection between two power supplies located in the front of a PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer (#EMX0) and two power cords which connect on the rear of the PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer.

  • Attributes provided: Two AC Power Supply connections
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer and two AC power cords
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EMXF) - PCIe3 6-Slot Fanout Module for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

PCIe3 fanout module for PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer. Provides six PCIe Gen3 full high, full length slots (two x16 and four x8). The PCIe slots are hot plug.

The module has two CXP ports which are connected two CXP ports on a PCIe Optical Cable Adapter #EJ05 or #EJ07 or #EJ08 depending on the server selected. A pair of active optical CXP cables (AOC) or a pair of CXP copper cables are used for this connection. The top CXP port of the fanout module is cabled to the top CXP port of the PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter. The bottom CXP port of the fanout module is cabled to the bottom CXP port of the same PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter.

  • Attributes provided: PCIe3 6-slot fanout module for PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer
  • Attributes required: Available bay in PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer. Firmware 8.40 or later for copper CXP cables.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to the Software requirements section for specific O/S levels supported.

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Max of 2 per I/O Exp Drawer #EMX0
(#EMXG) - PCIe3 6-Slot Fanout Module for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer

PCIe3 fanout module for PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer. Provides six PCIe Gen3 full high, full length slots (two x16 and four x8). The PCIe slots are hot plug. With firmware 8.4 or later, the fanout module supports concurrent maintenance, though obviously while off- line all its PCIe slots are also off-line. Blind swap cassettes (BSC) are used for the PCIe slots. The BSC are interchangeable with the #5802/5877/5803/5873 12X PCIe I/O Drawer BSC.

The module has two CXP ports which are connected two CXP ports on a PCIe Optical Cable Adapter #EJ05 or #EJ07 or #EJ08 depending on the server selected. A pair of active optical CXP cables (AOC) or a pair of CXP copper cables are used for this connection. The top CXP port of the fanout module is cabled to the top CXP port of the PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter. The bottom CXP port of the fanout module is cabled to the bottom CXP port of the same PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter.

EMXG is a follow-on to the original EMXF fanout module. EMXG and EMXF are functionally identical but EMXG implements a small physical change to enable a larger set of potential PCIe adapters to be housed. EMXG and EMXF can be intermixed in the same drawer. There is no difference in firmware or software prerequisites for the EMXF and EMXG. EMXG and for EMXF use the same BSC.

  • Attributes provided: PCIe3 6-slot fanout module for PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer
  • Attributes required: Available bay in PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer. Firmware 8.40 or later for copper CXP cables.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES:
(#EMXH) - PCIe3 6-Slot Fanout Module for PCIe3 Expansion Drawer

PCIe3 fanout module for PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer. Provides six PCIe Gen3 full high, full length slots (two x16 and four x8). The PCIe slots are hot plug.

The module has two CXP ports which are connected two CXP ports on a PCIe Optical Cable Adapter (only allowed to connect to #EJ19, or #EJ20, or #EJ1R PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter). A pair of active optical CXP cables (AOC) or a pair of CXP copper cables are used for this connection. The top CXP port of the fanout module is cabled to the top CXP port of the PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter. The bottom CXP port of the fanout module is cabled to the bottom CXP port of the same PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter.

Limitations:

  • Mixing of prior PCIe3 fanout modules (#EMXF, #EMXG, #ELMF, #ELMG) with PCIe3 fanout module (feature #EMXH) in the same I/O Expansion Drawer is not allowed
  • Mixing of I/O Expansion Drawer with prior PCIe3 fanout modules (#EMXF, #EMXG, #ELMF, #ELMG) and I/O Expansion Drawer with PCIe3 fanout modules #EMXH in same configuration is allowed
  • Prior PCIe3 fanout modules (#EMXF, #EMXG, #ELMF, #ELMG) are only allowed to connect with prior PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapter (#EJ05, #EJ08, or #EJ07)
  • PCIe3 Optical Cable Adapters (#EJ19, #EJ20, or #EJ1R) requires to use Optical Cables (#ECCR, #ECCX, ECCY, or #ECCZ, or copper cable #ECCS)
  • Attributes provided: PCIe3 6-slot fanout module for PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer
  • Attributes required: Available bay in PCIe Gen3 I/O Expansion Drawer.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 7.2 TR9 with MF65586, or later
    • IBM i 7.3 TR6, or later
    • IBM i 7.4, or later
    • AIX supported
    • Linux supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • Firmware 9.20, or later for copper CXP cables
(#EN01) - 1m (3.3-ft), 10Gb E'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper

1m (3.3-ft) copper active twinax Ethernet cable which supports Ethernet data transfer rates up to 10 Gb/s. The cable has a copper twinax transceiver on each end which is placed in an SFP+ port of an adapter and/or a switch. This cabling option can be a cost effective alternative to optical cable for short reach link high-speed connection.

  • Attributes provided: 10Gb/s copper active twinax Ethernet cable
  • Attributes required: One available SFP+ 10Gb/s Ethernet Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EN02) - 3m (9.8-ft), 10Gb E'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper

3m (9.8-ft) copper active twinax Ethernet cable which supports Ethernet data transfer rates up to 10 Gb/s. The cable has a copper twinax transceiver on each end which is placed in an SFP+ port of an adapter and/or a switch. This cabling option can be a cost effective alternative to optical cable for short reach link high-speed connection.

  • Attributes provided: 10Gb/s copper active twinax Ethernet cable
  • Attributes required: One available SFP+ 10Gb/s Ethernet Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EN03) - 5m (16.4-ft), 10Gb E'Net Cable SFP+ Act Twinax Copper

5m (16.4-ft) copper active twinax Ethernet cable which supports Ethernet data transfer rates up to 10 Gb/s. The cable has a copper twinax transceiver on each end which is placed in an SFP+ port of an adapter and/or a switch. This cabling option can be a cost effective alternative to optical cable for short reach link high-speed connection.

  • Attributes provided: 10Gb/s copper active twinax Ethernet cable
  • Attributes required: One available SFP+ 10Gb/s Ethernet Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 9999 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#EN0A) - PCIe3 16Gb 2-port Fibre Channel Adapter

(No longer available as of May 25, 2021)

PCIe Gen3 16 Gigabit dual-port Fibre Channel (FC) Adapter is a high-performance 8x short form adapter based on the Emulex LPe16002B PCIe Host Bus Adapter (HBA). The adapter provides two ports of 16Gb Fibre Channel capability using SR optics. Each port can provide up to 16Gb Fibre Channel functions simultaneously. The adapter was initially announced as PCIe Gen2, but upgrades to the adapter firmware and introduction of POWER8/POWER9 servers have enabled PCIe Gen3.

Each port provides single initiator capability over a fibre link or with NPIV, multiple initiator capability is provided. The ports are SFP+ and include an optical SR transceiver. The ports have LC type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics. The adapter operates at link speeds of 4, 8 and 16 Gbps and will automatically negotiate to the highest speed possible. LEDs on each port provide information on the status and link speed of the port.

The adapter connects to a Fibre Channel switch at 4Gb, 8Gb or 16Gb. It can directly attach to a device without a switch at 16Gb. Attachment without a switch is not supported at 4Gb or 8Gb

N_Port ID Virtualization (NPIV) capability is supported through VIOS.

Feature #EN0A and #EN0B are electronically identical. They differ physically only that EN0A has a tail stock for full high PCIe slots and #EN0B has a tail stock for low profile PCIe slots. CCIN is 577F for both features.

Cables are the responsibility of the customer. Use multimode fibre optic cables with short-wave lasers that adhere to the following specifications:

  • OM4 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 4700 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM3 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 2000 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM2 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 500 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM1 - multimode 62.5/125 micron fibre, 200 MHz*km bandwidth

The maximum cable lengths at the three different link speeds are:

Cable | 4 Gbps | 8 Gbps | 16 Gbps|
------|--------|--------|--------|
OM4   | 400m   | 190m   | 125m   |
OM3   | 380m   | 150m   | 100m   |
OM2   | 150m   | 50m    | 35m    |
OM1   | 70m    | 21m    | 15m    |
  • Attributes provided: Two 16Gb FC ports (with LC connectors)
  • Attributes required: Available PCIe Gen2 or Gen3 slot in supported server
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 192)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    • VIOS supported
(#EN0B) - PCIe3 LP 16Gb 2-port Fibre Channel Adapter

(No longer available as of May 25, 2021)

PCIe Gen3 16 Gigabit dual-port Fibre Channel (FC) Adapter is a high-performance 8x short form adapter based on the Emulex LPe16002B PCIe Host Bus Adapter (HBA). The adapter provides two ports of 16Gb Fibre Channel capability using SR optics. Each port can provide up to 16Gb Fibre Channel functions simultaneously. The adapter was initially announced as PCIe Gen2, but upgrades to the adapter firmware and introduction of POWER8/POWER9 servers have enabled PCIe Gen3.

Each port provides single initiator capability over a fibre link or with NPIV, multiple initiator capability is provided. The ports are SFP+ and include an optical SR transceiver. The ports have LC type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics. The adapter operates at link speeds of 4, 8 and 16 Gbps and will automatically negotiate to the highest speed possible. LEDs on each port provide information on the status and link speed of the port.

The adapter connects to a Fibre Channel switch at 4Gb, 8Gb or 16Gb. It can directly attach to a device without a switch at 16Gb. Attachment without a switch is not supported at 4Gb or 8Gb

N_Port ID Virtualization (NPIV) capability is supported through VIOS.

Feature #EN0A and #EN0B are electronically identical. They differ physically only that EN0A has a tail stock for full high PCIe slots and #EN0B has a tail stock for low profile PCIe slots. CCIN is 577F for both features.

Cables are the responsibility of the customer. Use multimode fibre optic cables with short-wave lasers that adhere to the following specifications:

  • OM4 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 4700 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM3 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 2000 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM2 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 500 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM1 - multimode 62.5/125 micron fibre, 200 MHz*km bandwidth

The maximum cable lengths at the three different link speeds are:

Cable | 4 Gbps | 8 Gbps | 16 Gbps|
------|--------|--------|--------|
OM4   | 400m   | 190m   | 125m   |
OM3   | 380m   | 150m   | 100m   |
OM2   | 150m   | 50m    | 35m    |
OM1   | 70m    | 21m    | 15m    |
  • Attributes provided: Two 16Gb FC ports (with LC connectors)
  • Attributes required: Available PCIe Gen2 or Gen3 slot in supported server
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported
    • Linux - supported

    Refer to Software Requirements for specific O/S levels supported

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: VIOS supported
(#EN0F) - PCIe2 LP 8Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter

(No longer available as of May 12, 2020)

This feature ships a two-port, 8 Gb PCIe Gen2 Fibre Channel Adapter based on the QLogic QLE2562 Host Bus Adapter (HBA). Each port provides single initiator capability over a fibre link. The ports have LC type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics. The adapter operates at link speeds of 2, 4, and 8 Gbps and will automatically negotiates to the highest speed possible. LEDs on each port provide information on the status and link speed of the port. The adapter connects to a Fibre Channel switch or can directly attach to a Fibre Channel port on a supported storage unit. N_Port ID Virtualization (NPIV) capability is supported through VIOS. Cables are the responsibility of the customer. Use multimode fibre optic cables with short-wave lasers that adhere to the following specifications:

  • OM3 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 2000 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM2 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 500 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM1 - multimode 62.5/125 micron fibre, 200 MHz*km bandwidth

Because core sizes are different, OM1 cables can only be connected to other OM1 cables. For best results, OM2 cables should not be connected to OM3 cables. However, if an OM2 cable is connected to an OM3 cable, the characteristics of the OM2 cable apply to the entire length of the cables. The following table shows the supported distances for the three different cable types at the three different link speeds.

Cable | 2.125 Gbps | 4.25 Gbps | 8.5 Gbps |
------|------------|-----------|----------|
OM3   |.5m - 500m  |.5m - 380m |.5m - 150m|
OM2   |.5m - 300m  |.5m - 150m |.5m - 50m |
OM1   |.5m - 150m  |.5m - 70m  |.5m - 21m |

#EN0F and #EN0G are electronically identical with the same CCIN of 578D. #EN0F has a low profile tailstock bracket. #EN0G has a full high tailstock bracket.

See also feature #5273 or #5735 for a 2-port 8Gb Fibre Channel adapter based on an Emulex adapter.

See also optional wrap plug feature #ECW0 which is a) required to run some diagnostic procedures and b) in some cases may speed system boot when placed in empty ports.

  • Attributes provided: Dual port Fibre Channel adapter
  • Attributes required: Low Profile PCIe slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.6 for Power LE (p8compat), or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for SAP with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE version 7.6, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.0 for Power LE, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 4, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 4, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 4 , or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15, or later
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported only with VIOS
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: VIOS supported
(#EN0G) - PCIe2 8Gb 2-Port Fibre Channel Adapter

(No longer available as of May 12, 2020)

This feature ships a two-port, 8 Gb PCIe Gen2 Fibre Channel Adapter based on the QLogic QLE2562 Host Bus Adapter (HBA). Each port provides single initiator capability over a fibre link. The ports have LC type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics. The adapter operates at link speeds of 2, 4, and 8 Gbps and will automatically negotiates to the highest speed possible. LEDs on each port provide information on the status and link speed of the port. The adapter connects to a Fibre Channel switch or can directly attach to a Fibre Channel port on a supported storage unit. N_Port ID Virtualization (NPIV) capability is supported through VIOS. Cables are the responsibility of the customer. Use multimode fibre optic cables with short-wave lasers that adhere to the following specifications:

  • OM3 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 2000 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM2 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 500 MHz*km bandwidth
  • OM1 - multimode 62.5/125 micron fibre, 200 MHz*km bandwidth

Because core sizes are different, OM1 cables can only be connected to other OM1 cables. For best results, OM2 cables should not be connected to OM3 cables. However, if an OM2 cable is connected to an OM3 cable, the characteristics of the OM2 cable apply to the entire length of the cables. The following table shows the supported distances for the three different cable types at the three different link speeds.

Cable | 2.125 Gbps | 4.25 Gbps | 8.5 Gbps |
------|------------|-----------|----------|
OM3   |.5m - 500m  |.5m - 380m |.5m - 150m|
OM2   |.5m - 300m  |.5m - 150m |.5m - 50m |
OM1   |.5m - 150m  |.5m - 70m  |.5m - 21m |

#EN0F and #EN0F are electronically identical with the same CCIN of 578D. #EN0F has a low profile tailstock bracket. #EN0G has a full high tailstock bracket.

See also feature #5273 or #5735 for a 2-port 8Gb Fibre Channel adapter based on an Emulex adapter.

See also optional wrap plug feature #ECW0 which is a) required to run some diagnostic procedures and b) in some cases may speed system boot when placed in empty ports.

  • Attributes provided: Dual port Fibre Channel adapter
  • Attributes required: Full High PCIe slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 192)
  • OS level required:
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.6 for Power LE (p8compat), or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for SAP with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE version 7.6, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.0 for Power LE, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 4, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 4, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 4 , or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15, or later
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i - supported only with VIOS
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: VIOS supported
(#EN0H) - PCIe3 4-port (10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SR&RJ45

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This PCIe Gen3 Converged Network Adapter (CNA) supports both Ethernet NIC (Network Interface Card) and Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE). The adapter provides two 10 Gb SR optical ports and two 1 Gb RJ45 ports in a PCIe 8x short form adapter. The 10Gb ports have CNA functionality. The 1Gb ports have Ethernet capability. The adapter was initially announced as PCIe Gen2, but upgrades to the adapter firmware and introduction of POWER8/POWER9 servers have enabled PCIe Gen3.

SR-IOV capability for the NIC function is supported on specific servers with the appropriate firmware and OS level for any of the four ports.

The 10Gb ports are SFP+ and include an optical SR transceiver. The ports have LC Duplex type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics and MMF-850nm fibre cabling. With 62.5 micron OM1, up to 33 metre length fibre cables are supported. With 50 micron OM2, up to 82 metre fibre cable lengths are supported. With 50 micron OM3 or OM4, up to 300 metre fibre cable lengths are supported. Note that an FCoE switch is required for any FCoE traffic.

For the 1Gb RJ45 ports, 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable or higher is supported for distances of up to 100 meters. In addition to 1Gb (1000 MB) networks, 100 MB networks are also supported, but 10Mb networks are not supported.

#EN0H and #EN0J adapters are electronically identical. They are physically identical except #EN0H has a tail stock for full high PCIe slots and #EN0J has a tail stock for low profile slots. The CCIN is 2B93 for both features.

Details for the ports include:

  • AIX NIM support
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE), 802.3ab (1 GbE), 802.1p priority, 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.3x flow control, 802.3ad load-balancing and failover,
  • Link aggregation, IEEE 802.3ad 802.3
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • Ether II and IEEE 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • AIX, IBM i and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the adapter. Linux can also leverage adapter hardware support including initiator and header & data digest (CRC) generation and checking

Important: There is no FCoE support on POWER9 systems.

  • Attributes provided: Four ports - two 10Gb CNA and two 1Gb E
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen2 or Gen3 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 192)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i supported with VIOS
    • IBM i supported with native SRIOV
    • Linux - supported
    • Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: VIOS supported
(#EN0J) - PCIe3 LP 4-port (10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SR&RJ45

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This PCIe Gen3 Converged Network Adapter (CNA) supports both Ethernet NIC (Network Interface Card) and Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE). The adapter provides two 10 Gb SR optical ports and two 1 Gb RJ45 ports in a PCIe 8x short form adapter. The 10Gb ports have CNA functionality. The 1Gb ports have Ethernet capability. The adapter was initially announced as PCIe Gen2, but upgrades to the adapter firmware and introduction of POWER8/POWER9 servers have enabled PCIe Gen3.

The 10Gb ports are SFP+ and include an optical SR transceiver. The ports have LC Duplex type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics and MMF-850nm fibre cabling. With 62.5 micron OM1, up to 33 metre length fibre cables are supported. With 50 micron OM2, up to 82 metre fibre cable lengths are supported. With 50 micron OM3 or OM4, up to 300 metre fibre cable lengths are supported. Note that an FCoE switch is required for any FCoE traffic.

For the 1Gb RJ45 ports, 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable or higher is supported for distances of up to 100 meters. In addition to 1Gb (1000 MB) networks, 100 MB networks are also supported, but 10Mb networks are not supported.

#EN0H and #EN0J adapters are electronically identical. They are physically identical except #EN0H has a tail stock for full high PCIe slots and #EN0J has a tail stock for low profile slots. The CCIN is 2B93 for both features.

Details for the ports include:

  • AIX NIM support
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE), 802.3ab (1 GbE), 802.1p priority, 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.3x flow control, 802.3ad load-balancing and failover,
  • Link aggregation, IEEE 802.3ad 802.3
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • Ether II and IEEE 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • AIX, IBM i and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the adapter. Linux can also leverage adapter hardware support including initiator and header & data digest (CRC) generation and checking

Important: There is no FCoE support on POWER9 systems.

  • Attributes provided: Four ports - two 10Gb CNA and two 1Gb E
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen2 or Gen3 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i supported with VIOS
    • IBM i supported with native SRIOV
    • Linux - supported
    • Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: VIOS supported
(#EN0K) - PCIe3 4-port (10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SFP+Copper&RJ45

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This PCIe Gen3 Converged Network Adapter (CNA) supports both Ethernet NIC (Network Interface Card) and Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE). The adapter provides two 10 Gb ports for active copper twinax cables and two 1 Gb RJ45 ports in a PCIe 8x short form adapter. The 10Gb ports have CNA (both NIC and FCoE) functionality. The 1Gb ports have Ethernet capability. The adapter was initially announced as PCIe Gen2, but upgrades to the adapter firmware and introduction of POWER8/POWER9 servers have enabled PCIe Gen3.

SR-IOV capability for the NIC function is supported on specific servers with the appropriate firmware and OS level for any of the four ports.

The 10Gb ports are SFP+ and do not include a transceiver. Active Copper twinax cables up to 5 metre in length are supported such as provided by feature #EN01, #EN02 or #EN03. A transceiver is included with these cables. Note that SFP+ twinax copper is NOT AS/400 5250 twinax or CX4 or 10 GBase-T. Active cables differ from passive cables. Note that an FCoE switch is required for any FCoE traffic.

For the 1Gb RJ45 ports, 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable or higher is supported for distances of up to 100 meters. In addition to 1Gb (1000 MB) networks, 100 MB networks are also supported, but 10Mb networks are not supported.

#EN0K and #EN0L adapters are electronically identical. They are physically identical except #EN0K has a tail stock for full high PCIe slots and #EN0L has a tail stock for low profile slots. The CCIN is 2CC1 for both features.

#EN0K/EN0L are very similar to the #EN0H/#EN0J adapters except the #EN0H/EN0K use SR optical cabling and has a different CCIN.

Details for the ports include:

  • AIX NIM support
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE), 802.3ab (1 GbE), 802.1p priority, 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.3x flow control, 802.3ad load-balancing and failover,
  • Link aggregation, IEEE 802.3ad 802.3
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • Ether II and IEEE 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • AIX and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the adapter. Linux can also leverage adapter hardware support including initiator and header & data digest (CRC) generation and checking

Important: There is no FCoE support on POWER9 systems.

  • Attributes provided: Four ports - two 10Gb CNA and two 1Gb E
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen2 or Gen3 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 192)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i supported with VIOS
    • IBM i supported with native SRIOV
    • Linux - supported
    • Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: VIOS supported
(#EN0L) - PCIe3 LP 4-port(10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) SFP+Copper&RJ45

(No longer available as of December 31, 2020)

This low profile PCIe Gen3 Converged Network Adapter (CNA) supports both Ethernet NIC (Network Interface Card) and Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE). The adapter provides two 10 Gb ports for active copper twinax cables and two 1 Gb RJ45 ports in a PCIe 8x short form adapter. The 10Gb ports have CNA (both NIC and FCoE) functionality. The 1Gb ports have Ethernet capability. The adapter was initially announced as PCIe Gen2, but upgrades to the adapter firmware and introduction of POWER8/POWER9 servers have enabled PCIe Gen3. SR-IOV capability for the NIC function is supported on specific servers with the appropriate firmware and OS level for any of the four ports. The 10Gb ports are SFP+ and do not include a transceiver. Active Copper twinax cables up to 5 metre in length are supported such as provided by feature #EN01, #EN02 or #EN03. A transceiver is included with these cables. Note that SFP+ twinax copper is NOT AS/400 5250 twinax or CX4 or 10 GBase-T. Active cables differ from passive cables. Note that an FCoE switch is required for any FCoE traffic. For the 1Gb RJ45 ports, 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable or higher is supported for distances of up to 100 meters. In addition to 1Gb (1000 MB) networks, 100 MB networks are also supported, but 10Mb networks are not supported. #EN0K and #EN0L adapters are electronically identical. They are physically identical except #EN0K has a tail stock for full high PCIe slots and #EN0L has a tail stock for low profile slots. The CCIN is 2CC1 for both features. #EN0K/EN0L are very similar to the #EN0H/#EN0J adapters except the #EN0H/EN0K use SR optical cabling and has a different CCIN. Details for the ports include:

  • AIX NIM support
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE), 802.3ab (1 GbE), 802.1p priority, 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.3x flow control, 802.3ad load-balancing and failover,
  • Link aggregation, IEEE 802.3ad 802.3
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • Ether II and IEEE 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • AIX, IBM i and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the adapter. Linux can also leverage adapter hardware support including initiator and header & data digest (CRC) generation and checking

Important: There is no FCoE support on POWER9 systems.

  • Attributes provided: Four ports - two 10Gb CNA and two 1Gb E
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen2 or Gen3 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - supported
    • IBM i supported with VIOS
    • IBM i supported with native SRIOV
    • Linux - supported
    • Refer to the Software Requirements section to find the supported O/S levels for AIX and Linux.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: VIOS supported
(#EN0M) - PCIe3 4-port(10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) LR&RJ45 Adapter

This PCIe Gen3 Converged Network Adapter (CNA) supports both Ethernet NIC (Network Interface Card) and Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE). The adapter provides two 10 Gb LR optical ports and two 1 Gb RJ45 ports in a PCIe 8x short form adapter. The 10Gb ports have CNA functionality. The 1Gb ports have Ethernet capability. NPIV capability is provided through VIOS. The adapter was initially announced as PCIe Gen2, but upgrades to the adapter firmware and introduction of POWER8 servers have enabled PCIe Gen3.

SR-IOV capacity for the NIC function is supported on specific servers with the appropriate firmware and OS level for any of the four ports.

The 10Gb ports are SFP+ and include an optical LR transceiver. The ports have LC Duplex type connectors and utilize longtwave laser optics and 1310nm fibre cabling. With 9 micron OS1, up to 10 kilometre length fibre cables are supported. Priority Flow Control (PFC) and Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) are only supported for distances of 300 meters or less. Note that an FCoE switch is required for any FCoE traffic.

For the 1Gb RJ45 ports, 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable or higher is supported for distances of up to 100 meters. In addition to 1Gb (1000 MB) networks, 100 MB networks are also supported, but 10Mb networks are not supported.

#EN0M and #EN0N adapters are electronically identical. They are physically identical except #EN0M has a tail stock for full high PCIe slots and #EN0N has a tail stock for low profile slots. The CCIN is 2CC0 for both features.

Details for the ports include:

  • AIX NIM support
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE), 802.3ab (1 GbE), 802.1p priority, 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.3x flow control, 802.3ad load-balancing and failover,
  • Link aggregation, IEEE 802.3ad 802.3
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • Ether II and IEEE 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • AIX, IBM i and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the adapter. Linux can also leverage adapter hardware support including initiator and header & data digest (CRC) generation and checking

Important: There is no FCoE support on POWER9 systems.

  • Attributes provided: Four ports - two 10Gb CNA and two 1Gb E
  • Attributes required: PCIe Gen2 or Gen3 slot - full high
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX supported
    • IBM i - 7.1 TR9 and IBM i 7.2 TR1 supported only with VIOS
    • IBM i supported only with VIOS or SRIOV, Note - A managed system is required to setup the adapter for SR-IOV. Only Ethernet NIC is supported with SRIOV
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.6 for Power LE (p8compat), or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for SAP with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 for Power LE version 7.6, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8.0 for Power LE, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 4, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Service Pack 4, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server for SAP with SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 4 , or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15, or late
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: VIOS supported
(#EN0N) - PCIe3 LP 4-port(10Gb FCoE & 1GbE) LR&RJ45 Adapter

This PCIe Gen3 Converged Network Adapter (CNA) supports both Ethernet NIC (Network Interface Card) and Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE). The adapter provides two 10 Gb LR optical ports and two 1 Gb RJ45 ports in a PCIe 8x short form adapter. The 10Gb ports have CNA functionality. The 1Gb ports have Ethernet capability. NPIV capability is provided through VIOS. The adapter was initially announced as PCIe Gen2, but upgrades to the adapter firmware and introduction of POWER8/POWER9 servers have enabled PCIe Gen3.

The 10Gb ports are SFP+ and include an optical LR transceiver. The ports have LC Duplex type connectors and utilize longtwave laser optics and 1310nm fibre cabling. With 9 micron OS1, up to 10 kilometre length fibre cables are supported. Priority Flow Control (PFC) and Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) are only supported for distances of 300 meters or less. Note that an FCoE switch is required for any FCoE traffic.

For the 1Gb RJ45 ports, 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable or higher is supported for distances of up to 100 meters. In addition to 1Gb (1000 MB) networks, 100 MB networks are also supported, but 10Mb networks are not supported.

#EN0M and #EN0N adapters are electronically identical. They are physically identical except #EN0M has a tail stock for full high PCIe slots and #EN0N has a tail stock for low profile slots. The CCIN is 2CC0 for both features.

Details for the ports include:

  • AIX NIM support
  • IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE), 802.3ab (1 GbE), 802.1p priority, 802.1Q VLAN tagging, 802.3x flow control, 802.3ad load-balancing and failover,
  • Link aggregation, IEEE 802.3ad 802.3
  • Multiple MAC addresses per interface
  • MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
  • Ether II and IEEE 802.3 encapsulated frames
  • Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
  • TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
  • UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
  • AIX, IBM i and Linux provide software iSCSI support through the adapter. Linux can also leverage adapter hardware support including initiator and header & data digest (CRC) ge